|
|
interview
|
answer
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between a Summary Courts Martial and a especial Courts Martial ?
|
The differentiation between the levels of Court-Martial is in many respects a function of the jurisdictional limits of punishment that can be imposed by the Court .
|
|
|
|
In dealing with concern, what is the primary coil dispute between the coping strategies of esprit de corps and dicipline ?
|
Morale is the department of state of thinker while dicipline is the ability of the individual or group to iniate appropriate action in following orders .
|
|
|
|
How is a Marine Expeditionary Brigade ( MEB ) unlike than a Marine Expeditionary Unit ( MEU ) ?
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not part of the Marine Corps Mission ?
|
1. Provide unite arms for the capture or defense of advance naval bases 2. Provide Security Detachments for the protective covering of Navy Vessels and Property 3. Develop amphibious Operations 4. Provide airborne Operations. 5. Develop airborne operations 6. Expand peacetime set and mobilization efforts 7. Perform other duties as directed by the President
|
|
|
|
On the NAVPERS 1070/602, Dependency Application/Record of Emergency Data what data goes in separate I ?
|
character I serves as an application for addiction allowances and is used to capture military spouse data .
|
|
|
|
Explain the shape, colors and purposes of the standard NATO Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical contamination markers and the data contained on them .
|
Triangle marker pointing down .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following do not belong in the same category ?
|
Cyanogen chloride ( CK ), Hydrogen cyanide ( AC ), and Arsine ( SA ) are all blood agents while Chloropicrin ( PS ) is a choke agent .
|
|
|
|
How many guidelines are there for the notice of a airfield of ardor ?
|
There are 8
|
|
|
|
What is MOPP level 3 ?
|
Mask, overgarments, and overboots worn. Gloves kept quick .
|
|
|
|
Regardings Hearing protection what db level over 8 hours must sound be at to wear hearing security ?
|
“ greater than 84 decibel over 8 hours
|
|
|
|
140 bachelor of divinity pea good pressure horizontal surface ”
|
|
|
|
|
The Marine Corps has seven Missions. What are they ?
|
“ 1. Provide blend arms for the seizure or defense of advance naval bases
|
|
|
|
7. Perform other duties as directed by the President ”
|
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not the mission of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
“ 1. Provide combined arms for the capture or defense of advance naval bases
|
|
|
|
7. Perform other duties as directed by the President ”
|
|
|
|
|
What is MOPP Level 1 ?
|
Overgarments worn, chemical agentive role detectors worn, mask worn in carrier at english. Gloves and overboots promptly accessible .
|
|
|
|
How much can the M88A1 lift when trying to recover damage parts or armor ?
|
The M88 ‘s primary role is to repair or replace damaged parts in fighting vehicles while under fire, adenine well as extricate vehicles that have become bogged down or entangled. The chief winch on the M88A2 is capable of a 70 short ton, single line recovery, and a 140 long ton 2:1 recovery when used with the 140 long ton pulley. The A-frame boom of the A2 can lift 35 tons when used in conjunction with the nigger down. The spade can be used for light earth moving, and can be used to anchor the vehicle when using the independent winch .
|
|
|
|
What is the birthday of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
The Marine Corps was created on 10 November 1775
|
|
|
|
Where was the birthplace of the Marine Corps ?
|
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania at Tun Tavern
|
|
|
|
Who was the first commanding officer of the Marine Corps ?
|
Captain Samuel Nicholas
|
|
|
|
What was the name of the prevention the United States Marines were founded in ?
|
Tun Tavern
|
|
|
|
Where did the first gear Marine Landing Take Place ?
|
New Providence Island
|
|
|
|
Where did the name leatherneck come from ?
|
During the Revolutionary War Marines had a firm leather stock around their necks to protect them against their throats being slit in battle .
|
|
|
|
What year Did the Marines Storm The Barbary Coast
|
1805
|
|
|
|
True or False. Marines stormed the island of New Providence in 1777 during the revolutionary war
|
False. 1776.
|
|
|
|
Where is Derna Located ?
|
This is where the Barbary Pirates stronghold was and where the Marine raised the “ Stars and Stripes ” in the Eastern Hemisphere for the first time in 1805. This is where the lyrics “ Shores of Tripoli ” mention in the Marine Corps Hymn .
|
|
|
|
What year did Marines invade Mexico City ?
|
1847
|
|
|
|
What are the lyrics referencing in the Marine Corps Hymn, “ From the Halls of Montezuma ? ”
|
The Mexican War in 1847, where Marines invaded Mexico City
|
|
|
|
What class the Marines Storm Harper ‘s Ferry
|
1859
|
|
|
|
Who commanded the Marines at Harper ‘s Ferry ?
|
Col. Robert E. Lee
|
|
|
|
What were the Marine ‘s doing at Harper ‘s Ferry ?
|
They were putting down a slave disgust led by abolitionist John Brown
|
|
|
|
What year did the Marine Corps Institute the Eagle Globe and Anchor Emblem ?
|
The Eagle Globe and Anchor Emblem or EGA as it is normally called was instituted in 1868
|
|
|
|
Who instituted the Eagle Globe and Anchor as a symbol of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
Brigadier General Jacob Zeilin who was the 7th commanding officer
|
|
|
|
What is the official motto of the Marine Corps ?
|
Semper Fidelis which means always congregation
|
|
|
|
What class was the motto “ Semper Fidelis ” instituted in the Marine Corps ?
|
1883
|
|
|
|
Where did the Marine Corps get its Eagle Globe and Anchor Symbol from ?
|
From the british Royal Marines
|
|
|
|
What year did Marines defend Peking, China in the Boxer Rebellion ?
|
1900
|
|
|
|
What year did Marine Aviation take escape ?
|
1913
|
|
|
|
Who was the first Marine Corps pilot program ?
|
Marine Major Alfred A. Cunningham
|
|
|
|
What year did the Marines country in France during World War I ?
|
1917
|
|
|
|
What groups of Marines still wear the french Forragere on their uniforms for their heroism in the liberation of France during the 1st World War ?
|
The 5th and 6th Marines
|
|
|
|
What year was the FMF Organized ?
|
1933
|
|
|
|
What year did Marines farming in South Vietnam ?
|
1965
|
|
|
|
What year were Marine deployed to Lebanon ?
|
1982
|
|
|
|
What year did the Marines draw down from Lebanon ?
|
They with withdraw in July of 1984
|
|
|
|
Where was the first Gulf War Fought?
|
The first gear Gulf War was fought against the armies of Saddam Hussein in Iraq who had invaded Kuwait. The multi-national campaign was focused on the liberation of Kuwait .
|
|
|
|
What was the First Gulf War Called ?
|
Operation Desert Shield and Operation Desert Storm
|
|
|
|
What nation were U.S. Forces attempting to liberate in Operation Desert Storm ?
|
Kuwait
|
|
|
|
What war was the Battle of Belle Wood Fought ?
|
World War I
|
|
|
|
Who were the Marines fighting at the Battle of Belle Wood ?
|
german Army during World War I .
|
|
|
|
Who won the battle of Belle Wood ?
|
The Marines and Allies did against the Germans in France .
|
|
|
|
What did the Germans call the United States Marines at Belle Wood ?
|
“ Teufelhunden ” which means Devil Dog
|
|
|
|
When was the Battle of Guadalcanal fight ?
|
August 07, 1942 .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Division landed on Guadalcanal in 1942 ?
|
1st Marine Division
|
|
|
|
Where is Guadalcanal located ?
|
In the Solomon Islands in the South Pacific
|
|
|
|
What was the first kingdom offensive conducted by the United States in World War II ?
|
The Battle of Gudalcalcanal
|
|
|
|
Why was the Battle of Guadalcanal significant in August of 1942 ?
|
This battle marked the first battle screen of the raw amphibious doctrine and besides provided a crucial turn point of the war in the Pacific by providing a base to launch far invasions of Japanese-held islands .
|
|
|
|
How many hours did it take for the Marines to secure the Island of Tarwa ?
|
76 hours
|
|
|
|
When was the struggle of Tarawa fight ?
|
20-Nov-43
|
|
|
|
What group of Islands is Tarwa located where the Marines fight in 1943 ?
|
The Gilbert Islands
|
|
|
|
What made the Battle of Tarwa difficult for Marines on November 20, 1943 ?
|
An extend witwatersrand made the landing difficult. Craft could not cross it and Marines were offloaded hundreds of yards from the beaches. This led to heavy losses from enemy fire. besides many Marines drowned while attempting to wade ashore .
|
|
|
|
From what war did the Marines invade the Mariana Islands ?
|
The air-force needed airfields to operate from to be able to bomb mainland Japan .
|
|
|
|
Which of the Mariana Islands were invaded ?
|
Landsin on Saipan, Guam and Tinian facilitated the bombing of mainland Japan .
|
|
|
|
How many troops did Lt. General Holland M. Smith lead in the invasion of the Mariana Islands?
|
136,000
|
|
|
|
The largest total of troops operated under a Marine Command during what key conflict of World War II ?
|
The Battle of Mariana Islands
|
|
|
|
When was the Battle of Iwo Jima Fought ?
|
On February 19, 1945
|
|
|
|
What was the largest all-Marine struggle in history ?
|
The Battle of Iwo Jima on February 19, 1945 against the Japanese in World War II
|
|
|
|
What was the bloodiest struggle in Marine Corps history ?
|
The Battle of Iwo Jima on February 19, 1945
|
|
|
|
How many casualties were suffered by the United States Marine Corps in the conflict of Iwo Jima
|
23,000
|
|
|
|
Who said, “ Among the Americans who served on Iwo Island, uncommon heroism was a common merit ? ”
|
admiral Chester Nimitz
|
|
|
|
The Chosin Reservior was fought during what military conflict ?
|
The Korean War in November of 1950
|
|
|
|
Who besides fought with the Koreans in the Battle of the Chosin Reservior ?
|
The Communist Chinese
|
|
|
|
Why was the Battle of the Chosin Reservoir significant in the korean battle ?
|
“ In the menstruation between 27 November and 13 December 1950, 30,000 United Nations ( UN ) troops ( nicknamed “ ” The Chosin Few ” ” ) under the command of Major General Edward Almond were encircled by approximately 60,000 chinese troops under the command of Song Shi-Lun. Although chinese troops managed to surround and outnumber the UN forces, the UN forces broke out of the blockade while inflicting cripple losses on the Chinese .
|
|
|
|
What state was the Tet offensive fight ?
|
Vietnam in January of 1968
|
|
|
|
What is meaning about the Battle of Hue City ?
|
The Battle of Huế during 1968, was one of the bloodiest and longest battles of the Vietnam War ( 1959†“ 1975 ). The Army of the Republic of Vietnam and three understrength U.S. Marine Corps battalions attacked and defeated more than 10,000 entrenched People ‘s Army of Vietnam ( PAVN ) and National Front for the Liberation of South Vietnam ( NLF, besides known as, Viet Cong ) guerrilla forces .
|
|
|
|
How many years was Archibald Henderson commanding officer of the Marine Corps ?
|
39 years
|
|
|
|
What is Brigadier General Archibald Henderson ‘s nick name ?
|
The “ Grand Old Man of the Marine Corps. ”
|
|
|
|
When did Archibald Henderson become Commandant of the Marine Corps ?
|
1820
|
|
|
|
What did SgtMaj John Quick win the Medal of Honor for ?
|
His performance at Cuzco Well, near Guitanimo bay, Cuba, seized and advance root for Marines was done by a semaphore for an hand brake plagiarize of the naval barrage while under spanish and american shellfire. This was besides significant because it demonstrated the consumption of Marines as rape troops .
|
|
|
|
How many Medals of Honor did SgtMaj John Daily Win ?
|
Two. One for heroism in the chinese Boxer Rebellion and in the First Caco War in Haiti .
|
|
|
|
What celebrated Marine said, Come on, you sons of a bitches, do you want to live forever ? ”
|
serjeant-at-law Major Dan Daly
|
|
|
|
What celebrated Marine was known as the tiger of the mountains in Nicaragua and Honduras ?
|
Louis B. “ Chesty ” puller
|
|
|
|
What is the “ B ” stand for in Chesty B. Puller ?
|
Burwell
|
|
|
|
Who is the alone Marine to have ever received 5 Navy Crosses ?
|
Louis B. “ Chesty ” puller
|
|
|
|
Who commanded the “ Black Sheep Squadron ? ”
|
Col. Gregory R. “ Pappy ” Boyington
|
|
|
|
How many confirmed kills did ace fly Gregory R. “ Pappy ” Boyington reach before the end of World War II ?
|
28
|
|
|
|
Who was Ira H. Hayes ?
|
He was a Marine Corporeal, and a Pima Indian who were immortalized in thursday enow celebrated photograph taken of the second flag-raising incident on Mount Suribachi ( Iwo Jima ) .
|
|
|
|
Who was the first woman to enlist in the United States Marine Corps ?
|
private Johnson became the Marine Corps first enlisted charwoman on August 13, 1918 .
|
|
|
|
Who was the first female General officer of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
General Margaret A. brewer
|
|
|
|
What year did Private Opha Mae Johnson, the first enlist female Marine engage ?
|
1918
|
|
|
|
What class did Brigadier General Brewer become the foremost female General in the United States Marine Corps ?
|
1978
|
|
|
|
Yes.No. Should you salute at work indoors ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
Yes. No. If you are taken prisoner should you salute while in a POW condition ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
Yes. No. You should salute while you are in Battle Conditions
|
No .
|
|
|
|
Yes. No. When you are rendering an individual salute is it appropriate to look at the member or pin being saluted squarely ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Yes. No. Is it allow to render a salute when smoking a cigarette or cigar ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is a toast rendered to military officials of alien powers who ‘s governments are not recognized by the United States ?
|
No. merely officers, regular and reserve of the Navy, Army, Air Force, Marine Corps, Coast Guard, and alien military and naval officers whose governments are formally recognized by the U.S. Government .
|
|
|
|
When rendering a salute how long should you hold it ?
|
Hold your salute until it is returned or acknowledged .
|
|
|
|
Besides a salute what is a accustomed accompaniment when saluting an officer ?
|
Accompany the salute with a greeting such as “ good dawn sir or dame. ”
|
|
|
|
question
|
answer
|
hint
|
|
|
Under what circumstances would you salute an officer doubly in the same conversation ?
|
When meeting or greeting the officer and again when they are departing the vicinity of the conversation .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between a Summary Courts Martial and a particular Courts Martial ?
|
The eminence between the levels of Court-Martial is in many respects a function of the jurisdictional limits of punishment that can be imposed by the Court .
|
|
|
|
Yes. No. If the officer you are speaking to, who is senior to you, comes to attention and salutes a elder should you interrupt that conversation ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
In dealing with fear, what is the basal difference between the coping strategies of morale and dicipline ?
|
Morale is the submit of mind while dicipline is the ability of the individual or group to iniate appropriate military action in following orders .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Should the first person in a group to notice the approaching senior not in ranks, render the appropriate greet and salute ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
How is a Marine Expeditionary Brigade ( MEB ) unlike than a Marine Expeditionary Unit ( MEU ) ?
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
If your group is in constitution who should render the allow greet and toast ?
|
The senior person should call the formation to attention and the they should salute for the group .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not separate of the Marine Corps Mission ?
|
1. Provide compound arms for the seizure or defensive structure of gain naval bases 2. Provide Security Detachments for the auspices of Navy Vessels and Property 3. Develop amphibious Operations 4. Provide airborne Operations. 5. Develop airborne operations 6. Expand peacetime readiness and mobilization efforts 7. Perform other duties as directed by the President
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Should you salute an policeman when passing them in the lapp management ?
|
Yes. Come abreast of the military officer and render a toast and say, “ By your leave, sir ( dame ). ”
|
|
|
|
On the NAVPERS 1070/602, Dependency Application/Record of Emergency Data what data goes in part I ?
|
character I serves as an application for dependence allowances and is used to capture military spouse data .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are appropriate honors rendered in a toast and greeting to officers of the United States Coast Guard ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Explain the form, colors and purposes of the standard NATO Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical contamination markers and the information contained on them .
|
Triangle marker pointing down .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If you are in a working party and your uniform blouse is unbuttoned should you render a salute ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
Which of the following do not belong in the same class ?
|
Cyanogen chloride ( CK ), Hydrogen cyanide ( AC ), and Arsine ( SA ) are all blood agents while Chloropicrin ( PS ) is a choke agentive role .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If you are in a crowd topographic point and you see your unit CO while wearing civilian attire should an enlist person render a salute ?
|
No. Salutes will not be rendered at crowded gatherings, in public conveyances, or in clog areas, unless you are addressing or are being directly addressed by a senior .
|
|
|
|
How many guidelines are there for the observation of a field of fire ?
|
There are 8
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding Marine Corps Rank, does a private have any chevrons ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
What is MOPP level 3 ?
|
Mask, overgarments, and overboots worn. Gloves kept ready .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference in rate between a Master Sergeant and a first gear Sergeant ?
|
A inaugural Sergeant has a diamond in the middle of the chevrons while the Master Sergeant has crossed rifles. Both have three Chevrons up and three Chevrons down .
|
|
|
|
What is MOPP Level 1 ?
|
Overgarments worn, chemical agentive role detectors worn, mask worn in carrier at side. Gloves and overboots readily accessible .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps rank is represented by three chevrons up and one down ?
|
Staff Sergeant
|
|
|
|
How much can the M88A1 elevator when trying to recover damage parts or armor ?
|
The M88 ‘s primary function is to repair or replace damaged parts in fighting vehicles while under fire, arsenic well as extricate vehicles that have become bogged down or entangled. The main winch on the M88A2 is capable of a 70 long ton, single line recovery, and a 140 long ton 2:1 convalescence when used with the 140 short ton pulley. The A-frame boom of the A2 can lift 35 tons when used in conjunction with the spade down. The spade can be used for light earth moving, and can be used to anchor the fomite when using the main winch .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps social station is represented by three Chevrons and a set of crossed rifles ?
|
Sergeant ( E5 )
|
|
|
|
What is the birthday of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
The Marine Corps was created on 10 November 1775
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps crying is represented by two Chevrons and a place of cross rifles ?
|
Corporal ( E4 )
|
|
|
|
Where was the birthplace of the Marine Corps ?
|
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania at Tun Tavern
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps membership is represented by three Chevrons up and four down and the Marine Corps Eagle Globe and Anchor in the Middle ?
|
serjeant-at-law Major of the Marine Corps
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps Rank is represented by three chevrons improving and four chevrons down with a jell of crossed rifles in the Middle ?
|
There is no crying in the Marine Corps like that
|
|
|
|
Who was the first commanding officer of the Marine Corps ?
|
Captain Samuel Nicholas
|
|
|
|
A Master Gunnery Sergeant of Marines rank insignia is delineated by the following icon ?
|
Three Chevrons up. Four Chevrons Down and a bomb in the middle .
|
|
|
|
What was the name of the bar the United States Marines were founded in ?
|
Tun Tavern
|
|
|
|
When looking at the Marine ranks of Warren Officer what characteristic makes the W-1 and W-3 ranks unlike from the W-2 and W-4 ranks ?
|
The 1 and 3 have three segments while the 2 and 4 have five segments .
|
|
|
|
Where did the first Marine Landing Take Place ?
|
New Providence Island
|
|
|
|
What is the key remainder between the W-2 crying insignia and the W-4 ?
|
The W-2 is gold and the W-4 is silver
|
|
|
|
Where did the name leatherneck come from ?
|
During the Revolutionary War Marines had a stiffly leather breed around their necks to protect them against their throats being slit in struggle .
|
|
|
|
What is a key deviation between the Marine Rank insignia ‘s of W-1 and W-3 ?
|
The W-1 is amber and the W-3 is flatware .
|
|
|
|
What year Did the Marines Storm The Barbary Coast
|
1805
|
|
|
|
What is alone about the W-5 rate insignia for Marine Warrant Officers ?
|
A thin bolshevik banish runs the length of the insignia ( analogue with the long end ) rather of the bars that traversal is on the ranks from W-1 to W-4
|
|
|
|
True or False. Marines stormed the island of New Providence in 1777 during the revolutionary war
|
False. 1776.
|
|
|
|
What distinguishes the Marine Corps Ranks of Major and Lieutenant Colonel ?
|
Both are oak leaf but the major is gold and the Lieutenant Colonel is silver
|
|
|
|
Where is Derna Located ?
|
This is where the Barbary Pirates stronghold was and where the Marine raised the “ Stars and Stripes ” in the Eastern Hemisphere for the first time in 1805. This is where the lyrics “ Shores of Tripoli ” address in the Marine Corps Hymn .
|
|
|
|
Put the Marine Corps Flag Ranks in Order
|
Brigadier, Major, Lieutenant, General ( BMLG )
|
|
|
|
What class did Marines invade Mexico City ?
|
1847
|
|
|
|
What acronym makes it easy to remember the decree of the ranks of General in the United States Marine Corps ?
|
“ Be My Little General ( BMLG ) .
|
|
|
|
What are the lyrics referencing in the Marine Corps Hymn, “ From the Halls of Montezuma ? ”
|
The Mexican War in 1847, where Marines invaded Mexico City
|
|
|
|
What year the Marines Storm Harper ‘s Ferry
|
1859
|
|
|
|
What is the difference in insignia between the Second Lieutenant and First Lieutenant ?
|
The 2nd Lieutenant has a gold bar and is lower rank ( O-1 ) .
|
|
|
|
Who commanded the Marines at Harper ‘s Ferry ?
|
Col. Robert E. Lee
|
|
|
|
Rendering Honors. scenario : You and your Marines are at the smoke hell and are uncovered. The margin call for colors is sounded. What should you do ?
|
stand at attention. Face the point of reference book ( colors, music, etc. ) and do NOT render a salute .
|
|
|
|
What were the Marine ‘s doing at Harper ‘s Ferry ?
|
They were putting down a slave rebellion led by abolitionist John Brown
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Rendering Honors. Should you render military honors when in a fomite ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
What year did the Marine Corps Institute the Eagle Globe and Anchor Emblem ?
|
The Eagle Globe and Anchor Emblem or EGA as it is normally called was instituted in 1868
|
|
|
|
Rendering Honors. If you are passing or being passed: How long before and after should honors be rendered?
|
6 paces before and 6 paces after
|
|
|
|
Who instituted the Eagle Globe and Anchor as a symbol of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
Brigadier General Jacob Zeilin who was the 7th commanding officer
|
|
|
|
Rendering Honors. When the ease up is raised or lowered at dawn and even colors what trigger or key should be used to render honors ?
|
On the first note of the National Anthem or the margin call, “ To The Colors. ”
|
|
|
|
What is the official motto of the Marine Corps ?
|
Semper Fidelis which means constantly faithful
|
|
|
|
Rendering Honors. What ordering of customs should be observed when boarding a Navy Vessel ?
|
“ front Aft
|
|
|
|
What year was the motto “ Semper Fidelis ” instituted in the Marine Corps ?
|
1883
|
|
|
|
request license to come aboard ”
|
|
|
|
|
Where did the Marine Corps get its Eagle Globe and Anchor Symbol from ?
|
From the british Royal Marines
|
|
|
|
What are the two chains of control in the United States Marine Corps ?
|
Service and Operational
|
|
|
|
What year did Marines defend Peking, China in the Boxer Rebellion ?
|
1900
|
|
|
|
How is the Operational Chain of command different than the Service ?
|
The Operational Command goes from the Secretary of Defense directly to the Operational Commanders while the Service goes from the Secretary of the Navy to the Commandant of the Marine Corps
|
|
|
|
What year did Marine Aviation take flight ?
|
1913
|
|
|
|
What three components are the Marine Corps Operating Forces Consisted of ?
|
1. The Marine Corps Forces which are made up of Marine Air Ground Task Forces 2. The Marine Corps Security Forces. 3. Marine Security Guard Detachments
|
|
|
|
Who was the first Marine Corps pilot burner ?
|
Marine Major Alfred A. Cunningham
|
|
|
|
What are marine Corps Security Forces ?
|
The Marine Corps Security Forces ( MCSF ) include approximately 3,400 Marines who protect samara naval installations and facilities global. Although not assigned to combatant commands, they are separate of the function forces of the Marine Corps .
|
|
|
|
What year did the Marines bring in France during World War I ?
|
1917
|
|
|
|
What are Marine Security Guard Detachments ?
|
These detachments serve at embassies and consulates around the ball. The Marine security guard battalion provides forces to the Department of State for embassy security. These Marines are presently assigned to 121 diplomatic posts in 115 countries through out the populace .
|
|
|
|
What groups of Marines placid wear the french Forragere on their uniforms for their heroism in the liberation of France during the 1st World War ?
|
The 5th and 6th Marines
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between Marine Corps Security Forces and Marine Security Guard Detachments ?
|
security Forces guard naval installations while the Security Guard Detachments guard embassies .
|
|
|
|
What class was the FMF Organized ?
|
1933
|
|
|
|
How many countries are Marine Security Guard Detachments assigned to support?
|
The Marine Security Guard Detachments support embassies and consulates around the globe. The Marine Security Guard battalion provides forces to the Department of State for embassy security. These Marines are currently assigned to 121 diplomatic posts in 115 countries throughout the world.
|
|
|
|
What year did Marines state in South Vietnam ?
|
1965
|
|
|
|
How many diplomatic posts are Marine Security Guard Detachments supporting through out the earth ?
|
The Marine Security Guard Detachments support embassies and consulates around the earth. The Marine Security Guard battalion provides forces to the Department of State for embassy security. These Marines are presently assigned to 121 diplomatic posts in 115 countries throughout the world .
|
|
|
|
What year were Marine deployed to Lebanon ?
|
1982
|
|
|
|
What three elements are contained in a MAGTF ?
|
The Marine Air-Ground Task Force ( MAGTF ) is the principle organization for the conduct of all missions across the range of military operations. MAGTFs are balanced, combined arms forces with organic reason, aviation and sustenance elements .
|
|
|
|
What year did the Marines draw down from Lebanon ?
|
They with draw in July of 1984
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can MAGTF ‘s behave both expeditionary or sustained operations ashore ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Where was the first Gulf War Fought?
|
The beginning Gulf War was fought against the armies of Saddam Hussein in Iraq who had invaded Kuwait. The multi-national campaign was focused on the liberation of Kuwait .
|
|
|
|
The MAGTF has a command element with six parts. What are those six parts ?
|
“ G1- Division ( Personnel and administration )
|
|
|
|
What was the First Gulf War Called ?
|
Operation Desert Shield and Operation Desert Storm
|
|
|
|
G6- Division ( Communications and Information Systems ) ”
|
|
|
|
|
What country were U.S. Forces attempting to liberate in Operation Desert Storm ?
|
Kuwait
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between the MEF, MEB, and MEU ?
|
Each are MAGTF organizations of diverse sizes. The MEF is a Force Level, the MEB is composed of Regimental sized elements and the MEU is composed of Battalion sized elements .
|
|
|
|
What war was the Battle of Belle Wood Fought ?
|
World War I
|
|
|
|
Where are the three MEF ‘s located ?
|
“ I MEF- based in southerly California and Arizona
|
|
|
|
Who were the Marines fighting at the Battle of Belle Wood ?
|
german Army during World War I .
|
|
|
|
III MEF- based in Japan and Hawaii ”
|
|
|
|
|
Who won the battle of Belle Wood ?
|
The Marines and Allies did against the Germans in France .
|
|
|
|
How is a Marine Expeditionary Force ( MEF ) different from a Marine Expeditionary Brigade ( MEB ) ?
|
The MEF is a MAGTF built around a GCE of a division size .
|
|
|
|
What did the Germans call the United States Marines at Belle Wood ?
|
“ Teufelhunden ” which means Devil Dog
|
|
|
|
True/False. The Marine Aircraft Wing is the Air Combat Element of a Marine Expeditionary Brigade ( MEB ) ?
|
False. The size of the ACE in the MEB is a group .
|
|
|
|
When was the Battle of Guadalcanal fight ?
|
August 07, 1942 .
|
|
|
|
True/False. A squadron sized ACE Element supports a Marine Expeditionary Brigade ( MEB ) .
|
False. The squadron sized element supports the Marine Expeditionary Unit ( MEU ) .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Division landed on Guadalcanal in 1942 ?
|
1st Marine Division
|
|
|
|
What is the remainder between the Combat Support Services Group ( CSSG ) and the Brigade Support Service Group ( BSSG ) ?
|
The Brigade Support Service Group ( BSSG ) is the logistics part of the Marine Expeditionary Brigade ( MEB ) MAGTF ?
|
|
|
|
Where is Guadalcanal located ?
|
In the Solomon Islands in the South Pacific
|
|
|
|
If there are three basic MAGTF ‘s the MEF, MEB, and MEU what is the fourth ?
|
A special Purpose MAFTF ( SPMAGTF ). This is normally used for a special aim such as catastrophe relief, humanitarian aid, noncombatant evacuation operations, or security system operations where one of the early three elements would be inappropriate .
|
|
|
|
What was the first land offense conducted by the United States in World War II ?
|
The Battle of Gudalcalcanal
|
|
|
|
What is the minimum sized element of the Ground Combat Element a special Purpose MAGTF ?
|
Platoon sized GCE. An aircraft Asset for the ACE and customized subscribe services for the CSSE .
|
|
|
|
Why was the Battle of Guadalcanal significant in August of 1942 ?
|
This conflict marked the beginning combat test of the new amphibious doctrine and besides provided a crucial change state luff of the war in the Pacific by providing a base to launch further invasions of Japanese-held islands .
|
|
|
|
How many MEU ‘s are in the Marine Corps ?
|
“ There are seven standing MEU ‘s in the Marine Corps .
|
|
|
|
How many hours did it take for the Marines to secure the Island of Tarwa ?
|
76 hours
|
|
|
|
III MEF has the 31st MEU ”
|
|
|
|
|
When was the battle of Tarawa fight ?
|
20-Nov-43
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not a mission of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
1. Provide aggregate arms for the capture or department of defense of promote naval bases 2. Provide Security Detachments for the protection of Navy Vessels and Property 3. Develop amphibious Operations 4. Provide airborne Operations. 5. Develop airborne operations 6. Expand peacetime facility and mobilization efforts 7. Perform other duties as directed by the President
|
|
|
|
What group of Islands is Tarwa located where the Marines crusade in 1943 ?
|
The Gilbert Islands
|
|
|
|
On a Navy Performance Evaluation who is the reporting Senior ?
|
Commanding Officers are reporting seniors by virtue of their command authority. Commanding officers may submit properly authorized fitness and evaluation reports on any extremity who has reported to them for duty, whether junior or elder to them in grade. The term “ command military officer ” includes commanding officers of all services, and their civilian equivalents with in the U.S. Federal Government .
|
|
|
|
What made the Battle of Tarwa unmanageable for Marines on November 20, 1943 ?
|
An extend reef made the land difficult. Craft could not cross it and Marines were offloaded hundreds of yards from the beaches. This led to dense losses from foe fire. besides many Marines drowned while attempting to wade ashore .
|
|
|
|
What is the lowest degree officer that can be delegated as a report aged for engage reports service members E5 to E9 and those frocked to E5 ?
|
O4 or GS12 .
|
|
|
|
From what war did the Marines invade the Mariana Islands ?
|
The air-force needed airfields to operate from to be able to bomb mainland Japan .
|
|
|
|
What is the lowest grade that a report senior may be delegated to members in the grades of E4 and below ?
|
Chief Petty Officer ( E7 ) or GS11
|
|
|
|
Which of the Mariana Islands were invaded ?
|
Landsin on Saipan, Guam and Tinian facilitated the bombard of mainland Japan .
|
|
|
|
What is the purpose of a rater in the evaluation process of an E6 and below ?
|
evaluation reports on E6 and below require the signatures of a rater and senior rater ampere well as the report elder. This ensures that the Navy ‘s senior enlisted and junior officer supervisors are properly included in the engage evaluation serve. The rater should be a Navy foreman petit larceny officeholder whenever potential, but if none is available within the command, may be a military or civilian supervisor who is an E7 equivalent or higher. typically, the senior rater will be the penis ‘s division officer or department heading. The senior rater may be omitted where the report senior is the raters immediate supervisory program .
|
|
|
|
How many troops did Lt. General Holland M. Smith lead in the invasion of the Mariana Islands?
|
136,000
|
|
|
|
How is operation Counseling different than performance evaluations ?
|
guidance is conducted by the command at the half room point of the interval process .
|
|
|
|
The largest number of troops operated under a Marine Command during what key conflict of World War II ?
|
The Battle of Mariana Islands
|
|
|
|
Regarding evaluation reports how many types are there ?
|
Three .
|
|
|
|
When was the Battle of Iwo Jima Fought ?
|
On February 19, 1945
|
|
|
|
Regarding Evaluations, what is the difference between regular Reports and Concurrent Reports ?
|
coincident reports are done for members on extra duty or temp extra duty while regular reports are consistent with annual regular performance in their job .
|
|
|
|
What was the largest all-Marine battle in history ?
|
The Battle of Iwo Jima on February 19, 1945 against the Japanese in World War II
|
|
|
|
Regarding Performance Evaluations, what kind of report would you issue for irregular extra duty ?
|
A coincident report provides a record of meaning performance in an extra duty ( ADDU ) or impermanent extra duty ( TEMADD ) condition. They are optional unless directed by higher authority, and may not be submitted by anyone in the regular report elder ‘s address chain of command .
|
|
|
|
What was the bloodiest conflict in Marine Corps history ?
|
The Battle of Iwo Jima on February 19, 1945
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are Operational Commander ‘s reports submitted on E7 and above ?
|
No. Operational Commander ‘s reports are optional, and may only be submitted on commanding officers or officeholder in charge by operational commanders who are not besides their regular report seniors .
|
|
|
|
How many casualties were suffered by the United States Marine Corps in the battle of Iwo Jima
|
23,000
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are Concurrent Reports Mandatory ?
|
No. coincident Reports are optional and submitted for ADDU or TEMADD condition .
|
|
|
|
Who said, “ Among the Americans who served on Iwo Island, rare heroism was a park merit ? ”
|
admiral Chester Nimitz
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding Periodic evaluations, are Regular Reports mandatory?
|
Yes. They are the foundation of the performance record. Regular reports are submitted periodically according to the schedule below, and on other occasions as specified in the EVAL manual. They must cover, day-for-day, all Naval service on active duty or in the drilling Reserve programs, except for enlisted inital entry training and other limited circumstances.
|
|
|
|
The Chosin Reservior was fought during what military conflict ?
|
The Korean War in November of 1950
|
|
|
|
Regarding periodic evaluations, what calendar month are E5 evaluations due ?
|
March
|
|
|
|
Who besides fought with the Koreans in the Battle of the Chosin Reservior ?
|
The Communist Chinese
|
|
|
|
Regarding periodic evaluations, what calendar month are E9 evaluations due ?
|
April
|
|
|
|
What state was the Tet nauseating fight ?
|
Vietnam in January of 1968
|
|
|
|
Regarding Periodic Evaluations, what months are E4 evaluations due ?
|
June
|
|
|
|
What is meaning about the Battle of Hue City ?
|
The Battle of Huế during 1968, was one of the bloodiest and longest battles of the Vietnam War ( 1959†“ 1975 ). The Army of the Republic of Vietnam and three understrength U.S. Marine Corps battalions attacked and defeated more than 10,000 entrench People ‘s Army of Vietnam ( PAVN ) and National Front for the Liberation of South Vietnam ( NLF, besides known as, Viet Cong ) guerrilla forces .
|
|
|
|
Regarding periodic evaluations, what calendar month are E3/2/1 evaluations due ?
|
July
|
|
|
|
How many years was Archibald Henderson commanding officer of the Marine Corps ?
|
39 years
|
|
|
|
Regarding Periodic Evaluations, when are E7 and E8 evaluations due ?
|
September
|
|
|
|
What is Brigadier General Archibald Henderson ‘s nick name ?
|
The “ Grand Old Man of the Marine Corps. ”
|
|
|
|
Regarding periodic evaluations what month are E6 evaluations due ?
|
November
|
|
|
|
When did Archibald Henderson become Commandant of the Marine Corps ?
|
1820
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding fitness reports, if a member has been exonerated of an offense, can the incidental be reflected in a fitness report card ?
|
No. Adverse or downgraded seaworthiness and evaluation reports may not be directed as punishment or used as an alternate to the report disposition of misconduct under the Uniform Code of Military Justice ( UCMJ ). Reports may not mention non-punitive censure, or fact-finding, judicial or early proceedings which have not been concluded or which have exonerated the penis. capable to these limitations, fitness and evaluation reports should take into history misbehave which has been established through dependable tell to the report aged ‘s atonement .
|
|
|
|
What did SgtMaj John Quick win the Medal of Honor for ?
|
His performance at Cuzco Well, near Guitanimo bay, Cuba, seized and boost nucleotide for Marines was done by a semaphore for an hand brake elevation of the naval barrage while under spanish and american shellfire. This was besides significant because it demonstrated the use of Marines as assault troops .
|
|
|
|
On operation evaluations what is the highest marks reserved for performance which is far above standards and is noteworthy for its exemplary or leadership quality ?
|
5
|
|
|
|
How many Medals of Honor did SgtMaj John Daily Win ?
|
Two. One for heroism in the chinese Boxer Rebellion and in the First Caco War in Haiti .
|
|
|
|
On performance evaluations, the trait grade of 1.0 is given for what function ?
|
The performance trait mark of 1.0 is for sailors who are struggling at their necessitate duties and tasks. They create conflict, are unwilling to work with others, puts themselves above the team, they neglect emergence and development of subordinates, and normally need excessive supervision. Furthemore, they have bare cognition of their jobs and their actions are anticipate to the Navy ‘s retention and reenlistment goals .
|
|
|
|
What celebrated Marine said, Come on, you sons of a bitches, do you want to live forever ? ”
|
police sergeant Major Dan Daly
|
|
|
|
On periodic evaluations, why should “ two-blocking ” be avoided by reporting seniors ?
|
first, the coverage seniors average trait degree will be available to detailers and selection boards for comparison purposes. Second, it will be unmanageable for the report senior to allocate promotion recommendations if everyone ‘s trait grades are the lapp .
|
|
|
|
What celebrated Marine was known as the tiger of the mountains in Nicaragua and Honduras ?
|
Louis B. “ Chesty ” puller
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding personal evaluations, are handwritten entries allowed ?
|
lone on E4 and below evaluations
|
|
|
|
What is the “ B ” stand for in Chesty B. Puller ?
|
Burwell
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding periodic evaluations, can changes or supplements be made after submission ?
|
Yes. The report senior can, for good cause, submit administrative changes or appraising supplements with in 2 years from the ending date of the report .
|
|
|
|
Who is the entirely Marine to have ever received 5 Navy Crosses ?
|
Louis B. “ Chesty ” puller
|
|
|
|
Regarding Fitness Reporting, how long must they be retained ?
|
The report senior must retain copies of policeman FITREPs for 5 years. The command must retain copies of enlist FITREPs and EVALs for 2 years. Counseling worksheets must be held in a Privacy Act records organization until the extremity detaches, then destroyed .
|
|
|
|
Who commanded the “ Black Sheep Squadron ? ”
|
Col. Gregory R. “ Pappy ” Boyington
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding periodic evaluations, can adverse or downgraded fitness and evaluation reports be directed as punishment or used as an alternative to NJP ?
|
No. Adverse or downgraded fitness and evaluation reports may not be directed as punishment or used as an alternative to the proper disposition of wrongdoing under the Uniform Code of Military Justice ( UCMJ ). Reports may not mention non-punitive excommunication, or fact-finding, discriminative, or other proceedings which have not been concluded or which have exonerated the extremity .
|
|
|
|
How many confirmed kills did ace navigate Gregory R. “ Pappy ” Boyington reach before the end of World War II ?
|
28
|
|
|
|
Regarding dark blue correspondence, what is the deviation between a standard letter and an second ?
|
endorsement is alike to a letter but used for transmitting symmetry through the chain of command and sometimes provides command comments or may be returned to the originator requesting more information while the standard letter is used to conduct official symmetry .
|
|
|
|
Who was Ira H. Hayes ?
|
He was a Marine Corporeal, and a Pima Indian who were immortalized in thorium enow celebrated photograph taken of the second flag-raising incidental on Mount Suribachi ( Iwo Jima ) .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Navy Correspondence, is a memo formal or cozy ?
|
Informal. a memo provides an informal way to correspond within an activity or between DON activities. Subordinates may use it to correspond directly with each other on routine official business .
|
|
|
|
Who was the first womanhood to enlist in the United States Marine Corps ?
|
private Johnson became the Marine Corps first enlisted woman on August 13, 1918 .
|
|
|
|
What is the NAVPERS 1070/602 ?
|
The Dependency Application /Record of Emergency Data
|
|
|
|
Who was the first female General officeholder of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
General Margaret A. brewer
|
|
|
|
name three types of Navy Correspondence
|
standard Letter. Endorsements. Memorandums .
|
|
|
|
What class did Private Opha Mae Johnson, the inaugural enlist female Marine enlist ?
|
1918
|
|
|
|
How many parts does a NAVPERS 1070/602 Dependency Application/Record of Emergency Data have ?
|
Two
|
|
|
|
What year did Brigadier General Brewer become the first gear female General in the United States Marine Corps ?
|
1978
|
|
|
|
On the NAVPERS 1070/602, Dependency Application/Record of Emergency Data what information goes on separate II ?
|
“ Part II provides an immediately accessible, up-to-date record of hand brake data and is the official document used to determine the follow :
|
|
|
|
Yes.No. Should you salute at work indoors ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
– National Service Life Insurance, Servicemen ‘s Group Life Insurance, and Veterans Group Life Insurance in effect. ”
|
|
|
|
|
Yes. No. If you are taken prisoner should you salute while in a POW status ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
What is the NAVPERS 1070/602 normally called ?
|
page 2
|
|
|
|
Yes. No. You should salute while you are in Battle Conditions
|
No .
|
|
|
|
What information is contained on the NAVPERS 1070/604
|
The NAVPERS 1070/604 is the engage Qualification History and it contains a chronological history of the members occupational and discipline associate qualifications and their awards and commendations .
|
|
|
|
Yes. No. When you are rendering an person salute is it appropriate to look at the member or masthead being saluted squarely ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
What is the 1070/604 normally called ?
|
page 4
|
|
|
|
Yes. No. Is it allow to render a salute when smoking a cigarette or cigar ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between the NAVPERS 1070/604 and the NAVPERS 1070/605 ?
|
The 604 is your qualifications and the 605 is your history of assignments
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is a salute rendered to military officials of extraneous powers who ‘s governments are not recognized by the United States ?
|
No. only officers, regular and substitute of the Navy, Army, Air Force, Marine Corps, Coast Guard, and extraneous military and naval officers whose governments are formally recognized by the U.S. Government .
|
|
|
|
What is the NAVPERS 1070/605 ?
|
The NAVPERS 1070/605, history of assignments is a chronological record of duty assignments and is maintained through out member ‘s active and nonoperational duty career .
|
|
|
|
When rendering a salute how long should you hold it ?
|
Hold your salute until it is returned or acknowledged .
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between the NAVPERS 1070/613 and the NAVPERS 1070/602 ?
|
A NAVPERS 1070/613 or “ page 13 ” is a document that contains administrative Remarks. Is it a chronological record of meaning assorted entries which are not provided for elsewhere or where more detail information may be required to clarify entries onto other pages. Entries are required for civil misdemeanors and felonies that come to the command ‘s attention, and for Non-Judicial punishment that does not result in a passing of pay .
|
|
|
|
Besides a salute what is a accustomed escort when saluting an officer ?
|
Accompany the salute with a greeting such as “ dear dawn sir or dame. ”
|
|
|
|
What is the UCMJ ?
|
The Uniform Code of Military Justice
|
|
|
|
Under what circumstances would you salute an policeman doubly in the like conversation ?
|
When meeting or greeting the military officer and again when they are departing the vicinity of the conversation .
|
|
|
|
What is the purpose of the UCMJ ?
|
The Uniform Code of Military Justice promotes good order and discipline, and provides a basis for the administration of justice for the arm forces .
|
|
|
|
Yes. No. If the officer you are speaking to, who is elder to you, comes to attention and salutes a senior should you interrupt that conversation ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
Who is responsible for upholding the UCMJ ?
|
All members of the Armed Forces .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Should the first person in a group to notice the approaching elder not in ranks, render the appropriate greet and salute ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Who is submit to the Uniformed Code of Military Justice ?
|
“ Members of a regular or reserve component of the Armed Forces
|
|
|
|
If your group is in formation who should render the appropriate greet and salute ?
|
The senior person should call the formation to attention and the they should salute for the group .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Should you salute an military officer when passing them in the like direction ?
|
Yes. Come abreast of the officer and render a salute and say, “ By your entrust, sir ( dame ). ”
|
|
|
|
What are the three types of Courts-Martial ?
|
Summary, Special, General
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are appropriate honors rendered in a toast and greeting to officers of the United States Coast Guard ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can jurors attending to a special court-martial or general court-martial recommend any pause of conviction ?
|
No. Members of these courts have no power to direct, or even recommend on the record that any part of the sentence be suspended .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If you are in a working party and your uniform blouse is unbutton should you render a salute ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
In a special Courts-Martial continue, what is the dispute between an engage member at E5 and above and an Enlisted accused in the rate of E4 and below .
|
For an engage accused in the pay grade of E5 and above, the accused may be reduced one pay-grade, be restricted for a menstruation of 60 days, and face a forfeit of two-thirds of basic wage for one calendar month. For an accused in the rank of E4 and below, the accused may be sentenced to confinement for up to 30 days heavily tug with out confinement for a time period of 45 days, restriction for a period of 60 days, decrease to the pay rate of E-1 and forfeit of two-thirds of basic pay for one month .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If you are in a herd identify and you see your unit CO while wearing civilian attire should an engage person render a salute ?
|
No. Salutes will not be rendered at herd gatherings, in populace conveyances, or in clog areas, unless you are addressing or are being directly addressed by a senior .
|
|
|
|
In a special courts warlike how many members sit on the board ?
|
A special courts martial may be composed of a military judge and not less than 3 active-duty arm avail members .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding Marine Corps Rank, does a individual have any chevrons ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding Courts Martial, are there appeals of convictions in the military ?
|
“ Yes. Each branch of service has its own court, i, the Air Force Court of Criminal Appeals. The judges on these courts are made up of military attorneys. There is a possibility of a second solicitation to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces. The judges on this court are civilians .
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation in rank between a Master Sergeant and a beginning Sergeant ?
|
A first Sergeant has a diamond in the middle of the chevrons while the Master Sergeant has crossed rifles. Both have three Chevrons up and three Chevrons down .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps rate is represented by three chevrons astir and one down ?
|
Staff Sergeant
|
|
|
|
What does it take to be convicted in a courts-martial ?
|
In most cases, alone two-thirds of the members need to find you guilty of an discourtesy in order to be convicted. This is very unlike than in a civilian world where an consentaneous jury verdict is necessary .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps rank is represented by three Chevrons and a bent of crossed rifles ?
|
Sergeant ( E5 )
|
|
|
|
Besides a courts-martial, how else can the military discipline its members ?
|
There are a host of options available. The most serious is a non-judicial punishments ( NJP ) under Article 15, UCMJ ; this operation is referred to as a Captain ‘s Mast in the Navy, an NJP in the Marine Corps, and an article 15 in the Army and Air Force. If you accept the NJP, then you are accepting the forum for your possible discipline. Your commander will then act as the evaluator and jury. Remember that you have a right to turn down a non-judicial punishment and request a trial by court-martial ( except sailors on a ship ). Doing this may or may not result in court-martial charges, depending upon the strength of the evidence against you and your anterior disciplinary record. Think carefully earlier rejecting an NJP, and never do it without personally talking to an lawyer .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps rank is represented by two Chevrons and a typeset of cross rifles ?
|
Corporal ( E4 )
|
|
|
|
Regarding Courts Martial, can a civilian lawyer be hired rather of the military lawyers available ?
|
“ Yes. Article 31 rights specifically allow a servicing penis to hire any lawyer they desire. This may become more authoritative if the lawyer appointed by the military may be inexperienced .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps rank and file is represented by three Chevrons up and four down and the Marine Corps Eagle Globe and Anchor in the Middle ?
|
sergeant Major of the Marine Corps
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps Rank is represented by three chevrons up and four chevrons down with a put of cross rifles in the Middle ?
|
There is no rank in the Marine Corps like that
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding Courts Martial, are military members subject to double jepordy ?
|
“ Yes. constitutionally there is no double hazard or doubling punishment. Both the Federal government and a State may prosecute a uniform serve penis for the lapp behavior .
|
|
|
|
A Master Gunnery Sergeant of Marines rank and file insignia is delineated by the following icon ?
|
Three Chevrons up. Four Chevrons Down and a bomb calorimeter in the middle .
|
|
|
|
When looking at the Marine ranks of Warren Officer what characteristic makes the W-1 and W-3 ranks different from the W-2 and W-4 ranks ?
|
The 1 and 3 have three segments while the 2 and 4 have five segments .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding court warlike proceedings may a compendious court warlike restrain a member for more than 6 months ?
|
No. A compendious court warlike may lone confine for 30 days with hard british labour party and no more than 45 days with out hard labor .
|
|
|
|
What is the cardinal difference between the W-2 absolute insignia and the W-4 ?
|
The W-2 is gold and the W-4 is silver
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding court martial proceedings, may a particular court warlike confine a member for more than a year ?
|
No. A special woo warlike may only confine a person for up to 6 months with out hard labor and lone 3 months with hard labor .
|
|
|
|
What is a key difference between the Marine Rank insignia ‘s of W-1 and W-3 ?
|
The W-1 is aureate and the W-3 is silver .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding compendious Court Martial : Can a commission officeholder be tried for any capital umbrage ?
|
No. A drumhead court-martial may not try a commissioned officeholder, warrent military officer, cadet, or midshipmen for any capital crime .
|
|
|
|
What is alone about the W-5 rank insignia for Marine Warrant Officers ?
|
A thin loss prevention runs the length of the insignia ( parallel with the long end ) rather of the bars that traversal is on the ranks from W-1 to W-4
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding a compendious court marital, if you are aboard a ship can you refuse a compendious woo martial ?
|
No. Except on a embark, a member may refuse the right to a drumhead court martial .
|
|
|
|
What distinguishes the Marine Corps Ranks of Major and Lieutenant Colonel ?
|
Both are oak leaf but the major is gold and the Lieutenant Colonel is flatware
|
|
|
|
Regarding a General Court warlike what is the lowest absolute of the convening authority ?
|
The lowest rank and file is normally the rank and file of the control general of the wing, division, group or the equivelant .
|
|
|
|
Put the Marine Corps Flag Ranks in Order
|
Brigadier, Major, Lieutenant, General ( BMLG )
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding a court warlike if the accused is an military officer can enlisted members be award on the court ?
|
No. if the accused is a commisisoned or warrant officer, the group of the peers on the court must be of a alike rank and grade. If they are a guarantee, then at least guarantee officers may be give. If they are enlisted then the enlisted may request up to 1/3 of the court be enlisted .
|
|
|
|
What is the remainder in insignia between the Second Lieutenant and First Lieutenant ?
|
The 2nd Lieutenant has a aureate bar and is lower rank ( O-1 ) .
|
|
|
|
What does NJP Stand for ?
|
Non Judicial Punishment .
|
|
|
|
Rendering Honors. scenario : You and your Marines are at the smoke colliery and are uncovered. The call for colors is sounded. What should you do ?
|
stand at attention. Face the point of reference ( colors, music, etc. ) and do NOT render a salute .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding NJP and Court Martial, does the accused have a right to refuse the NJP and demand a trial by court soldierly ?
|
Yes. The accused has the justly of refusal before the imposition of the NJP proceedings .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Rendering Honors. Should you render military honors when in a vehicle ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
Under what circumstnaces is NJP Administered ?
|
For minor offenses of the UCMJ where the maximal prison term, if tried by a general courtmartial, does not include a dishonorable discharge or confinement or greater than one year .
|
|
|
|
Rendering Honors. If you are passing or being passed: How long before and after should honors be rendered?
|
6 paces before and 6 paces after
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the accuse solicitation an NJP decisiveness ?
|
Yes. The charge may appeal the pnishment if he considers it unfair or disproportionate to the umbrage by sumiting a written statement describing why he considers the punishment unfair or disproportionate within 5 days of imposition of punishment throuhg the range of command to the following superscript agency .
|
|
|
|
Rendering Honors. When the flag is raised or lowered at dawn and evening colors what trigger or key should be used to render honors ?
|
On the first gear note of the National Anthem or the cry, “ To The Colors. ”
|
|
|
|
What are the two chains of instruction in the United States Marine Corps ?
|
Service and Operational
|
|
|
|
What is the definition of sexual harassment ?
|
sexual harrassment is influencing, offering to influence, or threatening the career, pay or job of another person in substitution for sexual favors ; deliberate or repeated offenseive comments, gestures, or physical contact of a ( percieved ) sexual nature in a exploit or work-related environment .
|
|
|
|
Is sexual harassment subjective or aim ?
|
Subjective. The criteria for something being harassing versus complimentary is wholly up to the interpretation of the victim .
|
|
|
|
How is the Operational Chain of command different than the Service ?
|
The Operational Command goes from the Secretary of Defense directly to the Operational Commanders while the Service goes from the Secretary of the Navy to the Commandant of the Marine Corps
|
|
|
|
What is the definition of equal opportunity ?
|
adequate opportunity means that every Marine is provided fair and peer discussion, having equal opportunity careless of raceway, ethnicity, age, arouse, national origin or religious conviction ?
|
|
|
|
What three components are the Marine Corps Operating Forces Consisted of ?
|
1. The Marine Corps Forces which are made up of Marine Air Ground Task Forces 2. The Marine Corps Security Forces. 3. Marine Security Guard Detachments
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the spirit of equal opportunity does the Marine Corps advertise on racial quotas as in the case of approving natural process ?
|
No. The Marine Corps promotes on deserve and not quotas .
|
|
|
|
What are marine Corps Security Forces ?
|
The Marine Corps Security Forces ( MCSF ) include approximately 3,400 Marines who protect cardinal naval installations and facilities global. Although not assigned to combatant commands, they are part of the operate forces of the Marine Corps .
|
|
|
|
list all that fit the definition of hazing
|
“ ( 1 ) Any shape of knowledgeability or congratulatory act that involves physically strike .
|
|
|
|
What are Marine Security Guard Detachments ?
|
These detachments serve at embassies and consulates around the ball. The Marine security guard battalion provides forces to the Department of State for embassy security. These Marines are presently assigned to 121 diplomatic posts in 115 countries through out the world .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between Marine Corps Security Forces and Marine Security Guard Detachments ?
|
security Forces guard naval installations while the Security Guard Detachments guard embassies .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are refelctive of the Marine Corps Policy of Equal Opportunity ?
|
“ ( 1 ) Treat each Marine with Respect
|
|
|
|
How many countries are Marine Security Guard Detachments assigned to support?
|
The Marine Security Guard Detachments support embassies and consulates around the globe. The Marine Security Guard battalion provides forces to the Department of State for embassy security. These Marines are currently assigned to 121 diplomatic posts in 115 countries throughout the world.
|
|
|
|
( 6 ) establish and ensure open channels of communication. ”
|
|
|
|
|
How many diplomatic posts are Marine Security Guard Detachments supporting through out the globe ?
|
The Marine Security Guard Detachments support embassies and consulates around the earth. The Marine Security Guard battalion provides forces to the Department of State for embassy security. These Marines are presently assigned to 121 diplomatic posts in 115 countries throughout the earth .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding Hazing, does the Marine Corps consider individual consent to the activity an exuse ?
|
No. consent to haze is not a defense. Any misdemeanor, undertake trespass, or soclitation of another to violate the MCO subjects involved members to disciplinary action under Article 92 of the Uniform Code of military judge .
|
|
|
|
What three elements are contained in a MAGTF ?
|
The Marine Air-Ground Task Force ( MAGTF ) is the principle organization for the behavior of all missions across the range of military operations. MAGTFs are balanced, combined arms forces with organic labor, aviation and sustenance elements .
|
|
|
|
What is the definition of fraternization ?
|
Defined as duty reltaionships and social and business contacts between and among Marines of different grades. Theese relationships are inconsistent with the traditional standards of well decree, discipline, and reciprocal deference that have constantly existed between Marines of elder and lesser grade .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can MAGTF ‘s conduct both expeditionary or sustained operations ashore ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Describe behavior that would be considered fraternization ?
|
Any demeanor which would present the appearance of undue familarity or informality between and among the ranks .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between the MEF, MEB, and MEU ?
|
Each are MAGTF organizations of respective sizes. The MEF is a Force Level, the MEB is composed of Regimental sized elements and the MEU is composed of Battalion sized elements .
|
|
|
|
What is the EDVR ?
|
The EDVR is a monthly affirmation of an action ‘s engage personnel account .
|
|
|
|
How is a Marine Expeditionary Force ( MEF ) different from a Marine Expeditionary Brigade ( MEB ) ?
|
The MEF is a MAGTF built around a GCE of a division size .
|
|
|
|
How many parts are in the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) ?
|
12
|
|
|
|
True/False. The Marine Aircraft Wing is the Air Combat Element of a Marine Expeditionary Brigade ( MEB ) ?
|
False. The size of the ACE in the MEB is a group .
|
|
|
|
What does section III of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Record ( EDVR ) hold ?
|
EDVR sefction 3 contains an alphabetic list of all enslisted memebrs assigned to the activity .
|
|
|
|
True/False. A squadron sized ACE Element supports a Marine Expeditionary Brigade ( MEB ) .
|
False. The squadron sized component supports the Marine Expeditionary Unit ( MEU ) .
|
|
|
|
What does sections 1 through 3 of the Enlisted Distribution Verifcation Report ( EDVR ) control ?
|
EDVR sections 1 through 3 incorporate data that has been extracted from the acocunt because it requires special attention or action by the activeness. additionally, the EDVR section 3 contains an alphabetic list of all engage members assigned to the natural process .
|
|
|
|
What is the remainder between the Combat Support Services Group ( CSSG ) and the Brigade Support Service Group ( BSSG ) ?
|
The Brigade Support Service Group ( BSSG ) is the logistics fortune of the Marine Expeditionary Brigade ( MEB ) MAGTF ?
|
|
|
|
What does section 12 of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) hold ?
|
section 12 contains a listeing of both office rand enlisted personnel in an venture or temp Additional Duty ( TAD ) condition to augment normal man. This number besides includes commands that are embarked onboard another command .
|
|
|
|
If there are three basic MAGTF ‘s the MEF, MEB, and MEU what is the one-fourth ?
|
A limited Purpose MAFTF ( SPMAGTF ). This is normally used for a limited purpose such as calamity relief, humanitarian aid, noncombatant elimination operations, or security operations where one of the early three elements would be inappropriate .
|
|
|
|
What does segment 4 of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) contian ?
|
EDVR section 4 takes the sum personnel account of the activity, including those members reflected in sections 1 through 3 .
|
|
|
|
What is the minimal sized element of the Ground Combat Element a particular Purpose MAGTF ?
|
Platoon sized GCE. An aircraft Asset for the ACE and customized support services for the CSSE .
|
|
|
|
True/False. The enlist Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) is exchangeable to the Marine Corps Table of Organization ( TO ) .
|
true. The enlist Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) is a text file for command ‘s so that they can see all levels of their man, their NEC requirements and where billets are gapped including advancements, and pay submission root dates. The Marine Corps TO document does the same thing for MOS ‘s and unit man requirements .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not a mission of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
1. Provide compound arms for the seizure or defensive structure of advance naval bases 2. Provide Security Detachments for the protective covering of Navy Vessels and Property 3. Develop amphibious Operations 4. Provide airborne Operations. 5. Develop airborne operations 6. Expand peacetime readiness and mobilization efforts 7. Perform other duties as directed by the President
|
|
|
|
What section/s of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) contains the duty preference list ?
|
section 9/10 contains the Diary Message Summary and Duty Preference Listing .
|
|
|
|
On a Navy Performance Evaluation who is the reporting Senior ?
|
Commanding Officers are reporting seniors by virtue of their command authority. Commanding officers may submit by rights authorized fitness and evaluation reports on any extremity who has reported to them for duty, whether junior or elder to them in mark. The condition “ command military officer ” includes commanding officers of all services, and their civilian equivalents with in the U.S. Federal Government .
|
|
|
|
What does section 11 of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) contain ?
|
section 11 of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) contains individual security data, citizenship codes, involunary extension months, Pay Entry Base Dates ( PEBD ), clock time in Rate ( TIR ), Advancement Effective Date, and FORMAN Status and Action Date .
|
|
|
|
What is the lowest grade policeman that can be delegated as a coverage aged for engage reports service members E5 to E9 and those frocked to E5 ?
|
O4 or GS12 .
|
|
|
|
On a standard Navy Letter how wide are the left/right margins ?
|
1 edge
|
|
|
|
What is the lowest grade that a report senior may be delegated to members in the grades of E4 and below ?
|
Chief Petty Officer ( E7 ) or GS11
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. On a standard Navy Leter are there any spaces between the From, To, and Via sections .
|
No. The From, To and Via sections are single space and play along each early. There is a double space between the Via and Subject Lines .
|
|
|
|
What is the function of a rater in the evaluation process of an E6 and below ?
|
evaluation reports on E6 and below require the signatures of a rater and senior rater angstrom well as the report senior. This ensures that the Navy ‘s senior enlisted and junior military officer supervisors are properly included in the enlist evaluation serve. The rater should be a Navy chief fiddling officeholder whenever possible, but if none is available within the command, may be a military or civilian supervisory program who is an E7 equivalent or higher. typically, the aged rater will be the member ‘s division officer or department fountainhead. The senior rater may be omitted where the coverage elder is the raters immediate supervisory program .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In a Navy Letter, are the submit, mention and enclosure paragraph double spaced ?
|
Yes. Between the topic, mention and enclosure portions of hte letter the paragraph each have a single blank space between the paragrphs. This is different from the From, To and Via blocks which have no blank paragraph spacing .
|
|
|
|
How is performance Counseling different than performance evaluations ?
|
guidance is conducted by the dominate at the half way point of the interval process .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In a navy letter, the main body of the letter is numbered. Are the paragraph double spaced ?
|
Yes. The paragraph have a unmarried quad between each paragraph alike to the Subject, Reference, and Enclosure sections of the letter. They are different than the From, To and Via sections whose paragraphs are next to each other with out the white space between paragraph .
|
|
|
|
Regarding evaluation reports how many types are there ?
|
Three .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In a Navy Letter, in the From, To, and Via sections, should the Title of Activity of each section be aligned ?
|
Yes. The From section is followed by 2 spaces, the To section is followed by 4 spaces and the via incision is followed by 3 spaces ( 2-4-3 ) so that the Title of Activity can channel up in the format .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Evaluations, what is the difference between regular Reports and Concurrent Reports ?
|
coincident reports are done for members on extra duty or temp extra duty while regular reports are consistent with annual regular performance in their speculate .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In a Navy Letter should the alignment of the Subject, References, and Enclosures, paragraph line up with the from, to, and via blocks ?
|
Yes. The subject should be followed by 2 spaces, the reference should be followed by 2 spaces, and the enclosure incision s/b followed by 2 spaces indeed that the body of each of those paragraphs wrinkle up with the from to and via bodies above .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Performance Evaluations, what kind of report would you issue for temp extra duty ?
|
A coincident report provides a record of significant operation in an extra duty ( ADDU ) or temp extra duty ( TEMADD ) condition. They are optional unless directed by higher authority, and may not be submitted by anyone in the regular report senior ‘s mastermind chain of command .
|
|
|
|
On a Navy Standard Letter how may lines from the top of the page, on the 2nd page of the letter should the Subject auction block Be ?
|
5. The 6th line is the subject jam .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are Operational Commander ‘s reports submitted on E7 and above ?
|
No. Operational Commander ‘s reports are optional, and may lone be submitted on commanding officers or military officer in bang by operational commanders who are not besides their even report seniors .
|
|
|
|
On a standard Navy Letter how many spaces from the concluding paragraph does the signature production line happen ?
|
4. Three lacuna spaced lines and the touch line is on the 4th .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are Concurrent Reports Mandatory ?
|
No. coincident Reports are optional and submitted for ADDU or TEMADD condition .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. On a standard Navy letter are complimentary closures like, ‘sincerely, ‘ ‘respectfully, ‘ ‘regrettably, ‘ always used ?
|
No. complimentary closures are not used on official standard navy letters
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding Periodic evaluations, are Regular Reports mandatory?
|
Yes. They are the foundation of the performance record. Regular reports are submitted periodically according to the schedule below, and on other occasions as specified in the EVAL manual. They must cover, day-for-day, all Naval service on active duty or in the drilling Reserve programs, except for enlisted inital entry training and other limited circumstances.
|
|
|
|
Yes/No.Regarding Navy Letters and endorsements, can an endorsement neglect the SSIC code ( the separate of the letter referencing the relevant section ) ?
|
Yes but entirely if its a same page sanction. Otherwise the endorsement on a new page must include new letterhead and the titleSecond Endorsment must go on the 2nd line underneath the SSIC/Date incision of the parallelism .
|
|
|
|
Regarding periodic evaluations, what calendar month are E5 evaluations due ?
|
March
|
|
|
|
What does ORM stand for ?
|
Operational Risk Management
|
|
|
|
Regarding periodic evaluations, what month are E9 evaluations due ?
|
April
|
|
|
|
True/False. ORM is a provide system that empowers leaders at the Battlion level in making sure that all members of their unit have appropriate uniforms .
|
“ False .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Periodic Evaluations, what months are E4 evaluations ascribable ?
|
June
|
|
|
|
ORM is a decisiveness making cock used by people at all levels to increase operational effectiveness by anticipating hazards and reducing the potential for loss, thereby increasing the probability of a sucessful misison. ”
|
|
|
|
|
Regarding periodic evaluations, what calendar month are E3/2/1 evaluations due ?
|
July
|
|
|
|
True/False. ORM increases the units ability o make informed decisions by providing the best baseline of cognition and expeirence avaialble .
|
truthful. It besides minimizes the riks to satisfactory levels, commensurate with mission accomplishment. The come of gamble we will take in war is much greater than that we should in peace, but the process is the same. Applying the ORM process will reduce mishaps, lower costs, and provide for more efficient use of resources .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Periodic Evaluations, when are E7 and E8 evaluations due ?
|
September
|
|
|
|
True/False. A Hazard is an expression of possible passing in terms of sevirty and probability .
|
False. A risk is an expression of potential loss in terms of badness and probability .
|
|
|
|
Regarding periodic evaluations what calendar month are E6 evaluations due ?
|
November
|
|
|
|
True/False. a risk is the process of detecting hazards and assessing associate risks .
|
False. Risk assessment is the march of detecting hazards and assesing associate risks .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding seaworthiness reports, if a extremity has been exonerated of an discourtesy, can the incidental be reflected in a fitness report ?
|
No. Adverse or downgraded fitness and evaluation reports may not be directed as punishment or used as an alternate to the report disposition of mismanage under the Uniform Code of Military Justice ( UCMJ ). Reports may not mention non-punitive excommunication, or fact-finding, judicial or other proceedings which have not been concluded or which have exonerated the member. discipline to these limitations, fitness and evaluation reports should take into score misbehave which has been established through dependable evidence to the report senior ‘s gratification .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Hazards are the process of detecting risks .
|
False. Risk assessment is the process of detecting hazards and assessing consort risks .
|
|
|
|
On operation evaluations what is the highest marks reserved for operation which is far above standards and is luminary for its exemplary or leadership quality ?
|
5
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does ORM minimize risks to acceptable levels, commensurate with deputation skill ?
|
Yes. It besides is the come of wisk members are volition to take in war which wich is much greater than in peace, but the serve is the same. Applying the ORM proecss will reduce mishaps, lower ocsts, and provide for more efficient habit of resources .
|
|
|
|
On performance evaluations, the trait grad of 1.0 is given for what aim ?
|
The performance trait grade of 1.0 is for sailors who are struggling at their needed duties and tasks. They create conflict, are unwilling to work with others, puts themselves above the team, they neglect growth and development of subordinates, and normally need excessive supervision. Furthemore, they have bare cognition of their jobs and their actions are counter to the Navy ‘s memory and reenlistment goals .
|
|
|
|
What are the 5 steps of ORM ?
|
“ 1. Identify Hazards
|
|
|
|
On periodic evaluations, why should “ two-blocking ” be avoided by reporting seniors ?
|
first, the report seniors average trait mark will be available to detailers and excerpt boards for comparison purposes. Second, it will be difficult for the report aged to allocate promotion recommendations if everyone ‘s trait grades are the same .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding personal evaluations, are handwritten entries allowed ?
|
only on E4 and below evaluations
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what is the difference between Identification of Hazards and the Assessment of Hazards ?
|
The judgment of the hazards determins the associated risk while the recognition merely lists the type or kind of luck stage in a situation .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding periodic evaluations, can changes or supplements be made after submission ?
|
Yes. The report elder can, for good induce, submit administrative changes or appraising supplements with in 2 years from the ending date of the report .
|
|
|
|
In ORM, what are the three types of controls ?
|
technology, Administrative and Personal Protective Equipment
|
|
|
|
Regarding Fitness Reporting, how long must they be retained ?
|
The coverage senior must retain copies of officer FITREPs for 5 years. The command must retain copies of enlist FITREPs and EVALs for 2 years. Counseling worksheets must be held in a Privacy Act records arrangement until the member detaches, then destroyed .
|
|
|
|
In ORM, what is the dispute between Administrative Controls and Engineering Controls ?
|
administrative controls provide the mechanism of reducing risk by serve, markings, notificaitons while engineering controls reduce risks by plan, materials, and physical resources .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding periodic evaluations, can adverse or downgraded fitness and evaluation reports be directed as punishment or used as an alternate to NJP ?
|
No. Adverse or downgraded fitness and evaluation reports may not be directed as punishment or used as an alternative to the proper inclination of mismanage under the Uniform Code of Military Justice ( UCMJ ). Reports may not mention non-punitive censure, or fact-finding, judicial, or other proceedings which have not been concluded or which have exonerated the extremity .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what kind of contorls provide suitable warnings, markings, placards or signs ?
|
administrative
|
|
|
|
Regarding united states navy commensurateness, what is the deviation between a standard letter and an endorsement ?
|
second is similar to a letter but used for transmitting symmetry through the chain of command and sometimes provides command comments or may be returned to the originator requesting more data while the standard letter is used to conduct official symmetry .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what kind of controls reduce gamble by choice of materials used in the process ?
|
Engineering
|
|
|
|
Regarding Navy Correspondence, is a memo dinner dress or informal ?
|
Informal. a memo provides an cozy direction to correspond within an bodily process or between DON activities. Subordinates may use it to correspond directly with each early on routine official business .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, which kinds of controls establish written policies, programs or instructions and standards of manoeuver procedures ?
|
administrative Controls
|
|
|
|
What is the NAVPERS 1070/602 ?
|
The Dependency Application /Record of Emergency Data
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what kidn of manipulate would ear plugs be ?
|
personal Protective equipment
|
|
|
|
appoint three types of Navy Correspondence
|
standard Letter. Endorsements. Memorandums .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, why must the tax assessor make a risk decisiveness before implimenting controls ?
|
Because risk decisions involve mitigating the most severe hazard factors first and implimenting controls for those risks to mitigate the greatest measure of risk .
|
|
|
|
How many parts does a NAVPERS 1070/602 Dependency Application/Record of Emergency Data have ?
|
Two
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, why is important to supervise the implimentation of Administrative Controls, Engineering Controls, or Personal Protective Equipment ?
|
Because it ensures that controls remain in put and that they have the craved effect .
|
|
|
|
What is the NAVPERS 1070/602 normally called ?
|
page 2
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what kind of controls limited the expsure to the hazard ?
|
administrative Controls ( either by reducing the number of personnel/assets or the distance of time they are exposed. )
|
|
|
|
What data is contained on the NAVPERS 1070/604
|
The NAVPERS 1070/604 is the enlist Qualification History and it contains a chronological history of the members occupational and train relate qualifications and their awards and commendations .
|
|
|
|
What are the four principles or Operational Risk Management ( ORM ) ?
|
“ ( 1 ) Accept risk when benefits outweigh the price
|
|
|
|
What is the 1070/604 normally called ?
|
page 4
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between the NAVPERS 1070/604 and the NAVPERS 1070/605 ?
|
The 604 is your qualifications and the 605 is your history of assignments
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what should a unit drawing card do when the hazard associated with that mission can not be controlled at his/her level or goes beyond the commander ‘s stated purpose ?
|
As a rationale of ORM. Make risk decisions at the right level. When this happens the unit leader should elevate the decision to their chain of command .
|
|
|
|
What is the NAVPERS 1070/605 ?
|
The NAVPERS 1070/605, history of assignments is a chronological read of duty assignments and is maintained through out penis ‘s active and inactive duty career .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what is the difference between hazardous material and hazardous waste ?
|
hazardous Materials are items that are used but because of their quantity or quality are considered hazardous to human use or exposure while hazardous Waste is material that has been disgarded and then determined by the EPA or State Authority as waste .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between the NAVPERS 1070/613 and the NAVPERS 1070/602 ?
|
A NAVPERS 1070/613 or “ page 13 ” is a document that contains administrative Remarks. Is it a chronological record of significant many-sided entries which are not provided for elsewhere or where more detailed information may be required to clarify entries onto other pages. Entries are required for civil misdemeanors and felonies that come to the command ‘s attention, and for Non-Judicial punishment that does not result in a loss of pay .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, promontory protection, hearing protection, metrical foot and eye protection are examples of what kind of controls ?
|
personal Protective Equipment .
|
|
|
|
What is the UCMJ ?
|
The Uniform Code of Military Justice
|
|
|
|
What is PPE
|
personal Protective equipment
|
|
|
|
What is the aim of the UCMJ ?
|
The Uniform Code of Military Justice promotes thoroughly order and discipline, and provides a basis for the presidency of department of justice for the arm forces .
|
|
|
|
What does MSDS stand for ?
|
Material Safety Data Sheets
|
|
|
|
Who is responsible for upholding the UCMJ ?
|
All members of the Armed Forces .
|
|
|
|
What kinds of information do MSDS sheets convey ?
|
They are technical bullitins containing information about materials, such as composition, chemical, and phyusical characteristics, health and base hit hazards, and precaustions, for safe treatment and habit .
|
|
|
|
What are the three types of Courts-Martial ?
|
Summary, Special, General
|
|
|
|
True/False. Regarding hazmat : MSDS ‘s should be maintained for all elements of HAZMAT on control panel .
|
True. MSDS ‘s should be maintained for all elements of HAZMAT on board .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can jurors attending to a special court-martial or general court-martial recommend any suspension of sentence ?
|
No. Members of these courts have no baron to direct, or even recommend on the record that any contribution of the sentence be suspended .
|
|
|
|
What are the ( 8 ) coarse elements experienced by all on the battlefield ?
|
( 1 ) violence ( 2 ) Casualties ( 3 ) confusion ( 4 ) Miscommunication ( 5 ) Fatigue ( 6 ) fear ( 7 ) Continous Operations ( 8 ) Homesickness *** Mnemonic : Violet ‘s Conundrum Casually Marched For Fifty Continous Hours
|
|
|
|
In a special Courts-Martial proceed, what is the difference between an enlist member at E5 and above and an Enlisted accused in the crying of E4 and below .
|
For an enlist accused in the give grade of E5 and above, the accused may be reduced one pay-grade, be restricted for a menstruation of 60 days, and face a forfeit of two-thirds of basic pay for one month. For an accused in the rank of E4 and below, the accused may be sentenced to confinement for up to 30 days hard british labour party with out parturiency for a period of 45 days, limitation for a period of 60 days, reduction to the pay grade of E-1 and forfeit of two-thirds of basic pay for one calendar month .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not of the 8 elements of expeirences on the battlefield ?
|
none of the Above. note : ( 1 ) ferocity ( 2 ) Casualties ( 3 ) confusion ( 4 ) Miscommunication ( 5 ) Fatigue ( 6 ) concern ( 7 ) Continous Operations ( 8 ) Homesickness *** Mnemonic : Violet ‘s Conundrum Casually Marched For Fifty Continous Hours
|
|
|
|
In a special courts warlike how many members sit on the board ?
|
A special courts warlike may be composed of a military judge and not less than 3 active-duty arm service members .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not of the 8 elements experienced in a battle environment ?
|
Mindlessness. note : ( 1 ) violence ( 2 ) Casualties ( 3 ) confusion ( 4 ) Miscommunication ( 5 ) Fatigue ( 6 ) fear ( 7 ) Continous Operations ( 8 ) Homesickness *** Mnemonic : Violet ‘s Conundrum Casually Marched For Fifty Continous Hours
|
|
|
|
What does it take to be convicted in a courts-martial ?
|
In most cases, lone two-thirds of the members need to find you guilty of an crime in order to be convicted. This is identical different than in a civilian world where an consentaneous jury verdict is necessary .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are listed as the ( 8 ) elements experienced in a fight environment ?
|
All of the Above. bill : ( 1 ) violence ( 2 ) Casualties ( 3 ) confusion ( 4 ) Miscommunication ( 5 ) Fatigue ( 6 ) reverence ( 7 ) Continous Operations ( 8 ) Homesickness *** Mnemonic : Violet ‘s Conundrum Casually Marched For Fifty Continous Hours
|
|
|
|
Besides a courts-martial, how else can the military discipline its members ?
|
There are a host of options available. The most good is a non-judicial punishments ( NJP ) under Article 15, UCMJ ; this routine is referred to as a Captain ‘s Mast in the Navy, an NJP in the Marine Corps, and an article 15 in the Army and Air Force. If you accept the NJP, then you are accepting the forum for your possible discipline. Your commanding officer will then act as the evaluator and jury. Remember that you have a right to turn down a non-judicial punishment and request a trial by court-martial ( except sailors on a embark ). Doing this may or may not result in court-martial charges, depending upon the strength of the evidence against you and your prior disciplinary record. Think carefully ahead rejecting an NJP, and never do it without personally talking to an lawyer .
|
|
|
|
What five factors help Sailors and Marines batch with fear ?
|
“ ( 1 ) morale
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding court warlike proceedings may a drumhead court martial restrain a extremity for more than 6 months ?
|
No. A compendious court martial may merely confine for 30 days with hard labor and no more than 45 days with out hard labor .
|
|
|
|
mnemonic : My absolutely Elephant Plans monthly ”
|
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding court martial proceedings, may a special court soldierly restrain a member for more than a year ?
|
No. A especial woo martial may only confine a person for up to 6 months with out unvoiced labor and alone 3 months with hard labor .
|
|
|
|
In coping with fear what is the elementary remainder between proficiency and motivation ?
|
proficiency is the ability of the individual or unit to complete the want job while motivation is reflective of the needs, desires and impulses that cause a person to act much felt as pride and committement .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding drumhead Court Martial : Can a accredited officer be tried for any capital offense ?
|
No. A drumhead court-martial may not try a commission officeholder, warrent officer, cadet, or midshipmen for any capital offense .
|
|
|
|
Regarding coping strategies for fear, whic of the following does not belong with the ( 5 ) ?
|
Esprit de Corps alternatively of Empathy. is teh loyalty to, pride in, and enthusiasm for theunit shown by its members. It implies devotion and loyalty to the unit and trench regard for the unit ‘s history, traditions and honor .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding a summary motor hotel marital, if you are aboard a ship can you refuse a drumhead court warlike ?
|
No. Except on a ship, a member may refuse the correct to a summary court warlike .
|
|
|
|
Regarding coping strategies for fear, which of the follow does not belong with the ( 5 ) noted in the study guide ?
|
***Motivation*** not Manipulation is the answer and is based on psychological factors such as needs, desires, and impulese that cause a person to act. For a marine, commitment and pride in the whole and Corps is generally the footing for battle motivation .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a General Court martial what is the lowest crying of the convening authority ?
|
The lowest rank is normally the rate of the commanding general of the wing, division, group or the equivelant .
|
|
|
|
What does the acronym BAMCIS mean ?
|
Begin Planning. Arrange for Reconnaissance. Make reconnaissance. Complete the plan. Issue the order. oversee .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding a court soldierly if the accused is an officer can enlisted members be portray on the court ?
|
No. if the accused is a commisisoned or warrant officer, the group of the peers on the court must be of a exchangeable rank and grade. If they are a guarantee, then at least warrant officers may be present. If they are enlisted then the enlisted may request up to 1/3 of the court be enlisted .
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow is not part of the acronym BAMCIS
|
Continue to Resolve
|
|
|
|
What does NJP Stand for ?
|
Non Judicial Punishment .
|
|
|
|
Which of the trace is not part of the Acronym BAMCIS ?
|
Begin participation
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding NJP and Court Martial, does the accused have a justly to refuse the NJP and demand a test by court martial ?
|
Yes. The accused has the right of refusal before the imposition of the NJP proceedings .
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow is not region of the acronym BAMCIS ?
|
Complete the Reconnaissance
|
|
|
|
Under what circumstnaces is NJP Administered ?
|
For minor offenses of the UCMJ where the maximum prison term, if tried by a general courtmartial, does not include a dishonest empty or confinement or greater than one year .
|
|
|
|
What of the following do not belong in the acronym BAMCIS ?
|
Make Plans should be Make Reconnassiance
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the accused appeal an NJP decision ?
|
Yes. The accused may appeal the pnishment if he considers it inequitable or disproportionate to the umbrage by sumiting a written statement describing why he considers the punishment unfair or disproportionate within 5 days of imposition of punishment throuhg the chain of control to the adjacent superior assurance .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not important steps of Begin Planning in the Troop Leadership steps of the acronym BAMCIS
|
“ 1. design function of available time
|
|
|
|
What is the definition of sexual harassment ?
|
sexual harrassment is influencing, offering to influence, or threatening the career, pay or job of another person in exchange for sexual favors ; debate or repeated offenseive comments, gestures, or physical contact of a ( percieved ) sexual nature in a work or work-related environment .
|
|
|
|
Is sexual harassment immanent or objective ?
|
Subjective. The criteria for something being harassing versus complimentary is wholly up to the interpretation of the victim .
|
|
|
|
It the troop leadership strategy contained in the acronym BAMCIS, what are the three steps of Arranging For Reconnaissance ?
|
“ 1. arrange for where, when and how unit of measurement will be moved
|
|
|
|
What is the definition of equal opportunity ?
|
equal opportunity means that every Marine is provided carnival and adequate treatment, having equal opportunity careless of subspecies, ethnicity, historic period, arouse, national origin or religious conviction ?
|
|
|
|
3. After the platoon air force officer ‘s brief, make arrangements to coordinate with adjacent unit of measurement leaders, leaders of supporting units, and early whole leaders as necessary. ”
|
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the liveliness of equal opportunity does the Marine Corps promote on racial quotas as in the lawsuit of affirmative action ?
|
No. The Marine Corps promotes on deserve and not quotas .
|
|
|
|
How many articles are in the Code of Conduct ?
|
Six .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding Hazing, does the Marine Corps consider individual consent to the bodily process an exuse ?
|
No. accept to haze is not a defense. Any rape, undertake misdemeanor, or soclitation of another to violate the MCO subjects involved members to corrective action under Article 92 of the Uniform Code of military justice .
|
|
|
|
What is the Code of Conduct ?
|
“ The Code of Conduct ( CoC ) is the legal usher for the demeanor of military members who are captured by hostile forces .
|
|
|
|
What is the definition of fraternization ?
|
Defined as duty reltaionships and social and clientele contacts between and among Marines of different grades. Theese relationships are inconsistent with the traditional standards of good order, discipline, and common deference that have constantly existed between Marines of aged and lesser grade .
|
|
|
|
The Code of Conduct, in six brief Articles, addresses those situations and decision areas that, to some degree, all military personnel could meet. It includes basic information useful to U.S. POWs in their efforts to survive honorably while resisting their captor ‘s efforts to exploit them to the advantage of the foe ‘s induce and their own disadvantage. such survival and resistance requires varying degrees of cognition of the mean of the six Articles of the CoC. ”
|
|
|
|
|
Describe behavior that would be considered fraternization ?
|
Any behavior which would present the appearance of undue familarity or ease between and among the ranks .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the Code of Conduct are Americans fighting in the armed forces that defend their area allowed to surrender ?
|
No. Article II. “ I will never surrender of my own free will. If in command, I will never surrender the members of my command while they still have the means to resist .
|
|
|
|
What is the EDVR ?
|
The EDVR is a monthly statement of an natural process ‘s enlist personnel explanation .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the Code of Conduct are Americans fighting in the armed forces that defend their country encouraged to remain in enslavement if captured ?
|
No. Article III, “ If I am get, I will continue to resist by all means available. I will make every feat to escape and aid others to escape. I will accept neither parole nor limited favors from the foe. ”
|
|
|
|
How many parts are in the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) ?
|
12
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the Code of Conduct are Americans fighting in the arm forces that defend their country encouraged to negotiate for favores while in captivity ?
|
No. Article III, “ If I am capture, I wil lcontinue to resist by all means available. I will make every campaign to escape and aid others to escae. I will acept neither password nor special favors from the enemy. ”
|
|
|
|
What does section III of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Record ( EDVR ) hold ?
|
EDVR sefction 3 contains an alphabetic list of all enslisted memebrs assigned to the activity .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the Code of Conduct are Americans fighting in the arm forces that defend their country supposed to provide their future of kin information to the enemy if they are captured ?
|
No. Article V. When questioned, should I become a prisoner of war, I am want ot give appoint, rank, service number and date of parentage. I will evade answering farther quetsions to the last of my ability. I will make no oral or written statements disloyal to my nation and its allies, or harmful to their causal agent. ”
|
|
|
|
What does sections 1 through 3 of the Enlisted Distribution Verifcation Report ( EDVR ) hold ?
|
EDVR sections 1 through 3 control information that has been extracted from the acocunt because it requires special attention or action by the activity. additionally, the EDVR section 3 contains an alphabetic list of all enlist members assigned to the bodily process .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the Code of Conduct what is article one primarily about ?
|
article I, “ I am an american, fighting in the armed forces which guard my nation and our way of life. I am train to give my life i ntheir defense. ”
|
|
|
|
What does section 12 of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) hold ?
|
section 12 contains a listeing of both position rand enlisted personnel in an embark or temp Additional Duty ( TAD ) status to augment normal man. This listing besides includes commands that are embarked onboard another command .
|
|
|
|
In the code of conduct what is article II chiefly about ?
|
“ ARTICLE II :
|
|
|
|
What does section 4 of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) contian ?
|
EDVR section 4 takes the entire personnel account of the activity, including those members reflected in sections 1 through 3 .
|
|
|
|
I will never surrender of my own spare will. If in dominate, I will never surrender the members of my dominate while they still have the means to resist. ”
|
|
|
|
|
True/False. The enlist Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) is similar to the Marine Corps Table of Organization ( TO ) .
|
true. The engage Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) is a document for command ‘s so that they can see all levels of their man, their NEC requirements and where billets are gapped including advancements, and pay entrance base dates. The Marine Corps TO document does the same thing for MOS ‘s and unit man requirements .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Code of Conduct, what is Article III About ?
|
“ article three :
|
|
|
|
What section/s of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) contains the duty preference list ?
|
incision 9/10 contains the Diary Message Summary and Duty Preference Listing .
|
|
|
|
If I am captured I will continue to resist by all means available. I will make every feat to escape and to aid others to escape. I will accept neither parole nor especial favors from the enemy. ”
|
|
|
|
|
What does incision 11 of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) hold ?
|
section 11 of the Enlisted Distribution Verification Report ( EDVR ) contains person security data, citizenship codes, involunary extension months, Pay Entry Base Dates ( PEBD ), clock time in Rate ( TIR ), Advancement Effective Date, and FORMAN Status and Action Date .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the code of conduct, Article IV talks about what set of ethics ?
|
“ article four :
|
|
|
|
On a standard Navy Letter how wide are the left/right margins ?
|
1 inch
|
|
|
|
If I become a prisoner of war, I will keep religion with my companion prisoners. I will give no information nor take share in any action which might be harmful to my comrades. If I am elder, I will take control. If not, I will obey true orders of those appointed over me and will back them in every way. ”
|
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. On a criterion Navy Leter are there any spaces between the From, To, and Via sections .
|
No. The From, To and Via sections are individual separated and comply each early. There is a double space between the Via and Subject Lines .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Code of Conduct, what is article V about ?
|
“ article v :
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In a Navy Letter, are the capable, reference and enclosure paragraph double spaced ?
|
Yes. Between the subject, reference and enclosure portions of hte letter the paragraph each have a single blank space between the paragrphs. This is different from the From, To and Via blocks which have no blank paragraph spacing .
|
|
|
|
When questioned, should I become a prisoner of war, I am required to give name, rank, service number, and date of birth. I will evade answering far questions to the utmost of my ability. I will make no oral or written statements disloyal to my nation or its allies or harmful to their campaign. ”
|
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In a navy letter, the main soundbox of the letter is numbered. Are the paragraph double spaced ?
|
Yes. The paragraph have a single space between each paragraph similar to the Subject, Reference, and Enclosure sections of the letter. They are different than the From, To and Via sections whose paragraphs are following to each other with out the flannel distance between paragraph .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Code of Conduct, what is Article VI about ?
|
“ article six :
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In a Navy Letter, in the From, To, and Via sections, should the Title of Activity of each part be aligned ?
|
Yes. The From section is followed by 2 spaces, the To segment is followed by 4 spaces and the via section is followed by 3 spaces ( 2-4-3 ) so that the Title of Activity can line up in the format .
|
|
|
|
I will never forget that I am an american english, fighting for freedom, creditworthy for my actions, and dedicated to the principles which made my country absolve. I will trust in my God and in the United States of America. ”
|
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In a Navy Letter should the conjunction of the Subject, References, and Enclosures, paragraph line up with the from, to, and via blocks ?
|
Yes. The subject should be followed by 2 spaces, the reference should be followed by 2 spaces, and the enclosure incision s/b followed by 2 spaces so that the body of each of those paragraphs line up with the from to and via bodies above .
|
|
|
|
What is the basal dispute between the Geneva Conventions and the Six Articles of the Code of Conduct for War ?
|
“ Unlike the Geneva Conventions, which are an external legal guidebook regarding POWs, the Code of Conduct is a moral guide, ” Erickson said. “ If you follow it, it enables you to best serve yourself, the state and your boyfriend POWs. ”
|
|
|
|
On a Navy Standard Letter how may lines from the top of the page, on the 2nd page of the letter should the Subject pulley Be ?
|
5. The 6th line is the capable obstruct .
|
|
|
|
What kinds of rights are afforded a prisoner of war?
|
“
The right to receive sanitary, protective housing and clothing
|
|
|
|
On a standard Navy Letter how many spaces from the final paragraph does the touch production line happen ?
|
4. Three lacuna spaced lines and the key signature credit line is on the 4th .
|
|
|
|
The right to receive camp regulations, notices, orders in a terminology the POW ‘s can understand” |
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. On a standard Navy letter are complimentary closures like, ‘sincerely, ‘ ‘respectfully, ‘ ‘regrettably, ‘ always used ?
|
No. complimentary closures are not used on official standard navy letters
|
|
|
|
Which of these are not afforded to Prisoners of War ?
|
“ eminence, POW ‘s receive the surveil :
|
|
|
|
Yes/No.Regarding Navy Letters and endorsements, can an endorsement exclude the SSIC code ( the partially of the letter referencing the relevant section ) ?
|
Yes but only if its a lapp page endorsement. Otherwise the sanction on a new page must include raw letterhead and the titleSecond Endorsment must go on the 2nd line underneath the SSIC/Date section of the agreement .
|
|
|
|
The veracious to receive camp regulations, notices, orders in a speech the POW ‘s can understand” |
|
|
|
|
What does ORM stand for ?
|
Operational Risk Management
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not part of the Geneva Conventions ?
|
“
The right to receive sanitary, protective housing and clothing
|
|
|
|
True/False. ORM increases the units ability o form informed decisions by providing the best baseline of cognition and expeirence avaialble .
|
on-key. It besides minimizes the riks to satisfactory levels, commensurate with mission skill. The sum of hazard we will take in war is much greater than that we should in peace, but the process is the same. Applying the ORM process will reduce mishaps, lower costs, and provide for more effective use of resources .
|
|
|
|
The right to receive camp regulations, notices, orders in a language the POW ‘s can understand” |
|
|
|
|
True/False. A Hazard is an expression of possible loss in terms of sevirty and probability .
|
False. A risk is an formulation of potential personnel casualty in terms of severity and probability .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are separate of the Geneva Conventions ?
|
“
The right to receive sanitary, protective housing and clothing
|
|
|
|
True/False. a risk is the process of detecting hazards and assessing consort risks .
|
False. Risk judgment is the process of detecting hazards and assesing consort risks .
|
|
|
|
The right to receive camp regulations, notices, orders in a speech the POW ‘s can understand” |
|
|
|
|
True/False. Hazards are the process of detecting risks .
|
False. Risk assessment is the process of detecting hazards and assessing associate risks .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, if your captors provide you with a copy of the Geneva conventions in a language that is not yours are they compliant ?
|
No. The right to have a imitate of all camp regulations, notices, orders, and publications about POW behave posted where it can be read. Regulations, notices, etc. must be in the proper language for POW ‘s to understand and available upon request .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does ORM minimize risks to satisfactory levels, commensurate with mission skill ?
|
Yes. It besides is the come of wisk members are uncoerced to take in war which wich is much greater than in peace, but the serve is the like. Applying the ORM proecss will reduce mishaps, lower ocsts, and provide for more effective consumption of resources .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, must your captors provide you a toilet and shaving facility ?
|
Yes. Prisoners of war shall be quartered under conditions a favorable as those for the forces of the Detaining Power who are billeted in the same area. The said conditions shall make valuation reserve for the habits and customs of the prisoners and shall in no event be prejudicial to their health .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what is the dispute between Identification of Hazards and the Assessment of Hazards ?
|
The assessment of the hazards determins the associated risk while the recognition merely lists the type or kind of hazard present in a situation .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, if you become ill are you entitled to medical care by your captors ?
|
Yes. Every camp shall have an adequate hospital where POWs may have the attention they require a well as appropriate diet. isolation wards, shall, if necessary be set aside for cases of catching or mental disease .
|
|
|
|
In ORM, what are the three types of controls ?
|
engineering, Administrative and Personal Protective Equipment
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. May POW ‘s practice their religious religion with out interference from their captors ?
|
Yes. Prisoners of war shall enjoy complete latitude in the exercise of their religious duties, including attendance at the service of their faith on condition that they comply with the corrective routine prescribed by the military authorities. Adequate premises shall be provided where religious services may be held .
|
|
|
|
In ORM, what is the remainder between Administrative Controls and Engineering Controls ?
|
administrative controls provide the mechanism of reducing hazard by process, markings, notificaitons while engineer controls reduce risks by design, materials, and physical resources .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, may prisoners write and receive chain mail ?
|
Yes. Prisoners of war shall be allowed to send and receive letters and cards .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what kind of contorls provide suitable warnings, markings, placards or signs ?
|
administrative
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, can prisoners of war receive a care package from their mother containing cookies and foodstuffs that would otherwise not be considered contraband ?
|
Yes. Prisoners of war shall be allowed to receive, by post, or by any other means, individual parcels or corporate shipments containing in particular foodstuffs, invest, medical supplies, and articles of a religious nature .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what kind of controls reduce risk by survival of materials used in the process ?
|
Engineering
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, when performing manual labor as a prisoner of war, can the POW do labor on behalf of the enemies military ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, which kinds of controls establish written policies, programs or instructions and standards of operate procedures ?
|
administrative Controls
|
|
|
|
How many rules are there in General First Aid ?
|
Nine .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what kidn of control would ear plugs be ?
|
personal Protective equipment
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are general rules of first help
|
“ Organize .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, why must the tax assessor make a gamble decision before implimenting controls ?
|
Because hazard decisions involve mitigating the most austere gamble factors inaugural and implimenting controls for those risks to mitigate the greatest amount of risk .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, why is significant to supervise the implimentation of Administrative Controls, Engineering Controls, or Personal Protective Equipment ?
|
Because it ensures that controls remain in locate and that they have the hope effect .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not separate of the 9 general rules of first care ?
|
“ The follow are the 9 general rules of first aid :
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what kind of controls limited the expsure to the hazard ?
|
administrative Controls ( either by reducing the phone number of personnel/assets or the duration of time they are exposed. )
|
|
|
|
Nemonic : OLAF CReated The Super Fudge ”
|
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what should a unit drawing card do when the risk associated with that mission can not be controlled at his/her tied or goes beyond the commander ‘s stated intent ?
|
As a principle of ORM. Make risk decisions at the right flush. When this happens the unit of measurement drawing card should elevate the decision to their chain of command .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the 9 general rules of inaugural aid, should you use critical seconds to get organized ?
|
Yes. Take a moment to get organized. On your way to an accident scene use a few of the basic rules of first help. Remain steady as you take charge of the situation, and act cursorily but efficiently. Decide american samoa soon as possible what has to be done and which one of the patient ‘s injuries needs attention first .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, what is the remainder between hazardous material and hazardous pine away ?
|
hazardous Materials are items that are used but because of their quantity or quality are considered hazardous to human use or photograph while hazardous Waste is material that has been disgarded and then determined by the EPA or State Authority as waste .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the 9 general rules of beginning aid, should you move your victim when you find them so you can do your preliminary examination ?
|
No. Unless contraindicated, make your preliminary examination in the position and seat you find the victim. Moving the victim before this check could badly endanger life, particularly if the neck, back or ribs are broken. Of naturally, if the situations is such that you or the victim is in danger, you must weigh this menace against the potential damage caused by premature fare. If you decide to move the victim, do it promptly and gently to a condom localization where proper first aid can be administered .
|
|
|
|
Regarding ORM, head protective covering, hearing protection, foot and eye protection are examples of what kind of controls ?
|
personal Protective Equipment .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the 9 General Rules of First Aid, which of the following do not belong ?
|
“ The keep up are the 9 general rules of first care :
|
|
|
|
What is PPE
|
personal Protective equipment
|
|
|
|
Nemonic : OLAF CReated The Super Fudge ”
|
|
|
|
|
What does MSDS stand for ?
|
Material Safety Data Sheets
|
|
|
|
Regarding the 9 general rules of first gear care and when examining the patient for fractures why should you initally avoid moving the affected role ?
|
You may compound the injury by motion specially if its a fracture .
|
|
|
|
What kinds of information do MSDS sheets convey ?
|
They are technical bullitins containing information about materials, such as musical composition, chemical, and phyusical characteristics, health and safety hazards, and precaustions, for condom handling and use .
|
|
|
|
What is the beginning of the give voice “ triage ? ”
|
It is french and it means to sort .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Regarding hazmat : MSDS ‘s should be maintained for all elements of HAZMAT on board .
|
True. MSDS ‘s should be maintained for all elements of HAZMAT on display panel .
|
|
|
|
Why are there two unlike protocols for Tactical and Non-Tactical triage ?
|
tactical situations require maintaining the greatest sum of firepower and arms online while non-tactical situations will address the ability to treat the patient based upon their medical condition .
|
|
|
|
What are the ( 8 ) common elements experienced by all on the battlefield ?
|
( 1 ) ferocity ( 2 ) Casualties ( 3 ) confusion ( 4 ) Miscommunication ( 5 ) Fatigue ( 6 ) fear ( 7 ) Continous Operations ( 8 ) Homesickness *** Mnemonic : Violet ‘s Conundrum Casually Marched For Fifty Continous Hours
|
|
|
|
How many phases of triage are there ?
|
Four for both Tactical and Non-Tactical triage
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not of the 8 elements of expeirences on the battlefield ?
|
none of the Above. note : ( 1 ) ferocity ( 2 ) Casualties ( 3 ) confusion ( 4 ) Miscommunication ( 5 ) Fatigue ( 6 ) fear ( 7 ) Continous Operations ( 8 ) Homesickness *** Mnemonic : Violet ‘s Conundrum Casually Marched For Fifty Continous Hours
|
|
|
|
What are the two types of triage ?
|
tactical and Non-Tactical
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not of the 8 elements experienced in a fight environment ?
|
Mindlessness. note : ( 1 ) violence ( 2 ) Casualties ( 3 ) confusion ( 4 ) Miscommunication ( 5 ) Fatigue ( 6 ) fear ( 7 ) Continous Operations ( 8 ) Homesickness *** Mnemonic : Violet ‘s Conundrum Casually Marched For Fifty Continous Hours
|
|
|
|
What are the four classes of tactical triage ?
|
“ tactical triage Classes :
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are listed as the ( 8 ) elements experienced in a combat environment ?
|
All of the Above. note : ( 1 ) ferocity ( 2 ) Casualties ( 3 ) confusion ( 4 ) Miscommunication ( 5 ) Fatigue ( 6 ) concern ( 7 ) Continous Operations ( 8 ) Homesickness *** Mnemonic : Violet ‘s Conundrum Casually Marched For Fifty Continous Hours
|
|
|
|
Class IV- Patients whose wounds or injuries would require extensive treatment beyond the contiguous medical capabilities. ”
|
|
|
|
|
In coping with reverence what is the primary coil difference between proficiency and motivation ?
|
proficiency is the ability of the individual or unit of measurement to complete the needed undertaking while motivation is reflective of the needs, desires and impulses that cause a person to act often felt as pride and committement .
|
|
|
|
In tactical triage, what does classify I mean ?
|
“ course I- Patients whose injuries require minor professional treatment that can be done on an outpatient or ambulatory basis. these personnel can be returned to duty in a short-circuit menstruation of time .
|
|
|
|
Regarding coping strategies for fear, whic of the take after does not belong with the ( 5 ) ?
|
Esprit de Corps alternatively of Empathy. is teh loyalty to, pride in, and enthusiasm for theunit shown by its members. It implies idolatry and loyalty to the whole and thick regard for the unit of measurement ‘s history, traditions and honor .
|
|
|
|
Regarding coping strategies for fear, which of the following does not belong with the ( 5 ) noted in the analyze scout ?
|
***Motivation*** not Manipulation is the answer and is based on psychological factors such as needs, desires, and impulese that cause a person to act. For a marine, commitment and pride in the unit and Corps is by and large the basis for combat motivation .
|
|
|
|
In Tactical Triage what Class requires patients whose injures require immediate vital measures or are of a mince nature. initially, they require a minimum total of time, personnel, and supplies ?
|
two
|
|
|
|
What does the acronym BAMCIS entail ?
|
Begin Planning. Arrange for Reconnaissance. Make reconnaissance. Complete the plan. Issue the arrange. oversee .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical triage, what are the protocols for fink a affected role class III ?
|
Class III- Patients for whom authoritative treatment can be delayed with out hazard to life or loss of limb .
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow is not share of the acronym BAMCIS
|
Continue to Resolve
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical triage, Are Class III or Class IV patients whose wounds or injuries requires across-the-board treatment beyond the immediate checkup capabilities .
|
course IV
|
|
|
|
Which of the pursue is not partially of the Acronym BAMCIS ?
|
Begin participation
|
|
|
|
Regarding Non-Tactical triage, which of the stick to represent the four protocols ?
|
I- Critical, II- Serious, III- Minor, IV- Fatal
|
|
|
|
Which of the come is not separate of the acronym BAMCIS ?
|
Complete the Reconnaissance
|
|
|
|
Regarding Non-Tactical triage, what is the protocol requirements for Priority I patients ?
|
Priority I- Patients with amendable dangerous illnesses or injuries such as respiratory collar or obstruction, open chest wounds, or abdomen wounds, femur fractures, or critical or complicated burns .
|
|
|
|
What of the following do not belong in the acronym BAMCIS ?
|
Make Plans should be Make Reconnassiance
|
|
|
|
Regarding Non-tactical triage, Patients with serious but non-life-threatening illnesses or injuries such as centrist lineage loss, unfold or multiple fractures, or eye injuries are categorized under what protocol ?
|
Priority II
|
|
|
|
How many articles are in the Code of Conduct ?
|
Six .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Non-Tactical triage, what kind of patients are categorized as Priority III ?
|
Priority III- Patients with minor injuries such as soft tissue injuries, simpleton fractures, or minor to moderate burns .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the Code of Conduct are Americans fighting in the armed forces that defend their country allowed to surrender ?
|
No. Article II. “ I will never surrender of my own free will. If in command, I will never surrender the members of my instruction while they calm have the means to resist .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Regarding, Non-Tactical Triage, Priority IV patients are patents with minor injuries such as soft weave injures, simple fractures, or minor to moderate burns .
|
False. Priority IV. Patients who are dead or fatally injured. fateful injuries include exposed brain matter, decapitation, and incineration .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the Code of Conduct are Americans fighting in the arm forces that defend their state encouraged to remain in captivity if captured ?
|
No. Article III, “ If I am appropriate, I will continue to resist by all means available. I will make every effort to escape and aid others to escape. I will accept neither parole nor special favors from the enemy. ”
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. once a patient has been categorized as a class I, II, III, IV as a matter of Triage, can the categorization switch over time ?
|
Yes. A Patents stipulate can improve or decline based upon their injuries .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the Code of Conduct are Americans fighting in the arm forces that defend their state encouraged to negotiate for favores while in enslavement ?
|
No. Article III, “ If I am capture, I wil lcontinue to resist by all means available. I will make every effort to escape and aid others to escae. I will acept neither parole nor particular favors from the enemy. ”
|
|
|
|
In First Aid, what is the remainder between a primary coil and junior-grade survey ?
|
The basal is a less exhaustive assessment designed to highlight the nature of the injuries to a patient, where a junior-grade review is a more in astuteness concerning the examination process .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the Code of Conduct are Americans fighting in the arm forces that defend their nation supposed to provide their future of kin information to the enemy if they are captured ?
|
No. Article V. When questioned, should I become a prisoner of war, I am ask ot give identify, absolute, overhaul number and date of parturition. I will evade answering further quetsions to the extreme of my ability. I will make no oral or written statements disloyal to my nation and its allies, or harmful to their induce. ”
|
|
|
|
Regarding first help, what is the primary sketch ?
|
The primary survey is a rapid initial assessment to detect and treat dangerous conditions that require contiguous care, followed by a status decision about the patients stability and precedence for immediate ecstasy to a medical facility .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the Code of Conduct what is article one chiefly about ?
|
article I, “ I am an american, fighting in the arm forces which guard my country and our direction of life. I am prepare to give my life i ntheir defense. ”
|
|
|
|
In regards to first gear aid and a primary appraisal what does the ABCDE digest for ?
|
“ A. Airway
|
|
|
|
What is the primary difference between the Geneva Conventions and the Six Articles of the Code of Conduct for War ?
|
“ Unlike the Geneva Conventions, which are an external legal guide regarding POWs, the Code of Conduct is a moral steer, ” Erickson said. “ If you follow it, it enables you to best serve yourself, the nation and your chap POWs. ”
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, if your captors provide you with a copy of the Geneva conventions in a language that is not yours are they compliant ?
|
No. The right to have a copy of all camp regulations, notices, orders, and publications about POW impart posted where it can be read. Regulations, notices, etc. must be in the proper language for POW ‘s to understand and available upon request .
|
|
|
|
adenine soon as the ABCDE share of the chief judgment in first aid is completed what should the provider do ?
|
A condition decisiveness of the patients condition, which is a judgment about the austereness of the affected role ‘s condition and whether the patient requires immediate transportation to a aesculapian facility with out a junior-grade sketch at the scene. ideally, the ABCDE steps, condition, and transport decision should be completed with in 10 minutes of your arrival on the scene .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, must your captors provide you a toilet and shaving facility ?
|
Yes. Prisoners of war shall be quartered under conditions ampere favorable as those for the forces of the Detaining Power who are billeted in the same area. The said conditions shall make allowance for the habits and customs of the prisoners and shall in no case be prejudicial to their health .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the basal assessment, how long should the decision to transport or not take from the arrival on scenery ?
|
A status decision of the patients condition, which is a judgment about the badness of the patient ‘s condition and whether the patient requires immediate transmit to a checkup facility with out a secondary survey at the fit. ideally, the ABCDE steps, status, and transport decision should be completed with in 10 minutes of your arrival on the view .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, if you become ill are you entitled to checkup care by your captors ?
|
Yes. Every camp shall have an adequate hospital where POWs may have the attention they require american samoa well as appropriate diet. isolation wards, shall, if necessity be set away for cases of contagious or mental disease .
|
|
|
|
What are the signs and symptoms of daze ?
|
“ restlessness
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. May POW ‘s practice their religious religion with out intervention from their captors ?
|
Yes. Prisoners of war shall enjoy accomplished latitude in the exercise of their religious duties, including attendance at the service of their faith on condition that they comply with the disciplinary act prescribed by the military authorities. Adequate premises shall be provided where religious services may be held .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, may prisoners write and receive mail ?
|
Yes. Prisoners of war shall be allowed to send and receive letters and cards .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following signs and/or symptoms are not exemplary of shock ?
|
elevated blood imperativeness
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, can prisoners of war receive a care software from their mother containing cookies and foodstuffs that would otherwise not be considered bootleg ?
|
Yes. Prisoners of war shall be allowed to receive, by post, or by any other means, individual parcels or collective shipments containing in particular foodstuffs, dress, medical supplies, and articles of a religious nature .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not signs and symptoms of shock ?
|
none of the above
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Geneva Conventions, when performing manual labor as a prisoner of war, can the POW perform tug on behalf of the enemies military ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
What three methods are used to control shed blood ?
|
pressure Dressing, Pressure Points, Tourniquets
|
|
|
|
How many rules are there in General First Aid ?
|
Nine .
|
|
|
|
What is a blackmail Dressing ?
|
The best way to control external bleeding is by applying a compress to the injure and exerting imperativeness immediately to the injure .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the 9 general rules of first aid, should you use critical seconds to get organized ?
|
Yes. Take a moment to get organized. On your way to an accident picture use a few of the basic rules of beginning aid. Remain sedate as you take appoint of the site, and act promptly but efficiently. Decide deoxyadenosine monophosphate soon as possible what has to be done and which one of the affected role ‘s injuries needs attention first .
|
|
|
|
What are pressure Points ?
|
Bleeding can frequently be controlled by applying hand press to the allow coerce point. A pressure point is the spot where the main artery to an hurt separate lies near the skin surface and over a bone. This is between the center and the point of injury .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the 9 general rules of first help, should you move your victim when you find them so you can do your preliminary examination ?
|
No. Unless contraindicated, make your preliminary examen in the put and place you find the victim. Moving the victim before this check could gravely endanger life, specially if the neck, back or ribs are broken. Of class, if the situations is such that you or the victim is in danger, you must weigh this menace against the electric potential damage caused by previous transportation. If you decide to move the victim, do it cursorily and gently to a dependable placement where proper beginning care can be administered .
|
|
|
|
How many coerce points are there on each side of the body ?
|
11
|
|
|
|
Regarding the 9 general rules of foremost aid and when examining the affected role for fractures why should you initally avoid moving the patient ?
|
You may compound the injury by motion specially if its a fracture .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When trying to control run is the use of blackmail points normally adequate for long term hemorrhaging control ?
|
No. It is very tiring to apply digital pressure, and it can rarely be maintained for more than 15 minutes .
|
|
|
|
What is the origin of the give voice “ triage ? ”
|
It is french and it means to sort .
|
|
|
|
What is a compression bandage used for ?
|
A compression bandage is a constricting band that is used to cut off the issue of blood to an injured limb between the locate of the wound and the heart .
|
|
|
|
Why are there two different protocols for Tactical and Non-Tactical triage ?
|
tactical situations require maintaining the greatest total of firepower and arms online while non-tactical situations will address the ability to treat the patient based upon their medical stipulate .
|
|
|
|
When using a compression bandage should it be applied closer to trunk or a joint ?
|
Trunk. avoid placing close up to a joint .
|
|
|
|
How many phases of triage are there ?
|
Four for both Tactical and Non-Tactical triage
|
|
|
|
Why should n’t rope, wire or reduce straps of cord be used in the application of a compression bandage ?
|
They can cut into skin and tissue
|
|
|
|
What are the two types of triage ?
|
tactical and Non-Tactical
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When treating a head wound should you apply send atmospheric pressure to the site of the hurt ?
|
No. They may have a suppression skull injury which can cause mind damage .
|
|
|
|
In Tactical Triage what Class requires patients whose injures require contiguous vital measures or are of a moderate nature. initially, they require a minimum measure of prison term, personnel, and supplies ?
|
two
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When treating head wounds should you give any medications ?
|
No. never give any medications when treating heading wounds .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical triage, what are the protocols for rat a patient class III ?
|
Class III- Patients for whom definitive treatment can be delayed with out hazard to life or loss of limb .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding facial wounds should you always try to dislodge an implant object in the eye ?
|
No. Use a informal, dry, aseptic bind to cover both eyes, and hold the compress in place with a loosen bandage. Transport this patient immediately .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical triage, Are Class III or Class IV patients whose wounds or injuries requires extensive treatment beyond the contiguous aesculapian capabilities .
|
class IV
|
|
|
|
How do you treat a suck breast wind ?
|
“ Seal the weave with airtight material
|
|
|
|
Regarding Non-Tactical triage, which of the trace represent the four protocols ?
|
I- Critical, II- Serious, III- Minor, IV- Fatal
|
|
|
|
transport immediately ”
|
|
|
|
|
Regarding Non-Tactical triage, what is the protocol requirements for Priority I patients ?
|
Priority I- Patients with correctable dangerous illnesses or injuries such as respiratory arrest or obstruction, open chest wounds, or abdomen wounds, femur fractures, or critical or complicated burns .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Should you administer oxygen to a patient with a sucking chest scent ?
|
Yes. When clinically feasible .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Non-tactical triage, Patients with dangerous but non-life-threatening illnesses or injuries such as moderate blood loss, open or multiple fractures, or eye injuries are categorized under what protocol ?
|
Priority II
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In an abdominal scent, where the intestines are showing, should the care supplier try to push the intestines bet on into the abdominal pit ?
|
No. Do not attempt to push the intesting back into or manipulate them. Draw the patients knees up, and apply a sterile compress moistened with sterile water. Hold the compress in place with a sterile bandage .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Non-Tactical triage, what kind of patients are categorized as Priority III ?
|
Priority III- Patients with minor injuries such as soft weave injuries, dim-witted fractures, or minor to moderate burns .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the case of an abdominal hurt the patient may request a swallow of water or complain of thirst. Should the caution provider give water ?
|
No. Do not pass anything orally to a person with an intestinal or abdominal injury .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Regarding, Non-Tactical Triage, Priority IV patients are patents with child injuries such as soft tissue injures, childlike fractures, or minor to moderate burns .
|
False. Priority IV. Patients who are dead or fatally injured. fatal injuries include exposed genius matter, decapitation, and incineration .
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between an overt and conclude fracture ?
|
A break in a bone is called a fault. A close fracture is one where the entire injury is home. This is where the bone is broken but you can not see it from the outside of the body. an open fracture is one in which there is an open wound in the tissues and the clamber .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. once a patient has been categorized as a class I, II, III, IV as a matter of Triage, can the categorization change over clock ?
|
Yes. A Patents discipline can improve or decline based upon their injuries .
|
|
|
|
Why is it crucial when handling a close fracture to be gentle ?
|
Because the closed fracture can turn into an open fracture .
|
|
|
|
In First Aid, what is the dispute between a primary and secondary surveil ?
|
The chief is a less thorough appraisal designed to highlight the nature of the injuries to a affected role, where a secondary view is a more in astuteness concerning the examination process .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If you have any open fracture should the concern provider undertake to control the run ?
|
Yes. If the fracture is unfold, attempt to control bleeding with a dress. Apply a splint .
|
|
|
|
Regarding first help, what is the primary sketch ?
|
The primary survey is a rapid initial appraisal to detect and treat dangerous conditions that require immediate care, followed by a status decisiveness about the patients constancy and precedence for immediate transport to a medical facility .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When treating a fracture of the forearm should the concern provider undertake to set the fracture by straitening the joint to splint it ?
|
Yes. carefully straighten the forearm. Apply a pneumatic splint if available ; if not, apply two well-padded splints to the forearm, one on the circus tent and one on the bottom .
|
|
|
|
deoxyadenosine monophosphate soon as the ABCDE part of the chief judgment in beginning aid is completed what should the provider do ?
|
A condition decision of the patients condition, which is a judgment about the austereness of the patient ‘s condition and whether the patient requires immediate transport to a medical facility with out a secondary surveil at the scene. ideally, the ABCDE steps, status, and transport decision should be completed with in 10 minutes of your arrival on the scene .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When treating a fracture of the upper arm should you splint the arm against the torso for documentation ?
|
Yes. This splint should extend from the shoulder to the elbow. Fasten the splint weapon hard to the torso and support the forearm in a narrow sling, which you find it. This will prevent promote steel and blood vessel damage .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the basal assessment, how long should the decision to transport or not take from the arrival on fit ?
|
A condition decision of the patients condition, which is a opinion about the badness of the affected role ‘s condition and whether the patient requires immediate transmit to a medical facility with out a secondary survey at the scene. ideally, the ABCDE steps, condition, and transport decision should be completed with in 10 minutes of your arrival on the scene .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If you suspect an upper berth weapon fracture, should you attempt to straighten the fracture before splinting it ?
|
No. Do not attempt to straighten it or move it in any room .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following signs and/or symptoms are not admonitory of shock ?
|
elevated lineage pressure
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can a person with a femur fracture go into traumatize from internal bleed of the lineage vessels in that dowry of the leg ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not signs and symptoms of shock ?
|
none of the above
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Should you apple gentle grip to the femur if you suspect a femur fracture ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What three methods are used to control bleeding ?
|
pressure Dressing, Pressure Points, Tourniquets
|
|
|
|
When the provider suspects a pelvis fracture, what ( 5 ) points should the splints be attached ?
|
Ankle, Knee, Hip, Pelvis, Armpit
|
|
|
|
What is a pressure Dressing ?
|
The best way to control external bleed is by applying a compress to the wound and exerting pressure directly to the wound .
|
|
|
|
What is a green Stick Fracture ?
|
incomplete fracture like a GREEN STICK
|
|
|
|
What are pressure Points ?
|
Bleeding can much be controlled by applying hired hand imperativeness to the appropriate pressure point. A press degree is the position where the main artery to an hurt contribution lies near the hide surface and over a bone. This is between the center and the point of wound .
|
|
|
|
What is a change fracture ?
|
Shattered bone with fragments
|
|
|
|
How many imperativeness points are there on each slope of the body ?
|
11
|
|
|
|
What is a fissure fracture ?
|
Down the long axes
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When trying to control run is the use of press points normally adequate for long term hemorrhaging control ?
|
No. It is very tiring to apply digital press, and it can rarely be maintained for more than 15 minutes .
|
|
|
|
What is a traversal fracture ?
|
Fractured at a right field fish
|
|
|
|
What is a compression bandage used for ?
|
A compression bandage is a constricting isthmus that is used to cut off the provision of rake to an injured limb between the locate of the wound and the heart .
|
|
|
|
What is an devious fracture ?
|
“ Fractured at any slant other than 90 degrees
|
|
|
|
When using a compression bandage should it be applied closer to trunk or a joint ?
|
Trunk. avoid placing close to a joint .
|
|
|
|
Why should n’t rope, wire or thinly straps of cord be used in the application of a compression bandage ?
|
They can cut into clamber and weave
|
|
|
|
What is a helix fracture ?
|
Twisted fraction
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When treating a principal hoist should you apply direct pressure to the site of the wind ?
|
No. They may have a crushing skull injury which can cause brain damage .
|
|
|
|
What is a depress fracture ?
|
broken cram parcel is pressed in. typical of skull fractures .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When treating head wounds should you give any medications ?
|
No. never give any medications when treating head wounds .
|
|
|
|
What is an impact fracture ?
|
broken cram ends are forced into each other. happens when attempts to break a fall. similar to compaction vertebra
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding facial wounds should you ever try to dislodge an embedded aim in the eye ?
|
No. Use a informal, dry, sterile bandage to cover both eyes, and hold the compress in space with a unaffixed bandage. Transport this patient immediately .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Fractures, what is an open reduction ?
|
It is a fracture that requires operating room
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Should you administer oxygen to a affected role with a sucking chest of drawers wind ?
|
Yes. When clinically feasible .
|
|
|
|
What is an impacted fracture ?
|
It ‘s a fault where one bone driven into another
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In an abdominal wound, where the intestines are showing, should the concern provider try to push the intestines rear into the abdominal cavity ?
|
No. Do not attempt to push the intesting back into or manipulate them. Draw the patients knees up, and apply a aseptic compress moistened with aseptic water. Hold the compress in place with a sterile bandage .
|
|
|
|
What is a Pott ‘s fracture ?
|
Break at distal end of fibula
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In the case of an abdominal hoist the affected role may request a drink of water system or complain of crave. Should the caution supplier give body of water ?
|
No. Do not pass anything orally to a person with an intestinal or abdominal wound .
|
|
|
|
What is a Colles fracture ?
|
distal end of radius breaks and is displaced backwards
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation between an open and close fracture ?
|
A fault in a bone is called a fracture. A close fracture is one where the stallion injury is internal. This is where the bone is broken but you can not see it from the external of the body. an open fracture is one in which there is an receptive weave in the tissues and the bark .
|
|
|
|
What is a non-displaced fracture ?
|
Bones that are not out of alliance after a rupture
|
|
|
|
Why is it authoritative when handling a close fault to be pacify ?
|
Because the close up fracture can turn into an open fracture .
|
|
|
|
What is a stress fracture ?
|
“ overtone fracture, clairvoyance. from pounding while running hard surface, 1/4 occur at distal end of fibula ”
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If you have any open fracture should the care provider attempt to control the shed blood ?
|
Yes. If the fracture is open, attempt to control bleeding with a dress. Apply a splint .
|
|
|
|
What is a clot hematoma ?
|
clot that forms after 6 to 8 hours after break
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When treating a fracture of the forearm should the concern supplier try to set the break by straitening the joint to splint it ?
|
Yes. cautiously straighten the forearm. Apply a pneumatic splint if available ; if not, apply two well-padded splints to the forearm, one on the top and one on the bottom .
|
|
|
|
How many degrees of burns are there ?
|
three
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When treating a fracture of the upper sleeve should you splint the arm against the body for support ?
|
Yes. This splint should extend from the shoulder to the elbow. Fasten the splint arm firm to the body and support the forearm in a minute sling, which you find it. This will prevent further nerve and blood vessel wrong .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between I and II degree burns ?
|
With a first degree, the cuticular layer is irritated, reddened, and tingling. A moment academic degree burn is characterized by cuticular blisters, mottled appearance, and a loss base. Damage extends into- but not through- the dermis .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If you suspect an upper sleeve fracture, should you attempt to straighten the fault before splinting it ?
|
No. Do not attempt to straighten it or move it in any way .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are first degree burns characterized by blisters ?
|
No. The cuticular layer is irritated, reddened, and tingling. The skin is sensible to touch and blanches with pressure. trouble is balmy to severe, edema is minimal, and healing normally occurs naturally with in a week .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can a person with a femur fracture go into shock from internal bleed of the blood vessels in that share of the leg ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Second degree burns are characterized by boldness damage and black char around the sight of the burn off .
|
False. Third degree burns are a full-thickness injury penetrating into muscles and fatso connection tissues, or evening down to the cram. Tissues and nerves are destroyed .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Should you apple aristocratic traction to the femur if you suspect a femur fracture ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What are the three types of inflame injuries ?
|
Cramps, Exhaustion, Stroke
|
|
|
|
When the provider suspects a pelvis fracture, what ( 5 ) points should the splints be attached ?
|
Ankle, Knee, Hip, Pelvis, Armpit
|
|
|
|
Which of the following is characterized by excessive sweat may result in afflictive cramps in the muscles of the abdomen, legs, and arms ?
|
none of the Above
|
|
|
|
What is a green Stick Fracture ?
|
incomplete fracture like a GREEN STICK
|
|
|
|
Regarding Security Fundamentals, what are the routine ( sulfur ) of the interior guard ?
|
“ 1. Preserve orderliness
|
|
|
|
What is a commute fracture ?
|
Shattered bone with fragments
|
|
|
|
3. enforce Regulations with in the jurisdiction of command ”
|
|
|
|
|
What is a fissure fracture ?
|
Down the long axes
|
|
|
|
To Take charge of this post and all politics property in position
|
1st general holy order
|
|
|
|
What is a traverse fracture ?
|
Fractured at a correct lean
|
|
|
|
What phrase is the beginning of the second general order?
|
To walk my post in a military manner….
|
|
|
|
What is a spiral fracture ?
|
Twisted divide
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the one-third general order want that you report all violations of orders that you are instructed to enforce ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What is a depressed fracture ?
|
broken bone helping is pressed inward. typical of skull fractures .
|
|
|
|
What General order states, “ To quit my post alone when by rights relieved. ”
|
5th general order
|
|
|
|
What is an impacted fault ?
|
broken bone ends are forced into each other. happens when attempts to break a fall. alike to compression vertebra
|
|
|
|
What does the 6th general decree country ?
|
To receive, obey, and pass on to the lookout who relieves me all orders from the command officer, officer of the day, and officers and officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard duty merely .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Fractures, what is an open reduction ?
|
It is a fracture that requires surgery
|
|
|
|
Which general ordering states that the lookout is to talk to no one except in the line of duty ?
|
General Order 7
|
|
|
|
What is an affect fracture ?
|
It ‘s a fracture where one bone driven into another
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the 8th General Order state that the lookout is to give the dismay in case of fire or disorderliness ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
What is a Pott ‘s fracture ?
|
Break at distal end of fibula
|
|
|
|
What is the eighth General Order ?
|
To give the alarm in event of fire or perturb .
|
|
|
|
What is a Colles fault ?
|
distal end of radius breaks and is displaced backwards
|
|
|
|
In the 9th General Order, are you supposed to call the corporeal or the sergeant of the guard ?
|
bodily
|
|
|
|
What is a non-displaced fracture ?
|
Bones that are not out of alignment after a break
|
|
|
|
Which General Order states, that all officers and all colors and standards not cased .
|
General Order 10
|
|
|
|
What is a try fracture ?
|
“ partial fracture, clairvoyance. from pounding while running hard surface, 1/4 occur at distal end of fibula ”
|
|
|
|
What General Order states that the determine is to be particularly insomniac at night and during the time for challenge to all persons on or near my military post, and to allow no matchless to pass without proper authority ?
|
General Order 11
|
|
|
|
What is a clot hematoma ?
|
clot that forms after 6 to 8 hours after bankrupt
|
|
|
|
What is the home guard ‘s chain of command ?
|
Commanding Officer — > Field military officer of the day — > Officer of the Day — > Commander of the Guard — > Sergeant of the guard — > Corporal of the guard
|
|
|
|
How many degrees of burns are there ?
|
three
|
|
|
|
Regarding the interior chain of command, what is the duty of the commanding officer ?
|
To ensure the security of the control
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between I and II degree burns ?
|
With a first degree, the cuticular layer is irritated, reddened, and tingling. A moment degree cauterize is characterized by cuticular blisters, mottled appearance, and a red base. Damage extends into- but not through- the dermis .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the inside range of command, what are the responsibilities of the field officer of the sidereal day ?
|
Ensures the security of the instruction
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are first degree burns characterized by blisters ?
|
No. The cuticular layer is irritated, reddened, and tingling. The skin is sensitive to touch and blanches with imperativeness. pain is mild to severe, edema is minimal, and healing normally occurs naturally with in a week .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the inside guard ‘s chain of command, what is the duty of the Officer of the day ?
|
Supervises the main precaution
|
|
|
|
True/False. Second degree burns are characterized by boldness damage and black char around the view of the bite .
|
False. Third academic degree burns are a full-thickness wound penetrating into muscles and fatty connective tissues, or even down to the bone. Tissues and nerves are destroyed .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the interior guard ‘s chain of command, what are the responsibilities of the air force officer of the guard ?
|
ensures proper education, discipline, and performance
|
|
|
|
What are the three types of hotness injuries ?
|
Cramps, Exhaustion, Stroke
|
|
|
|
Regarding the inner guard duty ‘s chain of command which is the duty of the serjeant-at-law of the guard ?
|
Ensures proper direction, discipline, and operation
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow is characterized by excessive sweat may result in irritating cramps in the muscles of the abdomen, legs, and arms ?
|
none of the Above
|
|
|
|
Regarding the home guard ‘s chain of dominate, which are the responsibilities of the bodied of the defend ?
|
in commission of relief
|
|
|
|
To Take appoint of this post and all government property in opinion
|
1st general ordain
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the inside guard ‘s chain of command, are the responsibilities of the control officer and field military officer of the day like in statement ?
|
Yes. The both ensure the security system of the instruction .
|
|
|
|
What phrase is the beginning of the second general order?
|
To walk my post in a military manner….
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the department of the interior of the guard chain of command, are the responsibilities of the commander of the precaution and the sergeant of the guard similar ?
|
Yes. Both the commander and police sergeant of the defend ensure proper direction, discipline and performance of duty of the main defend .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the third base general order necessitate that you report all violations of orders that you are instructed to enforce ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the interior chain of command, are the responsibilities of the sergeant of the precaution and bodied of the guard ?
|
No. The serjeant-at-law of the guard is responsible for proper instruction, discipline, and performance of duty of the independent guard and the corporeal of the guard duty is in charge of the relief .
|
|
|
|
What General order states, “ To quit my post only when by rights relieved. ”
|
5th general order
|
|
|
|
Regarding, rules of engagement, what are the six conditions that justify the consumption of baneful force ?
|
( 1 ) Defend yourself. ( 2 ) Defense Property not involving national security. ( 3 ) Defend property not involving national security but inherently dangerous to other. ( 4 ) Prevent crimes against people ( 5 ) Apprehend individuals ( 6 ) establish and/or assert lawful order
|
|
|
|
What does the 6th general order department of state ?
|
To receive, obey, and pass on to the lookout who relieves me all orders from the command officeholder, policeman of the day, and officers and officers and noncommissioned officers of the guard duty only .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not a condition to authorize the use of deadly force regarding the rules of battle ?
|
department of defense of non-governmental organizations for peace
|
|
|
|
Which cosmopolitan arrange states that the lookout is to talk to no one except in the trace of duty ?
|
General Order 7
|
|
|
|
Regarding the use of baneful force which of the follow conditions must exist as a govern of engagement .
|
In self defense
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the 8th General Order state that the lookout is to give the alarm in encase of fire or perturb ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is self defense a condition that justifies the function of madly wedge as a rule of engagement ?
|
Yes. To prevent military law enforcement or security personnel who reasonably believe themselves to be in at hand risk of death or serious bodily harm .
|
|
|
|
What is the eighth General Order ?
|
To give the alarm in case of fire or disorderliness .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can deadly force be used to defend property that does n’t involve national security ?
|
Yes. To prevent the larceny, damage, or espionage aimed at property or information, which through not critical to the national threaten security is of solid importance to the national security .
|
|
|
|
In the 9th General Order, are you supposed to call the bodily or the sergeant of the guard ?
|
corporeal
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the use of baneful force, may it be used to defend property not involving national security but deadly to others ?
|
Yes. To prevent actual larceny or sabotage of property, such as operable weapons or ammunition, which is inherently dangerous to others .
|
|
|
|
Which General Order states, that all officers and all colors and standards not cased .
|
General Order 10
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can deadly force be used to prevent or interrupt the commission of a serious offense ?
|
Yes. To prevent or to interrupt the commission of a good offense observed by the lookout, which threatens death or dangerous bodily damage to other persons. such offenses include, but are not limited to murder, rape or armed robbery .
|
|
|
|
What General Order states that the watch is to be particularly alert at night and during the prison term for challenge to all persons on or near my post, and to allow no one to pass without proper authority ?
|
General Order 11
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can deadly force be used in the rules of employment to apprehend individuals who are trying to escape ?
|
Yes. To apprehend or to prevent the escape of a person sanely believed to have committed an discourtesy involving national security, or to prevent the escape of a intend prisoner .
|
|
|
|
What is the home guard ‘s chain of control ?
|
Commanding Officer — > Field military officer of the day — > Officer of the Day — > Commander of the Guard — > Sergeant of the guard — > Corporal of the defend
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is deadly force authorized regarding rules of betrothal in the establishment or sustenance of a lawful ordain ?
|
Yes. install and/or assert true orderliness when it has been directed by the lawful order of a ranking authority .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the inner chain of command, what is the duty of the commanding officeholder ?
|
To ensure the security of the command
|
|
|
|
What is the definition of terrorism ?
|
terrorism is the unlawful use or threatened manipulation of violence to force or to intimidate governments or societies to achieve political, religious, or ideological objectives .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the interior chain of command, what are the responsibilities of the field policeman of the sidereal day ?
|
Ensures the security of the command
|
|
|
|
Why is terrorism a preferable tactic of sub-national organizations or state-sponsored groups ?
|
terrorism is a brassy, low-risk, highly effective means for unaccented nations, individuals, or groups to challenge stronger nations or groups and achieve objectives beyond their own abilities .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the interior guard ‘s range of command, what is the duty of the Officer of the day ?
|
Supervises the chief guard
|
|
|
|
What are the long rate goals of terrorists ?
|
Terrorists have sought to topple governments, influence top-level decisions, and reach recognition for their cause
|
|
|
|
Regarding the interior guard ‘s chain of instruction, what are the responsibilities of the commanding officer of the precaution ?
|
ensures proper instruction, discipline, and performance
|
|
|
|
What are some of the short-range goals of terrorism ?
|
focus on gaining recognition, reducing politics credibility, obtaining funds and equipment, disrupting communications, demonstrating ability, delaying the political work, reducing the government ‘s economy, influencing elections, freeing prisoners, demoralizing and discrediting the security coerce, bullying, and causing a politics to over react .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the inside guard ‘s chain of command which is the responsibility of the sergeant of the guard ?
|
Ensures proper instruction, discipline, and performance
|
|
|
|
What are the unretentive term goals of terrorist acts ?
|
focus on gaining recognition, reducing government credibility, obtaining funds and equipment, disrupting communications, demonstrating power, delaying the political process, reducing the government ‘s economy, influencing elections, freeing prisoners, demoralizing and discrediting the security force, bullying, and causing a government to over react .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the inner guard ‘s range of command, which are the responsibilities of the bodily of the guard ?
|
in charge of relief
|
|
|
|
What are common motivations for terrorism ?
|
Terrorists are motivated by religion, prestige, office, political change, and material profit. Terrorists believe that they are an elect society and act in the name of the people .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the interior guard ‘s chain of command, are the responsibilities of the commanding officer and field officer of the day similar in affirmation ?
|
Yes. The both ensure the security system of the command .
|
|
|
|
How are terrorist groups organized ?
|
Terrorists operate in small clandestine groups with short interaction and rigorous central dominance held by a few individuals ? Each groups may have smaller functional units that have command, news, back and tactical responsibilities. Each unit may have merely two to six persons. Terrorists operate with the dependable will and support of sympathetic alien governments. terrorist groups partake resources, expertness, and safe havens, Tactics and methods of operation may vary from group-to-group, by they all seek to achieve their objectives through fear, determent, and power
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the interior of the guard chain of dominate, are the responsibilities of the air force officer of the guard and the serjeant-at-law of the guard exchangeable ?
|
Yes. Both the commander and serjeant-at-law of the guard ensure proper teaching, discipline and performance of duty of the independent guard .
|
|
|
|
How many THREATCON levels are there ?
|
Four
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the interior chain of control, are the responsibilities of the police sergeant of the guard and corporal of the guard ?
|
No. The serjeant-at-law of the guard is creditworthy for proper teaching, discipline, and performance of duty of the main guard and the bodily of the guard is in charge of the stand-in .
|
|
|
|
What does THREATCON stand for ?
|
menace stipulate
|
|
|
|
Regarding, rules of employment, what are the six conditions that justify the use of baneful force ?
|
( 1 ) Defend yourself. ( 2 ) Defense Property not involving national security system. ( 3 ) Defend property not involving national security but inherently dangerous to other. ( 4 ) Prevent crimes against people ( 5 ) Apprehend individuals ( 6 ) build and/or assert true regulate
|
|
|
|
What does THREATCON ( Threat Condition ) mean ?
|
The THREATCON system is designed to standardize security system measures so that inter-service coordination and accompaniment of anti-terrorism activities are simplified. An oversea command will reduce, increase, or cancel declared THREATCONs as demanded by changes in the terrorist menace .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not a condition to authorize the habit of madly power regarding the rules of date ?
|
defense of non-governmental organizations for peace
|
|
|
|
What are the four levels of a THREATCON ?
|
Alpha, Bravo, Charlie, Delta
|
|
|
|
Regarding the function of deadly force out which of the postdate conditions must exist as a govern of engagement .
|
In self department of defense
|
|
|
|
Regarding THREATCON which is the highest grade of readiness and alert : Alpha or Delta ?
|
delta : A terrorist attack has occurred or that intelligence indicates that a terrorist carry through against a specific placement is likely. normally, this THREATCON is declared as a localized admonition .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is self defense a condition that justifies the use of deadly impel as a dominion of engagement ?
|
Yes. To prevent military jurisprudence enforcement or security personnel who reasonably believe themselves to be in at hand danger of death or unplayful bodily injury .
|
|
|
|
Regarding THREATCON conditions, what is the deviation between Alpha and Bravo
|
Bravo means that there is an increase hazard of terrorist threats of terrorist action where Alpha notes that there is a general threat of potential terrorist activity .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can deadly force be used to defend place that does n’t involve national security ?
|
Yes. To prevent the larceny, damage, or espionage aimed at property or data, which through not vital to the national endanger security system is of significant importance to the national security .
|
|
|
|
Regarding menace conditions ( THREATCON ) what is the primary coil difference between Charlie and Bravo ?
|
THREATCON Charlie indicates that a terrorist attack is at hand or that one has occured where Bravo denotes an increase menace .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the use of deadly force out, may it be used to defend place not involving national security but deadly to others ?
|
Yes. To prevent actual larceny or sabotage of place, such as operable weapons or ammunition, which is inherently dangerous to others .
|
|
|
|
Regarding threat conditions ( THREATCON ) what is a elementary remainder between Charlie and Delta ?
|
Both indicate that an attack may have happened where Charlie notes that an attack may be at hand and Delta is more localize. An example might be that a region may have THREATCON Charlie because FOB ‘A ‘ was attacked while FOB ‘A ‘ is under THREATCON Delta because of the attack .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can deadly force be used to prevent or interrupt the commission of a serious offense ?
|
Yes. To prevent or to interrupt the commission of a serious crime observed by the lookout, which threatens death or serious bodily damage to other persons. such offenses include, but are not limited to murder, rape or armed looting .
|
|
|
|
Regarding preventive measures and postures towards terrorist activities which of the trace measures can protect against attack ?
|
vary exile methods, routes and times. Park in illuminated areas with multiple exits, lock unattended vehicles, report unusual activities to local security officials, avoid traveling entirely, travel lone on interfering, well-traveled thoroughfares whenever possible, take proper security precautions at home during travel, attend periodic menace awareness briefings and hostage survival educate, avoid establishing a model of attendance at sealed events, locations, etc., Keep a low profile and avoid calling attention to yourself. Seek cognition of the local anesthetic situation and be aware of your surroundings. Be sensitive to the possibility of surveillance .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can baneful force be used in the rules of date to apprehend individuals who are trying to escape ?
|
Yes. To apprehend or to prevent the elude of a person reasonably believed to have committed an offense involving national security, or to prevent the escape of a intend prisoner .
|
|
|
|
What are some park rules to protect against a terrorist attack ?
|
vary transportation methods, routes and times. Park in illuminated areas with multiple exits, lock unattended vehicles, report strange activities to local security officials, keep off traveling alone, travel lone on busy, well-traveled thoroughfares whenever potential, take proper security precautions at home during travel, attend periodic terror awareness briefings and hostage survival training, avoid establishing a practice of attendance at certain events, locations, etc., Keep a depleted profile and avoid calling care to yourself. Seek cognition of the local anesthetic position and be aware of your surroundings. Be sensitive to the possibility of surveillance .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is deadly military unit authorized regarding rules of engagement in the institution or maintenance of a lawful order ?
|
Yes. install and/or sustain true rate when it has been directed by the lawful order of a superior authority .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Regarding the extenuation of risk in terrorist attacks maintaining a low profile means that you ensure that your full-dress, impart and mannerisms do not attract attention .
|
true. Maintain a broken visibility. guarantee that your preen, demeanor and mannerisms do not attract attention. Make an attempt to blend into the local environment. Avoid publicity. Do not go out in boastfully groups. Stay away from civil disturbances and demonstrations .
|
|
|
|
What is the definition of terrorism ?
|
terrorism is the unlawful manipulation or threatened use of ferocity to force or to intimidate governments or societies to achieve political, religious, or ideological objectives .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the extenuation of gamble when dealing with a terrorist attack does remaining unpredictable mean that you are to wear your like clothes and expressive style repeatedly such as your lucky jersey or favorite hat ?
|
No. Be unpredictable means that you vary your routes and the time you leave and return home during your day by day routine. vary your manner of dress. Avoid deserted streets or state roads. AVoid traveling alone. Let people close to you know where you are going and what you will be doing .
|
|
|
|
Why is terrorism a prefer tactic of sub-national organizations or state-sponsored groups ?
|
terrorism is a brassy, low-risk, highly effective way for weak nations, individuals, or groups to challenge stronger nations or groups and achieve objectives beyond their own abilities .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If you receive a phone call attempting to identify you should you provide your personal information to that caller ?
|
No. Remaining argus-eyed means that you should watch for anything leery or out of station. Do not give out personal information over the telephone. Preselect a dependable area in which you can take recourse if you are being followed. Report any incidental of being followed to the military police and to your command duty officer .
|
|
|
|
What are the long range goals of terrorists ?
|
Terrorists have sought to topple governments, influence top-level decisions, and addition recognition for their lawsuit
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When mitigating risk against terrorist approach, should you call the police when getting in and out of your vehicle ?
|
No. To Protect your automobile, avoid leaving the fomite unattended and in the open. Lock the doors, the trunk, and the gas hood when leaving the vehicle. Upon returning to the vehicle, search it before operate on ( or driving ). Check the outside of the vehicle for : packages left on the ground, disturbances around the fomite, loose wire, string, or tape, check the interior of the vehicle for objects out of position or anything out of the ordinary .
|
|
|
|
What are some of the short-range goals of terrorism ?
|
focus on gaining recognition, reducing government credibility, obtaining funds and equipment, disrupting communications, demonstrating power, delaying the political process, reducing the government ‘s economy, influencing elections, freeing prisoners, demoralizing and discrediting the security force, determent, and causing a politics to over react .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the classification of information, what is meant by access ?
|
Access- the ability and opportunity to obtain cognition or possession of classified information .
|
|
|
|
What are the short term goals of terrorist acts ?
|
stress on gaining recognition, reducing government credibility, obtaining funds and equipment, disrupting communications, demonstrating power, delaying the political work, reducing the government ‘s economy, influencing elections, freeing prisoners, demoralizing and discrediting the security impel, bullying, and causing a government to over react .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the classification of data, what is meant by categorization ?
|
Classification- The decision by an authoritative official that official information requires, in the interests of national security, a specific degree of protection against unauthorized disclosure .
|
|
|
|
What are common motivations for terrorism ?
|
Terrorists are motivated by religion, prestige, power, political exchange, and substantial acquire. Terrorists believe that they are an elite society and act in the identify of the people .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the classification of data, what is meant by compromise of the information ?
|
Compromise- An unauthorized disclosure of classified ad information to one or more persons who do not possess a current valid security clearance .
|
|
|
|
How are terrorist groups organized ?
|
Terrorists operate in small secret groups with little interaction and taut central control held by a few individuals ? Each groups may have smaller functional units that have command, intelligence, documentation and tactical responsibilities. Each unit may have only two to six persons. Terrorists operate with the well will and support of sympathetic foreign governments. terrorist groups share resources, expertness, and safe havens, Tactics and methods of operation may vary from group-to-group, by they all seek to achieve their objectives through reverence, bullying, and force
|
|
|
|
What are the three levels of security system classifications ?
|
top Secret, Secret, Confidential .
|
|
|
|
How many THREATCON levels are there ?
|
Four
|
|
|
|
What is the remainder between Secret and Top Secret Classifications ?
|
clear Secret is given when the nature of the data if improperly disclosed can be considered exceptionally grave in the damage that can be caused while mystery information is serious .
|
|
|
|
What does THREATCON stand for ?
|
threat condition
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the term For Official Use alone be used in the identification of classified US Information ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
What does THREATCON ( Threat Condition ) beggarly ?
|
The THREATCON system is designed to standardize security measures so that inter-service coordination and subscribe of anti-terrorism activities are simplified. An overseas command will reduce, increase, or cancel declared THREATCONs as demanded by changes in the terrorist menace .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the term Secret Sensitive be used in the identification of U.S. classified ad information ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
What are the four levels of a THREATCON ?
|
Alpha, Bravo, Charlie, Delta
|
|
|
|
What should you do if you find sensitive and UNSECURED classified material ?
|
Protect it from far compromise and notify the custodian or security coach
|
|
|
|
Regarding THREATCON which is the highest level of facility and alert : Alpha or Delta ?
|
delta : A terrorist attack has occurred or that intelligence indicates that a terrorist legal action against a specific localization is likely. normally, this THREATCON is declared as a set warning .
|
|
|
|
Regarding THREATCON conditions, what is the deviation between Alpha and Bravo
|
Bravo means that there is an increase risk of terrorist threats of terrorist action where Alpha notes that there is a general menace of potential terrorist activity .
|
|
|
|
If information was sensitive enough to cause armed hostilities between countries what horizontal surface of security classification would it most probably be ?
|
top Secret .
|
|
|
|
Would information potentially relating to the dislocation of foreign relations rather of potential hostilities be classified as Top Secret, Secret or Confidential ?
|
Secret .
|
|
|
|
Regarding threat conditions ( THREATCON ) what is the primary remainder between Charlie and Bravo ?
|
THREATCON Charlie indicates that a terrorist attack is at hand or that one has occured where Bravo denotes an increase terror .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Counter-Intelligence what methods do foreign agents use in collecting information about US Forces ?
|
They Observe, Eavesdrop, Read, Listen, and Obtain …
|
|
|
|
Regarding threat conditions ( THREATCON ) what is a primary difference between Charlie and Delta ?
|
Both indicate that an assail may have happened where Charlie notes that an fire may be at hand and Delta is more localized. An case might be that a region may have THREATCON Charlie because FOB ‘A ‘ was attacked while FOB ‘A ‘ is under THREATCON Delta because of the attack .
|
|
|
|
On the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), when programming SC Frequencies how much time do you have to perform each step ?
|
7 Seconds
|
|
|
|
Regarding preventive measures and postures towards terrorist activities which of the follow measures can protect against attack ?
|
deviate transportation methods, routes and times. Park in illuminated areas with multiple exits, lock unattended vehicles, report unusual activities to local security officials, keep off traveling alone, travel lone on busy, well-traveled thoroughfares whenever possible, take proper security precautions at home during locomotion, attend periodic menace awareness briefings and hostage survival trail, avoid establishing a pattern of attendance at certain events, locations, etc., Keep a abject profile and avoid calling attention to yourself. Seek cognition of the local anesthetic position and be mindful of your surroundings. Be sensitive to the possibility of surveillance .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) how many battery types are there ?
|
Three. 5372 – Non-Rechargable, 5590- Lithium Non-Recharge, 590 — Rechargable
|
|
|
|
What are some park rules to protect against a terrorist attack ?
|
vary department of transportation methods, routes and times. Park in illuminated areas with multiple exits, engage unattended vehicles, report unusual activities to local security officials, avoid traveling alone, travel only on busy, well-traveled thoroughfares whenever possible, take proper security precautions at home during travel, attend periodic terror awareness briefings and hostage survival train, avoid establishing a form of attendance at certain events, locations, etc., Keep a low profile and avoid calling attention to yourself. Seek cognition of the local position and be mindful of your surroundings. Be sensible to the possibility of surveillance .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the rudiment when spelling over the radio, how does the radio operator say the letters A, B, and C over the radio receiver ?
|
Alpha, Bravo, Charlie
|
|
|
|
True/False. Regarding the moderation of risk in terrorist attacks maintaining a abject profile means that you ensure that your dress, conduct and mannerisms do not attract attention .
|
true. Maintain a low profile. guarantee that your dress, impart and mannerisms do not attract attention. Make an campaign to blend into the local environment. Avoid publicity. Do not go out in large groups. Stay off from civil disturbances and demonstrations .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the alphabet when spell over the radio, how does the radio operator say the letters D, E, and F over the radio ?
|
Delta, Echo, Foxtrot
|
|
|
|
Regarding the extenuation of risk when dealing with a terrorist attack does remaining irregular think of that you are to wear your lapp clothes and style repeatedly such as your golden jersey or favorite hat ?
|
No. Be unpredictable means that you vary your routes and the prison term you leave and return home plate during your day by day routine. vary your style of dress. Avoid deserted streets or area roads. AVoid traveling alone. Let people close to you know where you are going and what you will be doing .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the alphabet when spelling over the radio, how does the radio operator say the letters G, H, and I over the radio receiver ?
|
golf, Hotel, India
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If you receive a call margin call attempting to identify you should you provide your personal information to that caller ?
|
No. Remaining argus-eyed means that you should watch for anything fishy or out of invest. Do not give out personal information over the call. Preselect a plug area in which you can take refuge if you are being followed. Report any incident of being followed to the military police and to your command duty officer .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the alphabet when spelling over the radio, how does the radio operator say the letters J, K, and L over the radio ?
|
Juliet, Kilo, Lima
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When mitigating risk against terrorist attack, should you call the patrol when getting in and out of your fomite ?
|
No. To Protect your automobile, avoid leaving the vehicle unattended and in the overt. Lock the doors, the luggage compartment, and the flatulence cap when leaving the vehicle. Upon returning to the vehicle, search it before operate ( or driving ). Check the outside of the vehicle for : packages left on the ground, disturbances around the fomite, loose cable, drawstring, or tape, check the inner of the vehicle for objects out of place or anything out of the ordinary .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the alphabet when spell over the radio, how does the radio operator say the letters M, N, and O over the radio ?
|
Mike, November, Oscar
|
|
|
|
Regarding the classification of information, what is meant by entree ?
|
Access- the ability and opportunity to obtain cognition or possession of classified data .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the rudiment when spell over the radio receiver, how does the radio operator say the letters P, Q, and R over the radio receiver ?
|
Papa, Quebec, Romeo
|
|
|
|
Regarding the classification of information, what is meant by classification ?
|
Classification- The decision by an empower official that official data requires, in the interests of national security, a particular degree of protection against unauthorized disclosure .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the rudiment when spell over the radio, how does the radio receiver operator say the letters S, T, and U over the radio ?
|
Sierra, Tango, Uniform
|
|
|
|
Regarding the classification of information, what is meant by compromise of the information ?
|
Compromise- An unauthorized disclosure of relegate information to one or more persons who do not possess a stream valid security headroom .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the alphabet when spelling over the radio, how does the radio operator say the letters V, W, and X over the radio?
|
Victor, Wiskey, X-Ray
|
|
|
|
What are the three levels of security classifications ?
|
exceed Secret, Secret, Confidential .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the rudiment when spell over the radio, how does the radio operator say the letters X, Y, and Z over the radio ?
|
x-ray, yankee, zulu
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between Secret and Top Secret Classifications ?
|
top Secret is given when the nature of the information if improperly disclosed can be considered exceptionally grave in the damage that can be caused while hidden information is good .
|
|
|
|
What does the mnemonic FICAL stand for regarding Radio Transmitters ?
|
Feel. Inspect. Clean. Adjust. Lubricate .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the term For Official Use lone be used in the recognition of relegate US Information ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
What is the purpose of the mnemonic FITCAL when referring to radio transmitters ?
|
FITCAL is used to perform an hindrance alimony on a radio receiver. Feel. Inspect. Clean. Adjust. Lubricate .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the term Secret Sensitive be used in the identification of U.S. classified ad data ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
What area of operational expertness does the condition CINGARS refer to ?
|
Communications
|
|
|
|
What should you do if you find sensible and UNSECURED classified material ?
|
Protect it from foster compromise and notify the custodian or security director
|
|
|
|
What does the Acronym CINGARS stand for ?
|
Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System
|
|
|
|
If information was sensitive adequate to cause arm hostilities between countries what level of security classification would it most probable be ?
|
top Secret .
|
|
|
|
Would data potentially relating to the disturbance of alien relations rather of potential hostilities be classified as Top Secret, Secret or Confidential ?
|
Secret .
|
|
|
|
How many modes of operations does the CINGARS radio system have ?
|
Two. Single Channel and Frequency Hopping .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( CINGARS ), what is Single Channel mode ?
|
When using the SC modality of operations, the radio technician communicates on one frequency .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Counter-Intelligence what methods do foreign agents use in collecting data about US Forces ?
|
They Observe, Eavesdrop, Read, Listen, and Obtain …
|
|
|
|
On the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), when programming SC Frequencies how much time do you have to perform each dance step ?
|
7 Seconds
|
|
|
|
When discussing the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( CINGARS ), what is meant by the frequency hopping manner ?
|
SINGARS has the ability to secure transmissions through the use of a transmission security key and frequently hopping to reduce or eliminate the menace of jam and direction-finding equipment .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) how many battery types are there ?
|
Three. 5372 – Non-Rechargable, 5590- Lithium Non-Recharge, 590 — Rechargable
|
|
|
|
What are the 4 office modes of the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio Systems ( CINGARS ) ?
|
Lo, M, HI, PA
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the alphabet when spell over the radio, how does the radio operator say the letters A, B, and C over the radio ?
|
Alpha, Bravo, Charlie
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) what is the range of Low Power ?
|
200 Meters to 400 Meters .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the alphabet when spell over the radio, how does the radio receiver operator say the letters D, E, and F over the radio ?
|
Delta, Echo, Foxtrot
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), what is the transmittance range of Medium Power ?
|
400 Meters to 5 Kilometers
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the rudiment when spell over the radio receiver, how does the radio operator say the letters G, H, and I over the radio ?
|
golf, Hotel, India
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( CINGARS ), what is the maximum transmission stove of the senior high school baron mise en scene ?
|
5 Kilometers to 10 Kilometers
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the rudiment when spell over the radio, how does the radio operator say the letters J, K, and L over the radio ?
|
Juliet, Kilo, Lima
|
|
|
|
Regarding, the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), what is the maximal transmittance compass of the Power Amplifier plant ?
|
10 Kilometers to 40 Kilometers. This set is singular because its for a Vehicle mount of the radio .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the rudiment when spelling over the radio receiver, how does the radio receiver operator say the letters M, N, and O over the radio ?
|
Mike, November, Oscar
|
|
|
|
True/False. Ranges of the Singel Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System are based on production line of sight .
|
true .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the rudiment when spell over the radio, how does the radio receiver operator say the letters P, Q, and R over the radio ?
|
Papa, Quebec, Romeo
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can weather conditions influence the range of a Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the alphabet when spell over the radio, how does the radio receiver operator say the letters S, T, and U over the radio ?
|
Sierra, Tango, Uniform
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If the battery on the CINGARS radio has been shot in battle, was it designed to withstand moderate incidents of injury prior to initiation ?
|
No. DOT not heat, burn, jam, deflate, disassemble, or otherwise mutilate the battery .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the alphabet when spelling over the radio, how does the radio operator say the letters V, W, and X over the radio?
|
Victor, Wiskey, X-Ray
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When picking up the CINGARS radio receiver from the ground can the antenna be used to pick it up ?
|
No. Do NOT use the antenna as a handle. equipment price may result .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Phoenitic pronunciation of the alphabet when spelling over the radio, how does the radio hustler say the letters X, Y, and Z over the radio receiver ?
|
x-ray, yankee, zulu
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. During periods of intermittent non-use can the battery be stored inside the CINGARS radio ?
|
No. Do NOT store the battery in the CINGARS radio during periods of unuse .
|
|
|
|
What does the mnemonic FICAL stand for regarding Radio Transmitters ?
|
Feel. Inspect. Clean. Adjust. Lubricate .
|
|
|
|
What Connector should the antenna be attached to on the CINGARS radio?
|
The RT ANT Connector
|
|
|
|
What is the purpose of the mnemonic FITCAL when referring to radio transmitters ?
|
FITCAL is used to perform an hindrance care on a radio receiver. Feel. Inspect. Clean. Adjust. Lubricate .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINCGARS ) be used with a handset ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
What area of operational expertness does the term CINGARS consult to ?
|
Communications
|
|
|
|
How does the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) attach a handset to the Radio Transmitter ( RT ) ?
|
Connect and batten handset to connector to AUD/DATA connection. Make certain that the keys line up on handset connection and RT AUD/DATA connection ; the press handset connection onto AUD/DATA connection and turn correct ( clockwise ) to lock in position. Push handset connection in and braid leave ( counterclockwise ) to remove handset .
|
|
|
|
What does the Acronym CINGARS stand for ?
|
Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System
|
|
|
|
What are the four methods to tying down an antenna on a Single Channel Ground and Airborn Radio System ( SINGARS ) ?
|
( 1 ) stay-down clamps, ( 2 ) snap-free clamp, ( 3 ) stay-down clip, ( 4 ) snap-free clip
|
|
|
|
How many modes of operations does the CINGARS radio system have ?
|
Two. Single Channel and Frequency Hopping .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the RT exploiter of the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) input the SC Frequencies ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( CINGARS ), what is Single Channel manner ?
|
When using the SC mood of operations, the radio technician communicates on one frequency .
|
|
|
|
True/False. The Corpsman can install a Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) ?
|
False. Vehicle radios are installed and removed by sustenance personnel
|
|
|
|
When discussing the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( CINGARS ), what is meant by the frequency hopping mode ?
|
SINGARS has the ability to secure transmissions through the use of a transmission security key and frequently hopping to reduce or eliminate the terror of jamming and direction-finding equipment .
|
|
|
|
When using the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), what position is the Function ( FCTN ) key set to ?
|
LD for Load
|
|
|
|
What are the 4 might modes of the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio Systems ( CINGARS ) ?
|
Lo, M, HI, PA
|
|
|
|
When loading frequencies in the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) which position should the mode switch be set to ?
|
south carolina
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) what is the range of Low Power ?
|
200 Meters to 400 Meters .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the load of frequencies on the Single Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), what should the Channel Button/Knob be set to ?
|
MAN, CUE or desired channel ( 1 thru 6 ) where frequency is to be stored .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), what is the infection range of Medium Power ?
|
400 Meters to 5 Kilometers
|
|
|
|
When loading frequencies into the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), after you ‘ve set the FCTN, MODE, and Channels, what happens when you press the CLR clitoris ?
|
It will clear out the frequency and the display will show five lines for you to course of study the numbers of the modern frequency .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( CINGARS ), what is the maximum transmittance range of the high exponent set ?
|
5 Kilometers to 10 Kilometers
|
|
|
|
What are the four weapons base hit rules ?
|
1. treat every weapon as if it were loaded. 2. never point a weapon at something you do n’t intend to shoot. 3. Keep your finger straight and off trigger until you are cook to fire. 4. Keep weapon on safe until you are fix to fire .
|
|
|
|
Regarding, the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), what is the utmost transmission crop of the Power Amplifier set ?
|
10 Kilometers to 40 Kilometers. This set is unique because its for a Vehicle hop on of the radio .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. The bore of the M9 is 9mm NATO rounds ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
True/False. Ranges of the Singel Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System are based on line of view .
|
true .
|
|
|
|
What is the M9 ?
|
The M9 is a autoloading, magazine feed, recoil operated, double action pistol, chambered for the 9mm magazine .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can weather conditions influence the scope of a Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What is the Condition # 1 facility condition of the M9 Service Pistol
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If the battery on the CINGARS radio has been shot in battle, was it designed to withstand moderate incidents of injury prior to installation ?
|
No. DOT not heat, burn, break down, puncture, disassemble, or differently mutilate the battery .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Condition # 2 of the M9 Pistol is Magazine Inserted and Chamber is empty ?
|
False. stipulate 2 does not apply to the M9 pistol .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When picking up the CINGARS radio from the ground can the antenna be used to pick it up ?
|
No. Do NOT use the antenna as a cover. equipment damage may result .
|
|
|
|
Which stipulate of the M9 pistol has the magazine removed, chamber vacate and the slide forward with the safety on ?
|
Four .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. During periods of intermittent non-use can the barrage be stored inside the CINGARS radio ?
|
No. Do NOT store the battery in the CINGARS radio during periods of unuse .
|
|
|
|
Which Condition Code of the M9 pistol has the chamber empty, a magazine inserted, the slide forth and the safety on ?
|
Three
|
|
|
|
What Connector should the antenna be attached to on the CINGARS radio?
|
The RT ANT Connector
|
|
|
|
What is the utmost range of the M9 9mm NATO polish ?
|
1800 meters
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINCGARS ) be used with a handset ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
How many rounds are kept in the M9 pistols magazine ?
|
15. Staggered .
|
|
|
|
How does the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) attach a handset to the Radio Transmitter ( RT ) ?
|
Connect and secure handset to connector to AUD/DATA connection. Make certain that the keys line up on handset connection and RT AUD/DATA connection ; the push handset connection onto AUD/DATA connection and spin right ( clockwise ) to lock in place. Push handset connection in and wind leave ( counterclockwise ) to remove handset .
|
|
|
|
What is the utmost effective range of the M9 pistol ?
|
50 Meters
|
|
|
|
What are the four methods to tying down an antenna on a Single Channel Ground and Airborn Radio System ( SINGARS ) ?
|
( 1 ) stay-down clamps, ( 2 ) snap-free clamp, ( 3 ) stay-down time, ( 4 ) snap-free nip
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When loading a M9 Pistol will the cartridge holder snap when its placed in the good ?
|
Yes. Insert the load magazine into the well of the pistol until a click of the cartridge holder catch is heard .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the RT user of the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) input the SC Frequencies ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
What is the M16A2 maximum effective range ?
|
550 Meters
|
|
|
|
True/False. The Corpsman can install a Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) ?
|
False. Vehicle radios are installed and removed by alimony personnel
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum range of the M16A2 ?
|
3600 Meters
|
|
|
|
When using the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), what put is the Function ( FCTN ) key set to ?
|
LD for Load
|
|
|
|
Describe the M16A2 Service Rifle :
|
The M16A2 is a lightweight, gas-operated, air-cool, magazine-fed, shoulder-fired, weapon that can be fired in the semi-auto and car ( 3 round of golf abound ) .
|
|
|
|
When loading frequencies in the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ) which position should the mode switch be set to ?
|
south carolina
|
|
|
|
The M9 shoots what caliber round ?
|
9mm
|
|
|
|
Regarding the load of frequencies on the Single Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), what should the Channel Button/Knob be set to ?
|
MAN, CUE or desired channel ( 1 thru 6 ) where frequency is to be stored .
|
|
|
|
Does the M16A2 shoot a 5.56 round or a 7.62 ?
|
5.56 NATO
|
|
|
|
When loading frequencies into the Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System ( SINGARS ), after you ‘ve set the FCTN, MODE, and Channels, what happens when you press the CLR button ?
|
It will clear out the frequency and the display will show five lines for you to broadcast the numbers of the raw frequency .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. With the M16A2 in a condition 1 Setting is the guard on and the magazine inserted ?
|
Yes. condition 1 : base hit On. Magazine Inserted. Round in chamber. Bolt forward, expulsion port closed .
|
|
|
|
What are the four weapons guard rules ?
|
1. treat every weapon as if it were loaded. 2. never point a weapon at something you do n’t intend to shoot. 3. Keep your finger straight and off trip until you are ready to fire. 4. Keep weapon on safe until you are fix to fire .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding a M16A2 Rifle, Does a condition 2 Code mean that the safety is on ?
|
“ No. condition 2 does not apply to the M16A2
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. The quality of the M9 is 9mm NATO rounds ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
What is the M9 ?
|
The M9 is a autoloading, magazine fertilize, bounce operated, doubling action pistol, chambered for the 9mm cartridge .
|
|
|
|
On an M16A2 Rifle, what is the difference between Condition 1 and Condition 3 ?
|
condition 1 Weapons have a round in the chamber while Condition 3 weapons do not .
|
|
|
|
What is the Condition # 1 readiness status of the M9 Service Pistol
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
True/False. Condition # 2 of the M9 Pistol is Magazine Inserted and Chamber is empty ?
|
False. stipulate 2 does not apply to the M9 pistol .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M16A2 rifle, what is the primary coil dispute between a Condition 3 and a Condition 4 weapon ?
|
On Condition 3 the magazine is inserted and on Condition 4 the magazine is not inserted .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the M16A2 is there ever a circumstance code ( 1,2,3 or 4 ) where the safety is off ?
|
No. But Condition 2 does not apply to the M16A2 .
|
|
|
|
Which condition of the M9 pistol has the magazine removed, chamber empty and the swoop forward with the condom on ?
|
Four .
|
|
|
|
Which Condition Code of the M9 pistol has the chamber empty, a magazine inserted, the slide forth and the base hit on ?
|
Three
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the M16A2 is there ever a circumstance codes ( I, II, III, IV ) where the expulsion port binding is NOT closed ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M9 pistol condition codes what is the primary dispute between a condition 3 and condition 4 weapon ?
|
On a circumstance 3 weapon, the magazine is inserted while on the condition 4 weapon it is not .
|
|
|
|
What is the maximal rate of the M9 9mm NATO round of golf ?
|
1800 meters
|
|
|
|
What is the M203 ?
|
a Lightweight, single-shot, breech-loaded, pump carry through ( sliding barrel ), shoulder-fired weapon attached to either an M16A1 or an M16A2 rifle .
|
|
|
|
How many rounds are kept in the M9 pistols magazine ?
|
15. Staggered .
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum range of the M203 grenade catapult while attached to an M16A1/A2/M4, plunder ?
|
400 Meters
|
|
|
|
What is the utmost effective image of the M9 pistol ?
|
50 Meters
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum Effective Range of the M203 Grenade Launcher for a Fire-Team Sized Area Target ?
|
350 Meters
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When loading a M9 Pistol will the magazine click when its placed in the well ?
|
Yes. Insert the load magazine into the well of the pistol until a click of the magazine catch is heard .
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum Effective Range for the M203 Grenade Launcher against a Vehicle or Weapon Point Target ?
|
150 Meters
|
|
|
|
What is the M16A2 maximum effective range ?
|
550 Meters
|
|
|
|
When firing the M203 Grenade Launcher, what is the minimum safe range of this weapon .
|
165 meters for training and 31 for battle
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum rate of the M16A2 ?
|
3600 Meters
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M203 Grenade Launcher, what is unique about Condition Codes II and III ?
|
Condition Codes II and III do NOT apply to the M203 Grenade Launcher .
|
|
|
|
Describe the M16A2 Service Rifle :
|
The M16A2 is a lightweight, gas-operated, air-cool, magazine-fed, shoulder-fired, weapon that can be fired in the semi-auto and car ( 3 round of golf collapse ) .
|
|
|
|
What is an M249 ?
|
The machine grease-gun, light, squad automatic pistol weapon, M249, is a gas-operated, air-cool, belt or magazine-fed, automatic weapon that fires from the open-bolt position .
|
|
|
|
The M9 shoots what caliber round ?
|
9mm
|
|
|
|
What is the round size of the M249 team automatic weapon ( SAW ) ?
|
5.56
|
|
|
|
Does the M16A2 shoot a 5.56 round off or a 7.62 ?
|
5.56 NATO
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the M249 fire rounds from a 30 round magazine normally used in a M16A2 ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. With the M16A2 in a circumstance 1 Setting is the guard on and the magazine inserted ?
|
Yes. discipline 1 : safety On. Magazine Inserted. Round in chamber. Bolt advancing, expulsion port closed .
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum Range of the M249 police squad automatic pistol weapon ?
|
3600 Meters
|
|
|
|
On an M16A2 Rifle, what is the dispute between Condition 1 and Condition 3 ?
|
discipline 1 Weapons have a round in the chamber while Condition 3 weapons do not .
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum Effective Range of the M249 Squad Automatic Weapon against a Point Target ?
|
800 Meters
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M16A2 plunder, what is the primary coil remainder between a Condition 3 and a Condition 4 weapon ?
|
On Condition 3 the magazine is inserted and on Condition 4 the magazine is not inserted .
|
|
|
|
What is the maximum effective range of the M249 squad automatic weapon (SAW) against an area target?
|
1000 Meters
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the M16A2 is there always a condition code ( 1,2,3 or 4 ) where the safety is off ?
|
No. But Condition 2 does not apply to the M16A2 .
|
|
|
|
What is the maximum effective compass of the M249 team automatic weapon for grazing fire ?
|
600 Meters
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the M16A2 is there always a discipline codes ( I, II, III, IV ) where the ejection port shroud is NOT closed ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the manipulation of the M249 police squad automatic weapon ( SAW ), what are the three rates of fire ?
|
Sustained, Rapid, Cyclic
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M9 pistol condition codes what is the elementary difference between a condition 3 and condition 4 weapon ?
|
On a circumstance 3 weapon, the magazine is inserted while on the stipulate 4 weapon it is not .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary coil difference in rates of fire in using the M249 between Sustained and Rapid ?
|
Sustained 85 Rounds Per Minute, Rapid 200 Rounds Per Minute
|
|
|
|
What is the M203 ?
|
a Lightweight, single-shot, breech-loaded, pump action ( sliding barrel ), shoulder-fired weapon attached to either an M16A1 or an M16A2 rifle .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the rates of fire for the M249 team automatic weapon ( SAW ), what is the dispute between Rapid and Cyclic
|
Rapid= 200, Cyclic= 850
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum range of the M203 grenade catapult while attached to an M16A1/A2/M4, rifle ?
|
400 Meters
|
|
|
|
Regarding the rates of fire for the M249, squad automatic weapon ( SAW ), what is the difference between the Sustained and Cyclic
|
Sustained= 85 RPM, Cyclic= 850 RPM
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum Effective Range of the M203 Grenade Launcher for a Fire-Team Sized Area Target ?
|
350 Meters
|
|
|
|
What is a primary remainder between the Condition codes of the M16A2, the M9 and the team automatic weapon ( SAW )
|
The SAW ‘s Conditions 3 and 4 have the safety off while the condom on the M9 and the M16A1/A2 are on in Conditions 3 and 4 .
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum Effective Range for the M203 Grenade Launcher against a Vehicle or Weapon Point Target ?
|
150 Meters
|
|
|
|
Describe Condition 1 Code of the M249 squad automatic weapon ( SAW )
|
Bolt locked to the rear, safety on, ammunition in feed tray, cover closed .
|
|
|
|
When firing the M203 Grenade Launcher, what is the minimal condom roll of this weapon .
|
165 meters for train and 31 for battle
|
|
|
|
What is the rate of fire for the M203 Grenade Launcher ?
|
5 to 7 rounds per moment
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M203 Grenade Launcher, what is alone about Condition Codes II and III ?
|
Condition Codes II and III do NOT apply to the M203 Grenade Launcher .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the M249 police squad automatic weapon ( SAW ), does Condition 4 of the weapon have the ammunition in the prey tray ?
|
No. condition 4 has the bolt forward. The Chamber is evacuate. The safety is off. The feed tray is empty. The cover is closed .
|
|
|
|
What is an M249 ?
|
The machine gun, faint, squad automatic weapon, M249, is a gas-operated, air-cooled, belt or magazine-fed, automatic pistol weapon that fires from the open-bolt position .
|
|
|
|
What are the two most common types of malfunction associated with the M249 team automatic pistol weapon ( SAW ) ?
|
inert Operation and Runaway Gun
|
|
|
|
What is the round size of the M249 police squad automatic weapon ( SAW ) ?
|
5.56
|
|
|
|
Regarding the malfunctions of the M249 team automatic rifle weapon ( SAW ), what is a runaway gunman ?
|
The gunman continues to fire after you release the gun trigger ; displace is uncontrolled .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the M249 fire rounds from a 30 round magazine normally used in a M16A2 ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the malfunction of fire-arms what is a hang fire ?
|
A hang ardor occurs when the cartridge primer has detonated after being struck by the discharge pin but some problem with the propellant gunpowder causes it to burn besides slowly and this delays the open fire of the rocket .
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum Range of the M249 squad automatic pistol weapon ?
|
3600 Meters
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Condition code set of the M240G, is the bolt locked to the rear in a condition 1 Weapon ?
|
Yes. condition 1 : The abscond is locked to the rear. The condom is on. The source of ammunition is in position on the feed tray. The cover charge is closed .
|
|
|
|
What is the Maximum Effective Range of the M249 Squad Automatic Weapon against a Point Target ?
|
800 Meters
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Condition codes of the M240G, is condition 2 applicable to the weapon ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
What is the maximum effective range of the M249 squad automatic weapon (SAW) against an area target?
|
1000 Meters
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Condition Codes of the M240G, is the bolt to the rear in condition 3 of the weapon ?
|
No. The bold is fore. The chamber is empty. The safety is off. The generator of ammunition is in position on the run tray. The overlay is closed .
|
|
|
|
What is the maximum effective image of the M249 squad automatic weapon for grazing arouse ?
|
600 Meters
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Condition Codes of the M240G what is a primary difference between Condition Code I and III ?
|
I- Bolt to Rear, III- Bolt advancing
|
|
|
|
Regarding the consumption of the M249 police squad automatic weapon ( SAW ), what are the three rates of open fire ?
|
Sustained, Rapid, Cyclic
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Condition Codes of the M240G what is the primary coil different between Condition III and Condition IV of the weapon ?
|
Both A and B are discipline
|
|
|
|
What is the primary dispute in rates of fire in using the M249 between Sustained and Rapid ?
|
Sustained 85 Rounds Per Minute, Rapid 200 Rounds Per Minute
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding condition codes of the M240G, is the cover closed for all conditions ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the rates of fuel for the M249 squad automatic weapon ( SAW ), what is the difference between Rapid and Cyclic
|
Rapid= 200, Cyclic= 850
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are the remedial methods for the M249 SAW and M240G machine guns the same ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Regarding the rates of ardor for the M249, squad automatic weapon ( SAW ), what is the difference between the Sustained and Cyclic
|
Sustained= 85 RPM, Cyclic= 850 RPM
|
|
|
|
What is the M2 50 Cal ?
|
The machine grease-gun, caliber .50, Browning, M2HB ( M2 .50 cal ), is a belt-fed, recoil-operated, air-cool, crew-served machine gunman. The gun is adequate to of unmarried shoot a well as automatic pistol displace .
|
|
|
|
What is a primary deviation between the Condition codes of the M16A2, the M9 and the police squad automatic pistol weapon ( SAW )
|
The SAW ‘s Conditions 3 and 4 have the safety off while the safety on the M9 and the M16A1/A2 are on in Conditions 3 and 4 .
|
|
|
|
What is the maximum range of the M2 .50 cal weapon ?
|
7400 meters
|
|
|
|
Describe Condition 1 Code of the M249 squad automatic weapon ( SAW )
|
Bolt locked to the raise, safety on, ammunition in feed tray, cover closed .
|
|
|
|
What is the maximal effective crop of the M2 .50 cal weapon ?
|
1830 meters
|
|
|
|
What is the pace of displace for the M203 Grenade Launcher ?
|
5 to 7 rounds per infinitesimal
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, what is the utmost effective range of the weapon for grazing fire ?
|
700 meters
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the M249 police squad automatic pistol weapon ( SAW ), does Condition 4 of the weapon have the ammunition in the feed tray ?
|
No. condition 4 has the bolt forth. The Chamber is empty. The safety is off. The feed tray is empty. The embrace is closed .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, what is the suffer rate of fire ?
|
40 rounds
|
|
|
|
What are the two most common types of malfunction associated with the M249 police squad automatic rifle weapon ( SAW ) ?
|
sluggish Operation and Runaway Gun
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, what are the three rates of fire ?
|
sustained, rapid, and cyclic
|
|
|
|
Regarding the malfunctions of the M249 police squad automatic weapon ( SAW ), what is a runaway gunman ?
|
The gunman continues to fire after you release the trip ; discharge is uncontrolled .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal what is the remainder between the sustained and rapid rates of fire ?
|
sustained is 40 RPM and Rapid > 40 RPM
|
|
|
|
Regarding the malfunction of fire-arms what is a hang fire ?
|
A hang fire occurs when the cartridge primer has detonated after being struck by the fire pin but some problem with the propellant gunpowder causes it to burn besides slowly and this delays the discharge of the rocket .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon condition codes, do any of them involve the manipulation of the safety ?
|
No. The M2 .50 cal weapon does not have a safety .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Condition code facility of the M240G, is the thunderbolt locked to the rear in a condition 1 Weapon ?
|
Yes. condition 1 : The bolt is locked to the rear. The condom is on. The source of ammunition is in put on the feed tray. The cover is closed .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, condition codes, does condition II apply to the weapon ?
|
No. Condition II does not apply .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Condition codes of the M240G, is discipline 2 applicable to the weapon ?
|
No .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, in condition 1, is the abscond forward or back ?
|
condition 1 : The ammunition is in a placement on the feed-tray. The bolt is locked to the rear and the bolt latch unblock lock us up .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Condition Codes of the M240G, is the bolt to the rear in stipulate 3 of the weapon ?
|
No. The bold is forward. The bedroom is empty. The condom is off. The source of ammunition is in position on the tip tray. The cover is closed .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, what is the primary coil dispute between Condition III and Condition IV of the weapon ?
|
Both A and C are right
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Condition Codes of the M240G what is a primary difference between Condition Code I and III ?
|
I- Bolt to Rear, III- Bolt ahead
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon what is the deviation between half load and full load ?
|
The entire load has the artilleryman pulling the gobble doubly .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Condition Codes of the M240G what is the elementary unlike between Condition III and Condition IV of the weapon ?
|
Both A and B are decline
|
|
|
|
What is the MK19 ?
|
The Mk19 is a self-powered, air-cooled, belt-fed, blowback operate weapon, the MK19 is designed to deliver accurate, intense, and decisive firepower against enemy personnel and lightly armored vehicles .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding condition codes of the M240G, is the cover closed for all conditions ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk 19 Machine Gun, what is the maximum range of the weapon ?
|
2212
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are the curative methods for the M249 SAW and M240G machine guns the like ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk 19 machine artillery, what is the maximal effective stove on a point target ?
|
1500 meters
|
|
|
|
What is the M2 50 Cal ?
|
The machine accelerator, caliber .50, Browning, M2HB ( M2 .50 cal ), is a belt-fed, recoil-operated, air-cool, crew-served machine grease-gun. The gun is capable of single guess a well as automatic fire .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk 19 machine gun, what is the maximum effective range of the weapon for grazing ardor ?
|
2212
|
|
|
|
What is the maximum crop of the M2 .50 cal weapon ?
|
7400 meters
|
|
|
|
What is the size of the Mk 19 machine gun round ?
|
40 millimeter
|
|
|
|
What is the maximal effective crop of the M2 .50 cal weapon ?
|
1830 meters
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk 19 machine gunman, what is the sustained pace of fire of the weapon ?
|
40 RPM
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, what is the maximum effective range of the weapon for grazing fire ?
|
700 meters
|
|
|
|
What are the three rates of fire for the Mk 19 machine gunman ?
|
Sustained, Rapid, Cyclic
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, what is the free burning rate of displace ?
|
40 rounds
|
|
|
|
What is the condition I code of the Mk 19 machine accelerator ?
|
ammunition is in the situation on the feed tray. The weapon has been charged doubly. The bang is locked to the rear and the safety is on .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, what are the three rates of open fire ?
|
sustained, rapid, and cyclic
|
|
|
|
What is the rapid rate of fire for the MK 19 machine accelerator ?
|
60 Rounds Per hour
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal what is the dispute between the sustained and rapid rates of fire ?
|
sustained is 40 RPM and Rapid > 40 RPM
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk19 machine accelerator, what is the cyclic rate of fire ?
|
325-375 Rounds per minute
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon condition codes, do any of them involve the practice of the condom ?
|
No. The M2 .50 cal weapon does not have a safety .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Mk 19 machine accelerator, does the condition II discipline condition of the weapon apply ?
|
No. Condition II of the Mk 19 does not apply
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, condition codes, does stipulate II use to the weapon ?
|
No. Condition II does not apply .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk 19 machine gun, what is the primary difference between Condition I and III of the weapon ?
|
Condition I- the weapon has been charged twice. Condition III- the weapon has been charged once .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, in condition 1, is the bolt forward or back ?
|
circumstance 1 : The ammunition is in a position on the feed-tray. The run off is locked to the rear and the rigidly latch spill lock us up .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Mk 19 machine grease-gun, and the condition codes of III and IV, is the chamber empty for both codes ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon, what is the primary coil dispute between Condition III and Condition IV of the weapon ?
|
Both A and C are compensate
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the mk 19 machine gunman condition codes, is there a condition where the safety is off ?
|
No. Codes I, III, and IV all have the safety on .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the M2 .50 cal weapon what is the remainder between half warhead and full load ?
|
The full load has the artilleryman pulling the bolt doubly .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical playing field measures, why is it important to avoid all unnecessary motion .
|
bowel movement attracts the eye .
|
|
|
|
What is the MK19 ?
|
The Mk19 is a self-powered, air-cooled, belt-fed, blowback operate weapon, the MK19 is designed to deliver accurate, intense, and critical firepower against foe personnel and thinly armored vehicles .
|
|
|
|
Regarding, tactical measures of notice, what is the off-center vision method acting ?
|
This proficiency requires viewing an object by looking 6 to 10 degrees above, below, or to either side of the object rather than directly at it .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk 19 Machine Gun, what is the utmost range of the weapon ?
|
2212
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and observation techniques, what is the scanning method acting ?
|
Scanning enables the Marines to overcome many of the physiologic limitations of their eyes. It can besides reduce confusing ocular illusions. This proficiency involves looking from correct to left or left to right using a slow, unconstipated scanning movement. At night, it is essential to avoid looking directly at a faintly visible object when trying to confirm its presence .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and observation techniques, what is the deprive method ?
|
In day, look inaugural at the grind nearest you. Begin observing close up to your post and search a narrow strip 50 meters or less deep, going from correctly to left parallel to your front. then search from left to right a second and like strip far away, but overlapping the first. Continue to observe until the integral field of scene has been searched .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk 19 machine gun, what is the utmost effective rate on a point aim ?
|
1500 meters
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and notice techniques, how do you preserve night vision ?
|
Keep one eye closed when observing a temporarily lighted area. Use bolshevik abstemious .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk 19 machine grease-gun, what is the maximum effective range of the weapon for grazing fire ?
|
2212
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures, what techniques can improve hearing ?
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
What is the size of the Mk 19 machine gunman round of golf ?
|
40 millimeter
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and news accumulate, what does the acronym SALUTE stand for ?
|
“ ( S ) ize and/or potency
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk 19 machine artillery, what is the hold rate of fire of the weapon ?
|
40 RPM
|
|
|
|
( einsteinium ) quipment and weapons ”
|
|
|
|
|
What are the three rates of displace for the Mk 19 machine artillery ?
|
Sustained, Rapid, Cyclic
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the intelligence acronym, what does the “ S ” in SALUTE stand for ?
|
Size and/or lastingness
|
|
|
|
What is the condition I code of the Mk 19 machine accelerator ?
|
ammunition is in the put on the feed tray. The weapon has been charged doubly. The bolt is locked to the rear and the base hit is on .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the news acronym, what does the “ A ” in SALUTE base for ?
|
activeness or actions
|
|
|
|
What is the rapid rate of fuel for the MK 19 machine gunman ?
|
60 Rounds Per moment
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the intelligence acronym, what does the “ L ” in SALUTE stand for ?
|
placement and direction of apparent motion
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk19 machine accelerator, what is the cyclic rate of fire ?
|
325-375 Rounds per hour
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the intelligence acronym, what does the “ U ” in SALUTE stand for ?
|
unit of measurement Identification ( The enemy unit of measurement may be derived from whole markings, uniforms worn, or through prisoner interrogation )
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Mk 19 machine gunman, does the stipulate II stipulate status of the weapon apply ?
|
No. Condition II of the Mk 19 does not apply
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the intelligence acronym, what does the “ T ” in SALUTE stand for ?
|
Time of Observation
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Mk 19 machine artillery, what is the primary remainder between Condition I and III of the weapon ?
|
Condition I- the weapon has been charged twice. Condition III- the weapon has been charged once .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the news acronym, what does the “ E ” in SALUTE stand for ?
|
equipment and Weapons
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Mk 19 machine gun, and the condition codes of III and IV, is the bedroom empty for both codes ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
What is the Acronym associated with the five paragraph holy order ?
|
SMEAC
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the mk 19 machine grease-gun condition codes, is there a condition where the safety is off ?
|
No. Codes I, III, and IV all have the safety on .
|
|
|
|
What does the acronym SMEAC stand for ?
|
situation, Mission, Execution, Administration, Command and Signal
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical field measures, why is it significant to avoid all unnecessary movement .
|
movement attracts the eye .
|
|
|
|
In a ( 5 ) paragraph ordain, define site in the acronym SMEAC .
|
situation : environment. enemy Forces. friendly Forces. Attachments and Detachments .
|
|
|
|
Regarding, tactical measures of observation, what is the off-center vision method acting ?
|
This technique requires viewing an object by looking 6 to 10 degrees above, below, or to either slope of the object preferably than directly at it .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 5 ) paragraph order, specify deputation from the acronym SMEAC ?
|
Mission. A clear, concise affirmation of the undertaking that the arrangement must accomplish .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and notice techniques, what is the scanning method ?
|
Scanning enables the Marines to overcome many of the physiological limitations of their eyes. It can besides reduce confusing ocular illusions. This technique involves looking from right to left or left to right using a behind, regular scanning campaign. At night, it is essential to avoid looking directly at a faintly visible object when trying to confirm its presence .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 5 ) paragraph order, define execution from the acronym SMEAC .
|
concept of operations. Subordinate Tasks ( Missions ). In each succeeding paragraph, missions are assigned to each component and any attach units. Coordinating instructions .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and notice techniques, what is the undress method ?
|
In daylight, look first at the ground nearest you. Begin observing close to your post and search a specialize strip 50 meters or less bass, going from mighty to left analogue to your battlefront. then search from left to right a second and similar strip further away, but overlapping the first. Continue to observe until the stallion field of scene has been searched .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 5 ) paragraph arrange, specify Administration and Logistics from the acronym SMEAC .
|
This paragraph contains information pertaining to rations and ammunition ; location of the distribution orient, corpsman, and aid stations ; the wield of prisoners of war ; and early administrative and supply matters .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and observation techniques, how do you preserve night vision ?
|
Keep one eye closed when observing a temporarily lighted area. Use bolshevik idle .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 5 ) paragraph order, define Command and Signal from the acronym SMEAC .
|
“ special instructions on communications, including prearranged signals, password and countersignature, radio shout signs and frequencies, emergency signals, radio procedures, pyrotechnics, and restrictions on teh habit of communications .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures, what techniques can improve hearing ?
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
-Location of subordinate leaders ”
|
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the intelligence acronym, what does the “ S ” in SALUTE stand for ?
|
Size and/or intensity
|
|
|
|
Regarding parade movements and hand signals, what is the signal for the column formation .
|
Raise either arm to the vertical stead. Drop the arm to the rear, describing complete circles in a vertical plane parallel to the consistency. The bespeak may be used to indicate either a troop or vehicular column .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the news acronym, what does the “ A ” in SALUTE stand for ?
|
bodily process or actions
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the sign for the Echelon left/right
|
The leader may give this sign either confront towards or away from the whole. Extend one arm 45 degrees below the horizontal, palms to the front. The lower branch indicates the direction of echelon. ( Example for echelon correct, if the drawing card is facing in the guidance of the fore movement, the right weapon is lowered ; if the leader is facing the unit, the left is lowered. ) supplementary commands may be given to ensure motivate and proper execution .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the intelligence acronym, what does the “ L ” in SALUTE stand for ?
|
placement and direction of movement
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and handwriting signals, what is the sign for the Skirmishers left/right
|
Raise both arms lateral until horizontal, arms and hands extended, palms down. If it is necessity to indicate a steering, motion in the hope guidance at the same time. when signaling for arouse team skirmishers, indicate skirmishers right or left by moving the allow hand up and devour. The appropriate pass does not depend on the steering the signaler is facing. Skirmishers left will constantly be indicated by moving the leave handwriting improving and down ; skirmishers right, the right hand .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the intelligence acronym, what does the “ U ” in SALUTE stand for ?
|
unit Identification ( The enemy unit may be derived from unit markings, uniforms worn, or through prisoner interrogation )
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the signal for the wedge heel formation
|
Extend both arms downward and to the side at an fish of 45 degrees below the horizontal, palms to the front .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the intelligence acronym, what does the “ T ” in SALUTE resist for ?
|
Time of Observation
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the bespeak for the fire-team
|
The right arm should be placed diagonally across the chest .
|
|
|
|
Regarding tactical measures and the intelligence acronym, what does the “ E ” in SALUTE stand for ?
|
equipment and Weapons
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the signal for the Squad
|
Extend the hand and arm toward the team leader, decoration of the bridge player down ; distinctly move the hand up and down several times from the wrist, holding the arm brace .
|
|
|
|
What is the Acronym associated with the five paragraph order ?
|
SMEAC
|
|
|
|
Regarding parade movements and hand signals, what is the signal for the platoon
|
Extend both arms forward, palms of the hands down toward the leaders ( or units ) for whom the signal is intended, and describe large vertical circles with hands .
|
|
|
|
What does the acronym SMEAC stand for ?
|
situation, Mission, Execution, Administration, Command and Signal
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the sign for the close up up
|
Start the signal with both arms extended sideward, palms forward, and bring palms in concert in front of the body momentarily. When repeat of this signal is necessity, the arms are returned to the starting situation by motion along the front of the body .
|
|
|
|
In a ( 5 ) paragraph order, specify site in the acronym SMEAC .
|
situation : environment. enemy Forces. friendly Forces. Attachments and Detachments .
|
|
|
|
Regarding parade movements and bridge player signals, what is the sign for the open up
|
Start the bespeak with the arms extended in front of the body, palms together, and bring the arms to the horizontal put at the sides, palms forth. When repetition of this signal is necessity, the arms are returned along the front of the body to the starting stead and the signal is repeated until sympathize .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 5 ) paragraph rate, define mission from the acronym SMEAC ?
|
Mission. A clear, concise statement of the tax that the organization must accomplish .
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hired hand signals, what is the signal for the halt/stop .
|
Carry the hand to the shoulder, palm to the battlefront ; then thrust the hand up vertically to the wide extent of the arm and hold it in that placement until the sign is understand ;
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 5 ) paragraph order, specify execution from the acronym SMEAC .
|
concept of operations. Subordinate Tasks ( Missions ). In each succeeding paragraph, missions are assigned to each chemical element and any attached units. Coordinating instructions .
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and bridge player signals, what is the bespeak for the Dismount/Take Cover ?
|
Extend the arm sideward at an fish of 45 degrees above the horizontal, palm down, and lower it to side. Both arms may be used in giving this signal. Repeat until sympathize .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 5 ) paragraph order, specify Administration and Logistics from the acronym SMEAC .
|
This paragraph contains data pertaining to rations and ammunition ; location of the distribution detail, corpsman, and aid stations ; the manage of prisoners of war ; and other administrative and supply matters .
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and handwriting signals, what is the signal for the hasty ambush left/right ?
|
Raise fist to shoulder grade and push is several times in the coveted direction
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hired hand signals, what is the signal for the column formation .
|
Raise either arm to the vertical position. Drop the arm to the rear, describing arrant circles in a vertical plane parallel to the body. The signal may be used to indicate either a troop or vehicular column .
|
|
|
|
When constructing a fight status, what does the acronym SAFE bastardly ?
|
( S ) security, ( A ) utomatic, ( F ) ield of ardor, ( E ) ntrenchement
|
|
|
|
Regarding parade movements and hand signals, what is the bespeak for the Echelon left/right
|
The leader may give this signal either facing towards or aside from the unit. Extend one branch 45 degrees below the horizontal, palms to the presence. The lower arm indicates the steering of echelon. ( Example for echelon right, if the leader is facing in the management of the forward apparent motion, the right arm is lowered ; if the leader is facing the unit, the left is lowered. ) auxiliary commands may be given to ensure prompt and proper execution .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the acronym SAFE and building a active situation, what does the ( S ) stand for ?
|
security. Set up security before digging in .
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the sign for the Skirmishers left/right
|
Raise both arms lateral until horizontal, arms and hands extended, palms down. If it is necessary to indicate a focus, go in the coveted direction at the same clock time. when signaling for fire team skirmishers, indicate skirmishers right or left by moving the allow hand astir and down. The allow hand does not depend on the focus the signaler is facing. Skirmishers left will always be indicated by moving the leave hand up and down ; skirmishers right, the properly hand .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the acronym SAFE and building a active position, what does the ( A ) stand for ?
|
automatic Weapons : Set up your automatic rifle weapons so that they are oriented to the most probable avenues of approach .
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the signal for the wedge constitution
|
Extend both arms down and to the side at an slant of 45 degrees below the horizontal, palms to the battlefront .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the acronym SAFE and building a crusade military position, what does the ( F ) stand for ?
|
playing field of Fire. clear your fields of ardor
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the signal for the fire-team
|
The right arm should be placed diagonally across the chest of drawers .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the acronym SAFE and building a fight position, what does the ( E ) digest for ?
|
entrenchment : Dig in your positions
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the signal for the Squad
|
Extend the hand and branch toward the police squad leader, palm of the hand down ; distinctly move the hand improving and down respective times from the wrist, holding the arm steadily .
|
|
|
|
What are some important characteristics about an individual fight place ?
|
The size and shape of the fight hole are affected by certain important considerations. It is adenine humble as feasible, exposing a minimum target to the enemy fuel ; wide adequate to accommodate the shoulders of a man sitting on the fire pace ; long enough to permit use of an entrench creature ; and at least 4 feet deep to the burn step. The marine should be able to aim and fire his or her weapon when standing on the open fire step .
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the signal for the platoon
|
Extend both arms forward, palms of the hands down toward the leaders ( or units ) for whom the bespeak is intended, and describe boastfully vertical circles with hands .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. A two-man contend hole is basically two one-man fighting holes side by slope ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and bridge player signals, what is the signal for the close up
|
Start the sign with both arms extended sideward, palms forward, and bring palms together in movement of the body momentarily. When repetition of this bespeak is necessary, the arms are returned to the starting position by motion along the front of the body .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can a two-man fight hole protect against a cooler ?
|
Yes. It provides protection against crushing action of tanks provided the resident crouches at least 2 feet below the footing surface .
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the signal for the open up
|
Start the signal with the arms extended in front of the torso, palms together, and bring the arms to the horizontal position at the sides, palms forward. When repeat of this signal is necessary, the arms are returned along the front of the body to the starting side and the signal is repeated until understand .
|
|
|
|
Regarding fighting holes, what does it mean to revet the sides ?
|
To retain the walls with a level of stones, concrete or early supporting material, which may be required with loose stones or gravel that the fight fix is placed in .
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hired hand signals, what is the signal for the halt/stop .
|
Carry the hand to the shoulder, palm to the front ; then thrust the hand up vertically to the full extent of the arm and hold it in that stead until the sign is silent ;
|
|
|
|
Regarding fighting holes, where is the dirt removed from the holes placed ?
|
The territory is piled around the hole as a parapet, approximately 3-feet thick and 1/2 foot high, leaving a shoulder or shelf broad enough for the Marine to use as an elbow pillow while firing. If turf or topsoil is used to camouflage the parapet, the Marine first removes sufficient flat coat blanket and sets it aside until the fight hole is completed. once complete the grate cover can then be laid on the clear and side of the parapet so that it will better blend in with surrounding ground .
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hand signals, what is the signal for the Dismount/Take Cover ?
|
Extend the arm sideward at an slant of 45 degrees above the horizontal, palm down, and lower it to side. Both arms may be used in giving this signal. Repeat until understood .
|
|
|
|
When silencing gearing, what procedures should the user take ?
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
Regarding troop movements and hired hand signals, what is the signal for the hasty still-hunt left/right ?
|
Raise fist to shoulder level and stab is several times in the hope commission
|
|
|
|
Regarding 782 gear, what procedures must be taken to waterproof the gear ?
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
When constructing a fight stead, what does the acronym SAFE beggarly ?
|
( S ) security, ( A ) utomatic, ( F ) ield of fire, ( E ) ntrenchement
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation between Camouflage and Cover ?
|
Camoflauge is what you can use that makes you and your items look like the surrounding sphere. Cover gives protective covering from bullets and fragmentation .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the acronym SAFE and building a crusade side, what does the ( S ) stand for ?
|
security. Set up security before digging in .
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation between disguise and privacy ?
|
disguise keeps you from looking like what it in truth is. Concealment hides you from enemy observation. note : concealment does not protect you from foe burn .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the acronym SAFE and building a fight position, what does the ( A ) base for ?
|
automatic rifle Weapons : Set up your automatic rifle weapons so that they are oriented to the most likely avenues of approach .
|
|
|
|
What is the remainder between Cover and Concealment ?
|
Cover gives you security from bullets and fragmentation. Concealment hides you from foe observation .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the acronym SAFE and building a fight position, what does the ( F ) digest for ?
|
discipline of Fire. clear your fields of ardor
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movements, what are the differences between the high crawl and depleted crawl ?
|
“ Regarding Cover/Concealment : High-Available Low- Unavailable
|
|
|
|
Regarding the acronym SAFE and building a fight position, what does the ( E ) resist for ?
|
entrenchment : Dig in your positions
|
|
|
|
What are some significant characteristics about an individual fight position ?
|
The size and shape of the contend hole are affected by certain significant considerations. It is a little as operable, exposing a minimum prey to the enemy fire ; wide adequate to accommodate the shoulders of a man sitting on the fire gradation ; long enough to permit use of an entrench joyride ; and at least 4 feet deep to the fire step. The marine should be able to aim and fire his or her weapon when standing on the fire dance step .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movements, when you do the back crawl are you crawling feet or steer first ?
|
Feet First
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. A two-man contend hole is basically two one-man fighting holes slope by slope ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movements, why is it authoritative when performing a rush to roll over after hitting the ground near your stopping item ?
|
When Hitting The deck : Stop, Plant both feet in position. Drop quickly to the knees and slide the hand to the list of the plunder. Fall forward, breaking your fall with the target of the plunder. Keep you rhead down if you do not intend to fire. Roll over swiftly to confuse any enemy observers as to your final intended location. never reappear at the like stead you went down .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can a two-man contend hole protect against a tank ?
|
Yes. It provides auspices against crushing action of tanks provided the resident crouches at least 2 feet below the grind surface .
|
|
|
|
Regarding person movement and when you ‘re walking at night should you place your heel down first or last when stepping at night .
|
seat the heel down first. Balance the weight of your torso on the rear infantry until a secure spot is found .
|
|
|
|
Regarding fighting holes, what does it mean to revet the sides ?
|
To retain the walls with a level of stones, concrete or other supporting substantial, which may be required with loose stones or perplex that the fight hole is placed in .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movements, what is the dispute between a night move and creep ?
|
Creeping uses hands and knees while night walking involves drift on foot .
|
|
|
|
Regarding fighting holes, where is the territory removed from the holes placed ?
|
The territory is piled around the hole as a parapet, approximately 3-feet slurred and 1/2 foot high, leaving a berm or shelf across-the-board adequate for the Marine to use as an elbow rest while firing. If turf or topsoil is used to camouflage the parapet, the Marine first removes sufficient ground cover and sets it aside until the fight hole is completed. once complete the footing blanket can then be laid on the top and side of the parapet so that it will better blend in with surrounding land .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movements and creep, why is it crucial to be mindful of twigs and leaves ?
|
Twigs and Leaves while crawling about at night, can impede noise discipline .
|
|
|
|
When silencing gear, what procedures should the user take ?
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movement techniques, what should you do before crossing a wall or going around a corner ?
|
Reconnaissance the wall or around the corner before crossing .
|
|
|
|
Regarding 782 gearing, what procedures must be taken to waterproof the gear ?
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual bowel movement techniques what are the two kinds of techniques for looking around a corner ?
|
short Stock and Popping the Corner
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between Camouflage and Cover ?
|
Camoflauge is what you can use that makes you and your items look like the surrounding area. Cover gives protection from bullets and atomization .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual campaign techniques, what are some basal differences between the Short Stock and Popping the Corner Technique ?
|
Popping the corner is turkey popping. It is a promptly peep around the corner with the barrel facing down crop so a round can go down roll. The short sprout proficiency allows the taw to stand back from the corner and “ pie off ” the room a piece at a time with the barrel facing down range to engage a prey .
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation between camouflage and screen ?
|
disguise keeps you from looking like what it truly is. Concealment hides you from enemy observation. note : privacy does not protect you from enemy ardor .
|
|
|
|
How many categories of Medical Evacuation ( MEDEVAC ) are there ?
|
Four
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between Cover and Concealment ?
|
Cover gives you protection from bullets and fragmentation. Concealment hides you from enemy observation .
|
|
|
|
true or False. There are more than 1 type of priority 1 MEDEVAC categories ?
|
True. Priority 1- Urgent. Priority 1a- Urgent-Surgical .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movements, when you do the rear crawl are you crawling feet or head first gear ?
|
Feet First
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC classification which is requesting a higher precedence 1 or 4 ?
|
1. Priority- Urgent verus 4. which is Convenience .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movements, why is it crucial when performing a rush to roll over after hitting the background near your stopping point ?
|
When Hitting The deck : Stop, Plant both feet in home. Drop quickly to the knees and slide the hand to the heel of the rifle. Fall advancing, breaking your fall with the butt joint of the plunder. Keep you rhead down if you do not intend to fire. Roll over swiftly to confuse any enemy observers as to your final examination intended placement. never reappear at the lapp invest you went down .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC categories, what is the dispute between priority 2- precedence and priority-3 act ?
|
precedence 2 needs to be evacuated with in 4 hours and Priority 3 needs to be evacuated with in 24 hours .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movement and when you ‘re walking at night should you place your heel down beginning or last when stepping at night .
|
place the cad down first. Balance the weight of your body on the rear foot until a batten spot is found .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC priorities, what is a fundamental difference between Priority 3- Routine and Priority 4- appliance
|
priority 3 must be evacuated with in 24 hours and precedence 4 is for patients who can be evacuated as a matter of public toilet ;
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movements, what is the deviation between a night motion and fawn ?
|
Creeping uses hands and knees while night walking involves movement on foot .
|
|
|
|
Regardging MEDEVAC procedures, what is the primary remainder between Priority 1 and Priority 1A ?
|
precedence 1 s/b evacuated with in 2 hours to save a liveliness, limb or eyesight and 1A denotes the necessity of surgical intervention to accomplish this tax .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual movements and crawl, why is it significant to be mindful of twigs and leaves ?
|
Twigs and Leaves while crawling about at night, can impede make noise discipline .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC categories what is the primary dispute between category 1 and category 2 ?
|
class 1- pressing, requires checkup intervention with in 2 hours to save a life while Category 2- Priority requires interposition with in 4 hours including a specialist .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual drift techniques, what should you do before crossing a rampart or going around a corner ?
|
Reconnaissance the wall or around the corner before crossing .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC prioritization, if a Marine becomes injured and is stable enough to wait up to 4 hours for an elimination what priority should they be ?
|
Priority 2- Priority. Assigned to sick and wounded personnel requiring prompt medical wish. this precedence is used when the individual should be evacuated within 4 hours or his aesculapian condition could deteriorate to such a degree that he will become an pressing priority, or whose requirements for particular treatment are not available locally, or who will suffer unnecessary trouble or disability .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual motion techniques what are the two kinds of techniques for looking around a corner ?
|
brusque Stock and Popping the Corner
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC prioritization, if a Marine becomes hurt and is stable adequate to wait up to 24 hours for an evacuation what priority should they be ?
|
Priority 3- Routine. Assigned to sick and wounded personnel requiring emptying but whose condition is not expected to deteriorate importantly. The disgusted and wounded in this category should be evacuated within 24 hours .
|
|
|
|
Regarding individual motion techniques, what are some basal differences between the Short Stock and Popping the Corner Technique ?
|
Popping the corner is turkey popping. It is a quick peep around the corner with the barrel facing down crop so a cycle can go down range. The short stock technique allows the shooter to stand back from the corner and “ pie off ” the board a man at a time with the barrel facing down range to engage a target .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC prioritization, if a Marine becomes hurt and is unstable and requires immediate evacuation to save their life and may not require surgery ?
|
Priority 1- Urgent- Assigned to emergency cases that should eb evacuated arsenic soon as possible and within a maximum of 2 hours in order to save liveliness, limb, or eyesight, to prevent complications of serious illness, or to avoid permanent disability .
|
|
|
|
How many categories of Medical Evacuation ( MEDEVAC ) are there ?
|
Four
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC prioritization, if a Marine becomes hurt and is fluid and requires immediate elimination to save their life and MAY require surgery ?
|
Priority 1A- Urgent Surgical. Assigned to patients who must receive far advancing surgical intervention to save life and to stabilize them for promote emptying .
|
|
|
|
true or False. There are more than 1 type of precedence 1 MEDEVAC categories ?
|
True. Priority 1- Urgent. Priority 1a- Urgent-Surgical .
|
|
|
|
Regarding landing zones for MEDEVAC Marines, what are some important considerations
|
All of the above
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC classification which is requesting a higher priority 1 or 4 ?
|
1. Priority- Urgent verus 4. which is Convenience .
|
|
|
|
When establishing a bring zone, when the platoon commander communicates with the pilot on the placement oxygen of the LZ, besides his put what else should he inform the fly of ?
|
All of the above
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC categories, what is the deviation between priority 2- priority and priority-3 act ?
|
precedence 2 needs to be evacuated with in 4 hours and Priority 3 needs to be evacuated with in 24 hours .
|
|
|
|
True/False. helicopter requests are normally run through the Battalion .
|
True. They are normally run through the BN, however, the platoon and rifle company commanders should be mindful of their handiness under all circumstances .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC priorities, what is a fundamental difference between Priority 3- Routine and Priority 4- convenience
|
precedence 3 must be evacuated with in 24 hours and precedence 4 is for patients who can be evacuated as a topic of convenience ;
|
|
|
|
How many lines are there in a MEDEVAC request?
|
1. location 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method of Marking Pickup locate 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regardging MEDEVAC procedures, what is the primary remainder between Priority 1 and Priority 1A ?
|
precedence 1 s/b evacuated with in 2 hours to save a life, limb or eyesight and 1A denotes the necessity of surgical intervention to accomplish this job .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a 9-line MEDEVAC request, what is the first thing that must be communicated to the pilot?
|
1. placement 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method acting of Marking Pickup web site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC categories what is the primary deviation between class 1 and class 2 ?
|
class 1- pressing, requires checkup intervention with in 2 hours to save a life sentence while Category 2- Priority requires intervention with in 4 hours including a specialist .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a 9-Line MEDEVAC Request, what is the second item recorded on the request
|
1. location 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method acting of Marking Pickup site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC prioritization, if a Marine becomes hurt and is stable adequate to wait up to 4 hours for an emptying what priority should they be ?
|
Priority 2- Priority. Assigned to sick and wounded personnel requiring immediate medical care. this priority is used when the person should be evacuated within 4 hours or his checkup condition could deteriorate to such a degree that he will become an pressing precedence, or whose requirements for special treatment are not available locally, or who will suffer unnecessary trouble or disability .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a 9-line MEDEVAC What is the 3rd item communicated to the pilot (after Location and Radio Frequency).
|
1. placement 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method of Marking Pickup site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC prioritization, if a Marine becomes injure and is static adequate to wait improving to 24 hours for an emptying what priority should they be ?
|
Priority 3- Routine. Assigned to sick and wounded personnel requiring elimination but whose discipline is not expected to deteriorate significantly. The ill and wounded in this category should be evacuated within 24 hours .
|
|
|
|
Regarding 9-line MEDEVAC Requests, what is the 4th item communicated to the pilot (following Location, Radio Freq, and # of Patients by Precedence)
|
1. location 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method of Marking Pickup locate 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC prioritization, if a Marine becomes hurt and is mentally ill and requires contiguous emptying to save their life and may not require surgery ?
|
Priority 1- Urgent- Assigned to hand brake cases that should eb evacuated american samoa soon as possible and within a maximal of 2 hours in order to save life, limb, or eyesight, to prevent complications of serious illness, or to avoid permanent disability .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the 9-line MEDEVAC request, what is the 5th item communicated to the pilot? (Follows the Location, Radio Frequency, # of Patience by Precedence, Special Equipment)…
|
1. Location 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. Special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. Security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. Method of Marking Pickup site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC prioritization, if a Marine becomes injured and is unstable and requires immediate evacuation to save their animation and MAY require surgery ?
|
Priority 1A- Urgent Surgical. Assigned to patients who must receive far ahead surgical treatment to save life and to stabilize them for farther emptying .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a 9-Line MEDEVAC request, what is the 6th item communicated to the pilot. (following, Location, Radio Frequency, Number of Patients by Precedence, Special Equipment, # of patients by types.)
|
1. location 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method of Marking Pickup site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regarding landing zones for MEDEVAC Marines, what are some authoritative considerations
|
All of the above
|
|
|
|
Regarding the 9-line MEDEVAC request what is the 6th line passed to the pilot ? ( Follows Location, Radio Freq, # of Pt by Precedence, Special Equip, # of platinum by type )
|
“ 1. location
|
|
|
|
When establishing a land zone, when the platoon commander communicates with the pilot burner on the placement o of the LZ, besides his military position what else should he inform the pilot program of ?
|
All of the above
|
|
|
|
9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description ”
|
|
|
|
|
True/False. helicopter requests are normally run through the Battalion .
|
True. They are normally run through the BN, however, the platoon and rifle company commanders should be aware of their handiness under all circumstances .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MEDEVAC Request, what is the seventh occupation passed to the fly ?
|
“ 1. placement
|
|
|
|
How many lines are there in a MEDEVAC request?
|
1. localization 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security system of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method acting of Marking Pickup site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description ”
|
|
|
|
|
Regarding a 9-line MEDEVAC request, what is the first thing that must be communicated to the pilot?
|
1. location 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. particular Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security system of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method acting of Marking Pickup site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regarding the MEDEVAC request, what is the eighth line passed to the fender ?
|
1. location 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patients by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method of Marking Pickup site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regarding a 9-Line MEDEVAC Request, what is the second item recorded on the request
|
1. placement 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method acting of Marking Pickup web site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regarding 9-Line MEDEVAC Requests, which is the 9th credit line passed to the pilot burner ?
|
1. localization 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. limited Equip Required 5. Number of Patients by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method of Marking Pickup web site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
Regarding a 9-line MEDEVAC What is the 3rd item communicated to the pilot (after Location and Radio Frequency).
|
1. location 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. limited Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method of Marking Pickup locate 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
What is the deputation of the CH-53E ?
|
Heavy Lift Troop Transport and Assault Helicopter
|
|
|
|
Regarding 9-line MEDEVAC Requests, what is the 4th item communicated to the pilot (following Location, Radio Freq, and # of Patients by Precedence)
|
1. placement 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method of Marking Pickup web site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
What is the primary Mission of the UH-1N ?
|
utility Helicopter
|
|
|
|
Regarding the 9-line MEDEVAC request, what is the 5th item communicated to the pilot? (Follows the Location, Radio Frequency, # of Patience by Precedence, Special Equipment)…
|
1. Location 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. Special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. Security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. Method of Marking Pickup site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
What is the primary Mission of the MV-22 ?
|
The V-22 Osprey is a multi-engine, dual-piloted, self-deployable, medium elevator, erect takeoff and land ( VTOL ) tilt-rotor aircraft designed for fight, fight support, combat service support, and special Operations missions worldwide. It will replace the Corps ‘ aged fleet of CH-46E and CH-53D medium raise helicopters .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a 9-Line MEDEVAC request, what is the 6th item communicated to the pilot. (following, Location, Radio Frequency, Number of Patients by Precedence, Special Equipment, # of patients by types.)
|
1. localization 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. special Equip Required 5. Number of Patience by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method acting of Marking Pickup locate 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
What is the EA-6B ?
|
Airborne Electronic Warfare ( EW ) support to Fleet Marine Forces to include electronic assail ( EA ), tactical electronic support ( ES ), electronic auspices ( EP ) and high-speed anti-radiation projectile ( HARM )
|
|
|
|
Regarding the MEDEVAC request, what is the eighth line passed to the pilot ?
|
1. placement 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. especial Equip Required 5. Number of Patients by Types 6. security of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method acting of Marking Pickup site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
What is the AV-8B ?
|
The mission of the VMA STOVL is to attack and destroy surface and air targets, to escort helicopters, and to conduct other such publicize operations as may be directed .
|
|
|
|
Regarding 9-Line MEDEVAC Requests, which is the 9th agate line passed to the fly ?
|
1. location 2. Radio Freq/Call Sign 3. Number of Patients by Precedence 4. particular Equip Required 5. Number of Patients by Types 6. security system of Pick-up Site and Number and Type of Wound, Injury or illness 7. method acting of Marking Pickup site 8. Patient Nationality Status 9. NBC Contamination and Terrain Description
|
|
|
|
What is the chief mission KC130F/R/T ?
|
The KC-130 is a multi-role, multi-mission, tactical tanker/transport which provides the back required by Marine Air Ground Task Forces .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the CH-53E ?
|
Heavy Lift Troop Transport and Assault Helicopter
|
|
|
|
What is the primary mission of the F-18A/B/C ?
|
Intercept and destroy foe aircraft under all-weather conditions and attack and destroy airfoil targets .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary Mission of the UH-1N ?
|
utility program Helicopter
|
|
|
|
What is a elementary difference between the CH-53D Sea Stallion and CH-53E Super Sea Stallion ?
|
The extremely stallion can lift 16 tons of cargo while the stallion can lift 7 tons .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary Mission of the MV-22 ?
|
The V-22 Osprey is a multi-engine, dual-piloted, self-deployable, medium lift, vertical parody and land ( VTOL ) tilt-rotor aircraft designed for combat, fight confirm, battle service support, and limited Operations missions worldwide. It will replace the Corps ‘ aged evanesce of CH-46E and CH-53D medium lift helicopters .
|
|
|
|
What airframe/platform did the F-18 A/B/C Hornet replace ?
|
The F-4 Fantom
|
|
|
|
What is the EA-6B ?
|
Airborne Electronic Warfare ( EW ) support to Fleet Marine Forces to include electronic attack ( EA ), tactical electronic support ( ES ), electronic protection ( EP ) and high-speed anti-radiation projectile ( HARM )
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. F/A-18 Hornets and Super Hornets can be both sea and kingdom based air craft ?
|
Yes. They can take-off and land on air-craft carriers a well as expeditionary air fields .
|
|
|
|
What is the AV-8B ?
|
The mission of the VMA STOVL is to attack and destroy airfoil and air targets, to escort helicopters, and to conduct other such air operations as may be directed .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following aircraft have very short take off and landing capabilities ?
|
The mission of the VMA STOVL squadron is to attack and destroy surface and air targets, to escort helecopters, and to conduct other such breeze operations as may be directed .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary deputation KC130F/R/T ?
|
The KC-130 is a multi-role, multi-mission, tactical tanker/transport which provides the digest required by Marine Air Ground Task Forces .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not a helicopter airframe of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
MV-22B
|
|
|
|
What is the basal mission of the F-18A/B/C ?
|
Intercept and destroy enemy aircraft under all-weather conditions and attack and destroy coat targets .
|
|
|
|
Which of the trace air platforms used by the Marine Corps has a dual joust rotor shape ?
|
MV-22B
|
|
|
|
What is a primary deviation between the CH-53D Sea Stallion and CH-53E Super Sea Stallion ?
|
The super stallion can lift 16 tons of cargo while the stallion can lift 7 tons .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following aircraft are used by the United States Marine Corps for tanker/transport missions ?
|
KC130 F/R/T
|
|
|
|
What airframe/platform did the F-18 A/B/C Hornet replace ?
|
The F-4 Fantom
|
|
|
|
True/False. The UH-1N Huey can be used for medical tape drive missions .
|
true
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. F/A-18 Hornets and Super Hornets can be both sea and nation based atmosphere craft ?
|
Yes. They can take-off and land on air-craft carriers vitamin a well as expeditionary air fields .
|
|
|
|
True/False. The Marine Corps KC130F/R/T can land on aircraft carriers .
|
false
|
|
|
|
Which of the following aircraft have identical short take off and landing capabilities ?
|
The mission of the VMA STOVL squadron is to attack and destroy coat and air targets, to escort helecopters, and to conduct other such air operations as may be directed .
|
|
|
|
True/False. The Marine Corps Ch-46E Sea Knight can carry 15 litters and 2 attendants for checkup pilfer missions .
|
genuine
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not a helicopter airframe of the United States Marine Corps ?
|
MV-22B
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Marine Corps CH-46E Helicopter Airframe, what is the maximal warhead ?
|
It can carry between 2000-4000 pounds of inner or external gear .
|
|
|
|
Which of the come air platforms used by the Marine Corps has a double joust rotor configuration ?
|
MV-22B
|
|
|
|
How many gallons can the KC130 F/R/T Hercules pump to refuel Marine Corps aircraft ?
|
300 Gallons Per minute
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow aircraft are used by the United States Marine Corps for tanker/transport missions ?
|
KC130 F/R/T
|
|
|
|
True/False. The UH-1N Huey can be used for aesculapian ecstasy missions .
|
true
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Marine Corps KC-130 Hercules refueling aircraft, how many gallons is in their stainless steel steel refueling tank ?
|
Remember that a gallon of natural gas weighs about 6.42 pounds .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the CH-53E Super Sea Stallion be refueled in-flight ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
True/False. The Marine Corps KC130F/R/T can land on aircraft carriers .
|
false
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If a CH-53E Super Sea Stallion crashes can another CH-53E be sent to retrieve it given its heavy aerodynamic lift capabilities ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
True/False. The Marine Corps Ch-46E Sea Knight can carry 15 litters and 2 attendants for medical lift missions .
|
on-key
|
|
|
|
Regarding the CH-53E Super Sea Stallion, how many passengers can be seated ?
|
It seats 37 normally and 55 with a centerline buttocks installed .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Marine Corps CH-46E Helicopter Airframe, what is the maximal load ?
|
It can carry between 2000-4000 pounds of inner or external gearing .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the CH-53E Super Sea Stallion, how far can a heavy load be carried before returning ?
|
50 miles
|
|
|
|
How many gallons can the KC130 F/R/T Hercules pump to refuel Marine Corps aircraft ?
|
300 Gallons Per minute
|
|
|
|
Which is a bigger ship, the LHA or LHD ?
|
The LHD is the largest class of Amphibious Ship in the World ! LHD carries three vice the one LCAC. The flight deck carries two more helicopters than the LHA .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Marine Corps KC-130 Hercules refueling aircraft, how many gallons is in their stainless steel steel refueling tank car ?
|
Remember that a gallon of accelerator weighs about 6.42 pounds .
|
|
|
|
A alone feature of the LPD 4 Austin class is that it combines the features of the surveil ships :
|
The LPD 4 Austin classify of the ship combines the functions of three different classes of ships : the landing transport ( LSD ), the tank landing ship ( LST ), and the assail cargo ship ( LKA ). The amphibious Transport Dock is used to transport and land Marines, their equipment and supplies by embark land craft or amphibious vehicles augmented by helicopters in amphibious assault .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the CH-53E Super Sea Stallion be refueled in-flight ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
What is the chief deputation of the LSD Harper ‘s Ferry Cargo ship ?
|
To dock, tape drive and launch the Navy ‘s Landing Craft, Air Cushion ( LCAC ) .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. If a CH-53E Super Sea Stallion crashes can another CH-53E be sent to retrieve it given its heavy lift capabilities ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
What is the primary function of the LCAC ?
|
Transport weapons systems, equipment, cargo and personnel of the rape elements of the Marine Air/Ground Task Force from sea to shore .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the CH-53E Super Sea Stallion, how many passengers can be seated ?
|
It seats 37 normally and 55 with a centerline seat installed .
|
|
|
|
What is a T-AH ?
|
Hospital Ship
|
|
|
|
Regarding the CH-53E Super Sea Stallion, how far can a arduous load be carried before returning ?
|
50 miles
|
|
|
|
How many hospital ships does the United States Navy have ?
|
Two. The Comfort and Mercy
|
|
|
|
Which is a bigger embark, the LHA or LHD ?
|
The LHD is the largest class of Amphibious Ship in the World ! LHD carries three vice the one LCAC. The trajectory deck carries two more helicopters than the LHA .
|
|
|
|
How many T-AK ships does the Marine Corps and the Navy employment ?
|
There are five of the TAK-3000
|
|
|
|
A unique feature of the LPD 4 Austin class is that it combines the features of the follow ships :
|
The LPD 4 Austin class of the embark combines the functions of three different classes of ships : the landing ship ( LSD ), the cooler landing ship ( LST ), and the attack cargo ship ( LKA ). The amphibious Transport Dock is used to transport and land Marines, their equipment and supplies by venture land craft or amphibious vehicles augmented by helicopters in amphibious assail .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the Marine Corps T-AK 3000 cargo ships have both roll-on/roll-off and lift-on/lift-off cabilities ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
What is the elementary mission of the LSD Harper ‘s Ferry Cargo ship ?
|
To dock, transportation and launch the Navy ‘s Landing Craft, Air Cushion ( LCAC ) .
|
|
|
|
How many ships are in the Marine Corps Maritime Pre-Positioning Force ?
|
thirteen MSC pre-positioning ships are particularly configured to transport supplies for the US Marine Corps. They are on placement through out the universe. They contain everything the Marines need for an initial military operation from tanks and ammunition to food and fuel. They carry spare parts and engine oil .
|
|
|
|
What is the basal officiate of the LCAC ?
|
Transport weapons systems, equipment, cargo and personnel of the rape elements of the Marine Air/Ground Task Force from ocean to shore .
|
|
|
|
What does the acronym MOOTW point of view for ?
|
military Operations other Than War
|
|
|
|
What is a T-AH ?
|
Hospital Ship
|
|
|
|
What is war ?
|
When instruments of home ability are unable to achieve national objectives or protect national interests any early way by conducting hostilities to obtain those objectives .
|
|
|
|
How many hospital ships does the United States Navy have ?
|
Two. The Comfort and Mercy
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. military Operations early Than War ( MOOTW ) may have like characteristics of war including active combat oeprations .
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
How many T-AK ships does the Marine Corps and the Navy employment ?
|
There are five of the TAK-3000
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are types of MOOTW ?
|
All of the above
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the Marine Corps T-AK 3000 cargo ships have both roll-on/roll-off and lift-on/lift-off cabilities ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Which of the take after MOOTW missions relieve or reduce the results of natural or manmade disasters ?
|
human-centered Assistance. HA operations relieve or reduce the results of natural or manmade disasters or other endemic conditions such as human pain, disease, starve or privation in countries or regions outside the US .
|
|
|
|
How many ships are in the Marine Corps Maritime Pre-Positioning Force ?
|
thirteen MSC pre-positioning ships are particularly configured to transport supplies for the US Marine Corps. They are on location through out the earth. They contain everything the Marines want for an initial military operation from tanks and ammunition to food and fuel. They carry spare parts and engine oil .
|
|
|
|
Which of the MOOTW activities are governed by the Posse Comitatus Act, Title 18, of the US Code ?
|
This act prohibits the habit of Federal military forces unless authorized by the Constitution of Act of Congress. Examples of this are when service members provide for catastrophe relief as in Hurricanes Andrew in Florida and Iniki in Hawaii in 1992 .
|
|
|
|
What does the acronym MOOTW stand for ?
|
military Operations other Than War
|
|
|
|
What type of MOOTW operations serve to search for, locate, identify, rescue and return personnel or human remains, sensitive equipment, or items critical to national security?
|
convalescence Operations
|
|
|
|
What is war ?
|
When instruments of national exponent are unable to achieve national objectives or protect national interests any other way by conducting hostilities to obtain those objectives .
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations other than War, what type would encompass operations that seize Weapons of Mass Destruction ?
|
“ Although it may be viewed as a diplomatic mission, the military can play an significant role in arms control. US military personnel may be involved in verifying an arms see treaty ; seizing WMD, escorting deliveries of weapons and other materials, or dismantling, destroying these kinds of assets
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. military Operations other Than War ( MOOTW ) may have alike characteristics of war including active battle oeprations .
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are types of MOOTW ?
|
All of the above
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations other than War ( MOOTW ), what type of operations would take defensive measures taken to reduce vulnerability to terrorist attacks ?
|
Combating terrorism
|
|
|
|
Which of the be MOOTW missions relieve or reduce the results of natural or manmade disasters ?
|
human-centered Assistance. HA operations relieve or reduce the results of natural or manmade disasters or other autochthonal conditions such as homo pain, disease, crave or privation in countries or regions outside the US .
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations other Than War, what kind of operation would involve the interdict in open water of cargo ships carrying bootleg ?
|
enforcement of Sanctions/Martime Intercept
|
|
|
|
Which of the MOOTW activities are governed by the Posse Comitatus Act, Title 18, of the US Code ?
|
This act prohibits the use of Federal military forces unless authorized by the Constitution of Act of Congress. Examples of this are when serve members provide for catastrophe relief as in Hurricanes Andrew in Florida and Iniki in Hawaii in 1992 .
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations early Than War ( MOOTW ), what type was involved when the United States ensured that Iraqi Jets did n’t fly over kurdish Airspace in Northern Iraq after the foremost Gulf War ?
|
An excommunication zone is established by a sanctioning body to prohibit specified activities in a particular geographic area. Exclusion zones can be establisehd in the air, sea or on bring .
|
|
|
|
What type of MOOTW operations serve to search for, locate, identify, rescue and return personnel or human remains, sensitive equipment, or items critical to national security?
|
recovery Operations
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations early Than War, what type deals with a government that attempts to enforce its borders beyond international norms ?
|
These operations are conducted to demonstrate US or international rights to navigate sea or breeze routes. Freedom of seafaring is a autonomous right according to international law. passage through common seas and breeze is innocent ampere long as it is not prejudicial to the peace, good order, or security of the coastal state .
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations other than War ( MOOTW ), what type of operations would take defensive measures taken to reduce vulnerability to terrorist attacks ?
|
Combating terrorism
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations other Than War ( MOOTW ), what type focuses on using military resources to provide food and clean water system in the aftermath of a natural catastrophe ?
|
HA Operations relieve or reduce the results of natural or man made disasters or other endemic conditions such as homo pain, disease, hunger, or privation in countries or regions outside the United States .
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations other Than War, what kind of operation would involve the interdict in open water of cargo ships carrying bootleg ?
|
enforcement of Sanctions/Martime Intercept
|
|
|
|
Regarding military operations other than war (MOOTW), what Act requires an act of Congress or the Constitution to have the military assist in the suppression of civil rebellion in the United States?
|
Posse Comitatus Act, Title 18, US Code Section 1385
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations other Than War ( MOOTW ), what type was involved when the United States ensured that Iraqi Jets did n’t fly over kurdish Airspace in Northern Iraq after the inaugural Gulf War ?
|
An ejection partition is established by a sanctioning consistency to prohibit specify activities in a specific geographic area. Exclusion zones can be establisehd in the atmosphere, sea or on country .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the US military confirm a country Regarding military Operations other than War ( MOOTW ), in Counterinsurgency Operations ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations early Than War, what type deals with a government that attempts to enforce its borders beyond international norms ?
|
These operations are conducted to demonstrate US or external rights to navigate ocean or air routes. Freedom of navigation is a sovereign right according to external law. passage through common seas and air is barren american samoa retentive as it is not damaging to the peace, good order, or security of the coastal express .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding military operations other than war ( MOOTW ), can the US military aid in the emptying of non-combatants from a nation ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Regarding military Operations early Than War ( MOOTW ), what type focuses on using military resources to provide food and clean water in the aftermath of a natural catastrophe ?
|
HA Operations relieve or reduce the results of natural or man made disasters or other endemic conditions such as human trouble, disease, starve, or privation in countries or regions outside the United States .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not military Operations early than War ( MOOTW ) ?
|
Drug-Smuggling
|
|
|
|
Regarding military operations other than war (MOOTW), what Act requires an act of Congress or the Constitution to have the military assist in the suppression of civil rebellion in the United States?
|
Posse Comitatus Act, Title 18, US Code Section 1385
|
|
|
|
What is MOUT ?
|
It is the Marine Corps ability to conduct operations in an urban environment .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the US military confirm a country Regarding military Operations other than War ( MOOTW ), in Counterinsurgency Operations ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
What does the acronym MOUT stand for ?
|
military Operations in Urbanized Terrain
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding military operations other than war ( MOOTW ), can the US military help in the emptying of non-combatants from a country ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
True/False. The US military has been deployed more than 200 times since World War II .
|
true .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not military Operations other than War ( MOOTW ) ?
|
Drug-Smuggling
|
|
|
|
Why have 4 out of 5 of the military actions of the United States since World War II involved Marines ?
|
Adaptability and Availability
|
|
|
|
What is MOUT ?
|
It is the Marine Corps ability to conduct operations in an urban environment .
|
|
|
|
What authoritative MOUT lesson was learned from the russian defense of Stalingrad ?
|
The Soviet defense cost the attacking Germans dearly in every way and set up conditions for a critical counter unsavory. This classic urban battle involved large forces and resulted in advanced urban and battle techniques and the creation of highly successful storm groups .
|
|
|
|
What does the acronym MOUT stand for ?
|
military Operations in Urbanized Terrain
|
|
|
|
Regarding MOUT, what was meaning about the german department of defense of Berlin ?
|
The german defense mechanism of Berlin was not well coordinated ascribable to poor people preparation in part of the Germans. This was the last struggle for the Russians in World War II .
|
|
|
|
True/False. The US military has been deployed more than 200 times since World War II .
|
true .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MOUT, what was significant regarding the battle over Seoul in 1950 ?
|
Following the Inchon landing, the US and ROK forces recaptured the south korean capital from the North Koreans. The fight was unusual because the fight centered around barricades preferably than buildings .
|
|
|
|
Why have 4 out of 5 of the military actions of the United States since World War II involved Marines ?
|
Adaptability and Availability
|
|
|
|
Regarding MOUT, what was significant about the southerly Defenses of Quang Tri in 1972 ?
|
The North Vietnamese initially captured the city and then the south with align fires from Artillery and breeze subscribe recaptured the city .
|
|
|
|
What important MOUT moral was learned from the russian department of defense of Stalingrad ?
|
The Soviet defense mechanism monetary value the attacking Germans dearly in every way and set up conditions for a decisive rejoinder offensive. This classical urban struggle involved big forces and resulted in innovative urban and combat techniques and the creation of highly successful storm groups .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MOUT, what was significant about the Israeli penetration of Beirut in 1982 ?
|
The siege of Beirut culminated the Israeli campaign to evict the Palestine Liberation Organization ( PLO ) from Lebanon. Fighting under domestic and world pressures, the Israeli Defense Forces ( IDF ) besieged the PLO, selectively applying grave labor and atmosphere firepower in junction with psychological war and limited-objective establish operations. The PLO finally evacuated .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MOUT, what was meaning about the german defense of Berlin ?
|
The german defense of Berlin was not well coordinated due to poor planning in region of the Germans. This was the last conflict for the Russians in World War II .
|
|
|
|
What four effects do noncombatants have on military operations ?
|
Mobility, Firepower, Security, and Obstacles
|
|
|
|
Regarding MOUT, what was significant regarding the battle over Seoul in 1950 ?
|
Following the Inchon land, the US and ROK forces recaptured the south korean capital from the North Koreans. The active was strange because the fight centered around barricades rather than buildings .
|
|
|
|
How does the mobility of noncombatants affect military operations ?
|
Noncombatants and civilians, attempting to escape the battle-space, can block military movement. Commanders plan routes to be used by civilians and seek the aid of the civil police in refugee control .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MOUT, what was significant about the southern Defenses of Quang Tri in 1972 ?
|
The North Vietnamese initially captured the city and then the south with organize fires from Artillery and air support recaptured the city .
|
|
|
|
How do non-combatants and civilians affect firepower of military operations ?
|
The presence of noncombatants can restrict the function of firepower. Areas may be designated no-fire areas to prevent noncombatant casualties. The Control of fire-missions are complicated by civilians .
|
|
|
|
Regarding MOUT, what was significant about the Israeli incursion of Beirut in 1982 ?
|
The siege of Beirut culminated the Israeli political campaign to evict the Palestine Liberation Organization ( PLO ) from Lebanon. Fighting under domestic and world pressures, the Israeli Defense Forces ( IDF ) besieged the PLO, selectively applying heavy land and air travel firepower in conjunction with psychological war and limited-objective land operations. The PLO finally evacuated .
|
|
|
|
How do civilians and noncombatants affect the security of military operations ?
|
The bearing of noncombatants increases security requirements in an urban environment to preclude noncombatants entering defensive areas, pilferage of equipment, sabotage and terrorism .
|
|
|
|
What four effects do noncombatants have on military operations ?
|
Mobility, Firepower, Security, and Obstacles
|
|
|
|
How do non-combatants affect obstacle use in military operations ?
|
The bearing and motion of noncombatants will influence the MAGTFs commander ‘s obstacle plan. Minefields may not be allowed on designate refugee routes or if allowed must be guarded until the passing of refugees is completed .
|
|
|
|
How does the mobility of noncombatants affect military operations ?
|
Noncombatants and civilians, attempting to escape the battle-space, can block military movement. Commanders plan routes to be used by civilians and seek the aid of the civil police in refugee operate .
|
|
|
|
What does OMFTS stand for ?
|
Operations Maneuver from the Sea
|
|
|
|
How do non-combatants and civilians affect firepower of military operations ?
|
The presence of noncombatants can restrict the practice of firepower. Areas may be designated no-fire areas to prevent noncombatant casualties. The Control of fire-missions are complicated by civilians .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Marine Corps Aviation Platforms, what is the primary affair of the AH-1W ?
|
attack helicopter
|
|
|
|
How do civilians and noncombatants affect the security system of military operations ?
|
The bearing of noncombatants increases security requirements in an urban environment to preclude noncombatants entering defensive areas, pilferage of equipment, sabotage and terrorism .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary function of the CH-46E ?
|
Medium Life Assault Support Helicopter
|
|
|
|
How act non-combatants affect obstacle use in military operations ?
|
The presence and movement of noncombatants will influence the MAGTFs commanding officer ‘s obstacle plan. Minefields may not be allowed on delegate refugee routes or if allowed must be guarded until the passage of refugees is completed .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary deputation of the CH-53D
|
Medium Life Assault Support Helicopter
|
|
|
|
What does OMFTS stand for ?
|
Operations Maneuver from the Sea
|
|
|
|
What words are printed on the NATO NBC Marker for radioactive conatamination
|
ATOM
|
|
|
|
Regarding the Marine Corps Aviation Platforms, what is the primary function of the AH-1W ?
|
attack helicopter
|
|
|
|
What words are printed on the NATO NBC Marker for biological conatamination
|
BIO
|
|
|
|
What is the elementary routine of the CH-46E ?
|
Medium Life Assault Support Helicopter
|
|
|
|
What words are printed on the NATO NBC Marker for chemical conatamination
|
It should be a down facing yellow triangle with the word accelerator
|
|
|
|
What is the primary deputation of the CH-53D
|
Medium Life Assault Support Helicopter
|
|
|
|
What color is the NATO CBR marker for radioactive contaminant ?
|
White
|
|
|
|
What words are printed on the NATO NBC Marker for radioactive conatamination
|
ATOM
|
|
|
|
What tinge is the down point triangle for the NATO CBR marker for BIO ?
|
Blue
|
|
|
|
What words are printed on the NATO NBC Marker for biological conatamination
|
BIO
|
|
|
|
What color is the NATO NBC marker for gasoline ?
|
yellow
|
|
|
|
What words are printed on the NATO NBC Marker for chemical conatamination
|
It should be a downward front yellow triangle with the bible gas
|
|
|
|
What is the M40 ?
|
The M40 battlefield protective mask is designed to protect the wearer from airfield concentrations of chemical and biological agents .
|
|
|
|
What semblance is the NATO CBR marker for radioactive contamination ?
|
White
|
|
|
|
What are the three types of alarms for NBC attacks ?
|
Vocal, Visual, and Percussion
|
|
|
|
What color is the down point triangle for the NATO CBR marker for BIO ?
|
Blue
|
|
|
|
Describe the Vocal Alarm for NBC attacks
|
Gas, Gas, Gas
|
|
|
|
What discolor is the NATO NBC marker for natural gas ?
|
yellow
|
|
|
|
What is the ocular alarm for a NBC attack
|
The arms are extended straight out to the side and the hands made into a fist. As the news GAS is said, bend at the elbows so the fists are placed to the ears, then repeat three times .
|
|
|
|
What is the M40 ?
|
The M40 field protective mask is designed to protect the wearer from field concentrations of chemical and biological agents .
|
|
|
|
What is the percussion alarm during an NBC assail ?
|
metallic element on Metal. metal triangles are used to give the NBC alarm by striking them repeatedly. Sirens, intermittent horns, biological/chemical alarm systems, or other devices as outlines by unit ‘s SOP .
|
|
|
|
What are the three types of alarms for NBC attacks ?
|
Vocal, Visual, and Percussion
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When putting on a gas mask for a CBR attack, should you take one last breath as you would with a dive mask?
|
Stop breathing, close your eyes and mouth. Do NOT take one last breath.
|
|
|
|
Describe the Vocal Alarm for NBC attacks
|
Gas, Gas, Gas
|
|
|
|
When donning a gas disguise, will you leave your glasses on or off .
|
Do not wear reach lenses with any field protective disguise. Wearing contact lenses with the ocular inserts will over correct your sight .
|
|
|
|
What is the ocular alarm clock for a NBC attack
|
The arms are extended directly out to the side and the hands made into a fist. As the word GAS is said, flex at the elbows so the fists are placed to the ears, then repeat three times .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When donning the M40 gasoline mask, if the faceplate collapses when you cover the air in port, is it airtight ?
|
gain the field protective disguise by covering the release valve with the handle of one hand. Exhale sharply so the air escapes around the edges of the faceplate. Cover the atmosphere inlet port of the canister with the handle of your free hired hand, and then breath in. The face piece should collapse against your boldness and remain there while holding your breath .
|
|
|
|
What is the percussion alarm clock during an NBC attack ?
|
metallic on Metal. alloy triangles are used to give the NBC dismay by striking them repeatedly. Sirens, intermittent horns, biological/chemical alarm systems, or early devices as outlines by unit ‘s SOP .
|
|
|
|
How much should you check your gasoline mask for leaks ?
|
Each time you put it on
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When putting on a gas mask for a CBR attack, should you take one last breath as you would with a dive mask?
|
Stop breathing, close your eyes and mouth. Do NOT take one last breath.
|
|
|
|
How promptly must a M40 Gas Mask be donned, cleared, and sealed ?
|
9 seconds
|
|
|
|
When donning a gas mask, will you leave your glasses on or off .
|
Do not wear contact lenses with any field protective dissemble. Wearing liaison lenses with the ocular inserts will over correct your vision .
|
|
|
|
What does MOPP stand for ?
|
Marine Operative Protective position
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. When donning the M40 gasoline mask, if the faceplate collapses when you cover the tune in port, is it airtight ?
|
well-defined the field protective disguise by covering the wall socket valve with the palm of one hand. Exhale precipitously so the publicize escapes around the edges of the faceplate. Cover the air out intake port of the case shot with the palm of your free hand, and then breath in. The face piece should collapse against your boldness and remain there while holding your breath .
|
|
|
|
How many levels of MOPP are there?
|
5
|
|
|
|
How much should you check your flatulence masquerade for leaks ?
|
Each prison term you put it on
|
|
|
|
What is MOPP Level 0
|
protective mask worn in carrier, at side. Overgarments, gloves, and overboots accessible .
|
|
|
|
How promptly must a M40 Gas Mask be donned, cleared, and sealed ?
|
9 seconds
|
|
|
|
What is MOPP level 2 ?
|
Overgarments and overboots worn. Gloves and mask readily accessible .
|
|
|
|
What does MOPP stand for ?
|
Marine Operative Protective position
|
|
|
|
What is MOPP floor 4 ?
|
All protection worn .
|
|
|
|
How many levels of MOPP are there?
|
5
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the user clothing touch lenses with the M40 field masquerade ?
|
No. Contact lenses in the M40 will over correct the disguise and contamination of CBR agents on the contact lens can present a health luck .
|
|
|
|
What is MOPP Level 0
|
protective mask worn in carrier, at slope. Overgarments, gloves, and overboots accessible .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary coil difference between M8 and M9 Paper ?
|
M8 comes in a booklet of 25 sheets while M9 comes in a coil of 10m tape. The M9 has a back adhesive .
|
|
|
|
What is MOPP level 2 ?
|
Overgarments and overboots worn. Gloves and mask promptly accessible .
|
|
|
|
Should the drug user blot or rub the M8 paper when trying to detect a chemical agent ?
|
blot
|
|
|
|
What is MOPP flat 4 ?
|
All auspices worn .
|
|
|
|
If the M8/M9 chemical signal detection newspaper turns yellow/gold what kind of agent is being detected ?
|
nerve
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the user wear reach lenses with the M40 field mask ?
|
No. Contact lenses in the M40 will over correct the dissemble and contamination of CBR agents on the contact lens can present a health hazard .
|
|
|
|
If the M8/M9 chemical signal detection newspaper turns darkness green what kind of chemical agent has been detected ?
|
steel
|
|
|
|
What is the primary difference between M8 and M9 Paper ?
|
M8 comes in a booklet of 25 sheets while M9 comes in a bankroll of 10m videotape. The M9 has a back adhesive .
|
|
|
|
If the M8/M9 chemical detection tape turns pink/red, what kind of chemical has been detected ?
|
blister
|
|
|
|
Should the user smudge or rub the M8 paper when trying to detect a chemical agentive role ?
|
smudge
|
|
|
|
How many levels of decontamination are there ?
|
Three. contiguous Decon. Operational Decon. Thorough Decon
|
|
|
|
If the M8/M9 chemical detection paper turns yellow/gold what kind of agent is being detected ?
|
heart
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between contiguous decon and operational decon ?
|
Both immediate and operational decontamination even require the consumption of MOPP Gear and are used for drawn-out operations. Immediate is to save lives while functional is for sustained operations .
|
|
|
|
If the M8/M9 chemical detection wallpaper turns night fleeceable what kind of chemical agentive role has been detected ?
|
boldness
|
|
|
|
What are the three techniques associated with Immediate Decontamination ?
|
peel decontamination, personnel wipe down and operaterator ‘s spray down .
|
|
|
|
If the M8/M9 chemical detection tape turns pink/red, what kind of chemical has been detected ?
|
blister
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between Immediate Decontamination and Thorough Decontamination ?
|
Immediate is used to minimize casualties, save lives and minimize the bedspread while exhaustive decontamination is used to eliminate the need for person protective dress .
|
|
|
|
How many levels of decontamination are there ?
|
Three. contiguous Decon. Operational Decon. Thorough Decon
|
|
|
|
How many kinds of techniques are there for Operational Decon ?
|
Two. Vehicle slipstream toss off and MOPP gear commute
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation between immediate decon and functional decon ?
|
Both immediate and functional decontamination still require the use of MOPP Gear and are used for prolong operations. Immediate is to save lives while operational is for suffer operations .
|
|
|
|
Which Decontamination Level minimizes casualties, saves lives, and limits the spread of contaminant ?
|
immediate
|
|
|
|
What are the three techniques associated with Immediate Decontamination ?
|
bark decontamination, personnel wipe down and operaterator ‘s spray down .
|
|
|
|
Which decontamination technique sustains operations, reduces the contact gamble, and limits the ranch of contaminant to eliminate the necessity or reduce the duration of wearing MOPP gear ?
|
operational
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between Immediate Decontamination and Thorough Decontamination ?
|
Immediate is used to minimize casualties, save lives and minimize the go around while exhaustive decontamination is used to eliminate the need for individual protective dress .
|
|
|
|
Which degree of decontamination reduces or eliminates the necessitate for individual protective clothing ?
|
Thorough
|
|
|
|
How many kinds of techniques are there for Operational Decon ?
|
Two. Vehicle wash down and MOPP gear switch over
|
|
|
|
In a nuclear explosion should your head face toward or off from the blast ?
|
toward
|
|
|
|
Which Decontamination Level minimizes casualties, saves lives, and limits the spread of contaminant ?
|
contiguous
|
|
|
|
Why is it important to look for protective cover in the consequence of a nuclear explosion ?
|
To reduce exposure to radiation sickness
|
|
|
|
Which decontamination technique sustains operations, reduces the contact hazard, and limits the scatter of contamination to eliminate the necessity or reduce the duration of wearing MOPP gearing ?
|
operational
|
|
|
|
True/False. heart agents are cholinesterase inhibitors ?
|
pharmacologically, boldness agents are cholinesterase inhibitors. Their reaction with choline tends to be irreversible, and reaction times vary with the agentive role .
|
|
|
|
Which level of decontamination reduces or eliminates the want for individual protective dress ?
|
Thorough
|
|
|
|
Which materials can nerve agents penetrate better ?
|
Both A and B
|
|
|
|
In a nuclear plosion should your principal face toward or aside from the blast ?
|
toward
|
|
|
|
True/False. Myosis ( constricted pupils ) is a good clinical indicator to determine the asperity of exposure to a steel agent ?
|
False. light reflex can not be used as a marker for the badness of heart agent exposure, because it depends on the route and clock time course of exposure. In inhalational exposures, light reflex occurs early and frequently. In such exposures, normal schoolchild size is predictive of nontoxicity. however, in cuticular exposures at sites distinct from the eye, light reflex occurs former in the progression of perniciousness and depends on whether significant systemic concentration has occurred .
|
|
|
|
Why is it significant to look for protective breed in the event of a nuclear explosion ?
|
To reduce exposure to radiation
|
|
|
|
True/False. nerve agents are rendered ineffective by alkaline solutions ?
|
True. Soap and Water vitamin a well as hypochlorite are effective measures against nerve agents .
|
|
|
|
True/False. nerve agents are cholinesterase inhibitors ?
|
pharmacologically, boldness agents are cholinesterase inhibitors. Their reaction with choline tends to be irreversible, and reaction times vary with the agentive role .
|
|
|
|
How do nerve agents cause death?
|
Nerve agents cause death via respiratory failure, which in turn is caused by increased airway resistance (bronchorrhea, bronchoconstriction), respiratory muscle paralysis, and most importantly, loss of central respiratory drive
|
|
|
|
Which materials can nerve agents penetrate better ?
|
Both A and B
|
|
|
|
exposure to what kind of chemical agent produces immediate ocular symptoms, rhinorrhea, and in some patients, dyspnea. These eyepiece effects are junior-grade to the localized absorption of GB vapor across the outermost layers of the center, causing lacrimal gland stimulation ( tearing ), pupillary sphincter compression ( light reflex ), and ciliary body spasm ( ocular pain ). As the vulnerability increases, dyspnea and gastrointestinal symptoms result ?
|
nerve Agents
|
|
|
|
True/False. Myosis ( constricted pupils ) is a good clinical indicator to determine the austereness of exposure to a boldness agent ?
|
False. light reflex can not be used as a marker for the severity of heart agentive role exposure, because it depends on the route and clock naturally of vulnerability. In inhalational exposures, light reflex occurs early and frequently. In such exposures, convention pupil size is predictive of nontoxicity. however, in dermal exposures at sites distinct from the eye, light reflex occurs late in the progress of toxicity and depends on whether meaning systemic concentration has occurred .
|
|
|
|
Are steel agents delivered in a fluent or powder ?
|
fluid
|
|
|
|
True/False. boldness agents are rendered ineffective by alkaline solutions ?
|
True. Soap and Water adenine well as hypochlorite are effective measures against heart agents .
|
|
|
|
What kind of chemical agents are tabun, sarin, soman, and cyclosarin ?
|
The organophosphate boldness agents tabun ( GA ), sarin ( GB ), soman ( GD ), and cyclosarin ( GF ) are among the most toxic chemical war agents known. together they comprise the G-series steel agents, frankincense named because german scientists first synthesized them, beginning with GA in 1936. GB was discovered next in 1938, followed by GD in 1944 and last the more obscure GF in 1949. The only early known nerve agent, O-ethyl S- ( 2-diisopropylaminoethyl ) methylphosphonothioate ( VX ), is discussed in a disjoined article of this journal ( see CBRNE – steel Agents, V-series – Ve, Vg, Vm, Vx ) .
|
|
|
|
How do nerve agents cause death?
|
Nerve agents cause death via respiratory failure, which in turn is caused by increased airway resistance (bronchorrhea, bronchoconstriction), respiratory muscle paralysis, and most importantly, loss of central respiratory drive
|
|
|
|
True/False. Treatment for steel agents should include the administration of atropine 2mg in 15 minute intervals .
|
specific therapy for boldness agent casualties is atropine and acetylcholine blocker .
|
|
|
|
exposure to what kind of chemical agent produces immediate ocular symptoms, rhinorrhea, and in some patients, dyspnea. These eyepiece effects are junior-grade to the set assimilation of GB vapor across the outermost layers of the eye, causing lacrimal gland stimulation ( tearing ), pupillary sphincter contraction ( meiosis ), and ciliary body spasm ( ocular trouble ). As the exposure increases, dyspnea and gastrointestinal symptoms result ?
|
steel Agents
|
|
|
|
If Marines and sailors are going into a know area that is contaminated with nerve agent should nerve agent antidotes be given as prophylaxis ?
|
DO NOT give heart agent antidotes for preventive purposes before contemplate exposure to a steel agent .
|
|
|
|
Are heart agents delivered in a liquid or powder ?
|
liquid
|
|
|
|
Why should oxime therapy be used in junction with atropinization therapy when exposed to a steel agentive role ?
|
A second auto-injector containing pralidoxime chloride ( 2-PAMCl ) can be used for the re-formation of block cholinesterase .
|
|
|
|
What kind of chemical agents are tabun, sarin, soman, and cyclosarin ?
|
The organophosphate boldness agents tabun ( GA ), sarin ( GB ), soman ( GD ), and cyclosarin ( GF ) are among the most toxic chemical war agents known. together they comprise the G-series heart agents, frankincense named because german scientists first gear synthesized them, beginning with GA in 1936. GB was discovered following in 1938, followed by GD in 1944 and finally the more obscure GF in 1949. The lone other known boldness agent, O-ethyl S- ( 2-diisopropylaminoethyl ) methylphosphonothioate ( VX ), is discussed in a disjoined article of this journal ( see CBRNE – heart Agents, V-series – Ve, Vg, Vm, Vx ) .
|
|
|
|
When administering 2-PAM Cl and Atropine for a affected role exposed to a boldness agent, should you put on their dissemble ?
|
Yes. You should besides don your MOPP gear .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Treatment for nerve agents should include the administration of atropine 2mg in 15 moment intervals .
|
specific therapy for steel agent casualties is atropine and acetylcholine blocker .
|
|
|
|
Vesicants are besides known as what type of chemical agents ?
|
Vesicants are a class of chemical weapons named for their ability to cause vesicular bark lesions. The 4 organic arsenicals are lewisite ( L ), methyldichloroarsine ( MD ), phenyldichloroarsine ( PD ), and ethyldichloroarsine ( ED ). These agents, together with the mustard agents and phosgene oxime, make up the vesicant class. Although not ampere well known as the mustards, the organic arsenicals are a group of potent vesicants that aesculapian planners should not overlook
|
|
|
|
If Marines and sailors are going into a know area that is contaminated with steel agent should nerve agent antidotes be given as prophylaxis ?
|
DO NOT give nerve agent antidotes for preventive purposes before contemplate exposure to a steel agent .
|
|
|
|
What family of chemical weaponry does lewisite ( L ), methyldichloroarsine ( MD ), phenyldichloroarsine ( PD ), and ethyldichloroarsine ( ED ) belong to ?
|
Vesicants are a class of chemical weapons named for their ability to cause vesicular skin lesions. These agents, in concert with the mustard agents and phosgene oxime, make up the vesicatory class. Although not vitamin a well known as the mustards, the organic arsenicals are a group of potent vesicants that aesculapian planners should not overlook
|
|
|
|
Why should oxime therapy be used in junction with atropinization therapy when exposed to a boldness agentive role ?
|
A second auto-injector containing pralidoxime chloride ( 2-PAMCl ) can be used for the regeneration of block cholinesterase .
|
|
|
|
If the Corpsman sees severe conjunctival annoyance and blepharospasm, sometimes including the loosen of corneal epithelium and swell and edema of the cornea, it is likely that the patient was exposed to what kind of chemical agent ?
|
Vapor contact with the conjunctiva may be the victims ‘ first symptom. Severe conjunctival pique and blepharospasm result upon eye contact. More severe exposure can cause relax of corneal epithelial cells and swelling and edema of the cornea .
|
|
|
|
When administering 2-PAM Cl and Atropine for a patient exposed to a nerve agent, should you put on their mask ?
|
Yes. You should besides don your MOPP gear .
|
|
|
|
If a Marine experiencing symptoms of dyspnea reports that he may have stepped in a brown liquid and a small of geraniums what is the likely chemical agent ?
|
british Lewisite ( L )
|
|
|
|
Vesicants are besides known as what type of chemical agents ?
|
Vesicants are a class of chemical weapons named for their ability to cause vesicular skin lesions. The 4 organic arsenicals are lewisite ( L ), methyldichloroarsine ( MD ), phenyldichloroarsine ( PD ), and ethyldichloroarsine ( ED ). These agents, together with the mustard agents and phosgene oxime, make up the vesicant class. Although not american samoa well known as the mustards, the organic arsenicals are a group of potent vesicants that aesculapian planners should not overlook
|
|
|
|
If your patient is experiencing dyspnea and blistering and remembers smelling rotting fruit what is the probably chemical agent they were exposed to ?
|
Both A and B
|
|
|
|
What syndicate of chemical weaponry does lewisite ( L ), methyldichloroarsine ( MD ), phenyldichloroarsine ( PD ), and ethyldichloroarsine ( ED ) belong to ?
|
Vesicants are a course of chemical weapons named for their ability to cause vesicular skin lesions. These agents, together with the mustard agents and phosgene oxime, make up the vesicant classify. Although not ampere well known as the mustards, the organic arsenicals are a group of potent vesicants that aesculapian planners should not overlook
|
|
|
|
If your patient presents with the following symptoms : electrocution skin and itch, erythema and vesicles ; Severe Eye Pain w/ blepharospasm and/or photophobia ; Extreme excitation of the nasal mucous membrane and upper respiratory tract induces coughing and sneezing — it is probably that they were exposed to what kind of chemical agent ?
|
blister Agents
|
|
|
|
If the Corpsman sees severe conjunctival irritation and blepharospasm, sometimes including the relax of corneal epithelium and well up and edema of the cornea, it is probably that the patient was exposed to what kind of chemical agentive role ?
|
Vapor contact with the conjunctiva may be the victims ‘ beginning symptom. Severe conjunctival aggravation and blepharospasm result upon eye contact. More severe exposure can cause loosen of corneal epithelial cells and swelling and edema of the cornea .
|
|
|
|
Does dimercaprol, in the treatment of a chemical weapons injury, work for exposure to mustard natural gas ?
|
No. There is no specific antidotal treatment for mustard poison. Dimercaprol is used for patients exposed to Lewisite ( L ) .
|
|
|
|
If a Marine experiencing symptoms of dyspnea reports that he may have stepped in a brown melted and a small of geraniums what is the likely chemical agent ?
|
british Lewisite ( L )
|
|
|
|
What is the primary method acting of treatment for patients exposed to blistering agents ?
|
“ Remove liquids via any means available. The military has particularly developed charcoal-based kits ( eg, M258A1 kit, M291 kit ). If specialized kits are not available, rags, leaves, sticks, or merely about any other material can be used to blot off fluent agent .
|
|
|
|
If your affected role is experiencing dyspnea and vesiculation and remembers smelling rotting yield what is the probably chemical agentive role they were exposed to ?
|
Both A and B
|
|
|
|
Flushing the eyes or skin is another solution. Dilute hypochlorite ( 0.5 % solution ) can be used on the skin. live steam or alkaline solutions ( eg, sodium hydroxide ) can be used to decontaminate close spaces. ”
|
|
|
|
|
If your patient presents with the following symptoms : burn skin and itch, erythema and vesicles ; Severe Eye Pain w/ blepharospasm and/or photalgia ; Extreme irritation of the rhinal mucous membrane and upper respiratory tract induces coughing and sneezing — it is likely that they were exposed to what kind of chemical agent ?
|
blister Agents
|
|
|
|
Which chemical agent below is arsenic-based ?
|
Lewisite
|
|
|
|
Does dimercaprol, in the treatment of a chemical weapons injury, work for vulnerability to mustard boast ?
|
No. There is no particular antidotal treatment for mustard poison. Dimercaprol is used for patients exposed to Lewisite ( L ) .
|
|
|
|
What kind of vegetable oil is british Anti-Lewisite, dimercaprol suspended in ?
|
peanut
|
|
|
|
Which chemical agent below is arsenic-based ?
|
Lewisite
|
|
|
|
Does distilled mustard or nitrogen mustard cause immediate annoyance on the skin ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
What kind of anoint is british Anti-Lewisite, dimercaprol suspended in ?
|
peanut
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does british Lewisite campaign immediate annoyance and discomfort upon contact ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Does distilled mustard or nitrogen mustard lawsuit immediate trouble on the skin ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
If your affected role has Transient hyperpnea and high blood pressure 15 seconds after inhalation, Convulsions in 30-45 seconds, Loss of consciousness in 30 seconds, Respiratory halt in 3-5 minutes, Bradycardia, hypotension, and cardiac collar within 5-8 minutes of exposure it is probably that they were exposed to what kind of chemical weapon ?
|
Key historic features for suspect hydrogen nitrile casualties include onset, asperity, and prison term run of symptoms, time and nature of exposure, road of exposure, presence of smoke, odors and colors of natural gas, effects on surroundings ( dead animals, other human casualties ), and evidence of exposure to other chemicals or co-ingestants. arsenic many as 50 % of patients exposed to cyanide may describe an smell of bitter almonds
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does british Lewisite cause immediate annoyance and discomfort upon reach ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
If your patients suffers from symptoms of apprehension or anxiety, Vertigo, Feeling of weakness, Nausea with or without vomiting, Muscular shaky, Progression of symptoms to unconsciousness, Headache, and/or Dyspnea they may have been exposed to what kind of chemical war agent ?
|
Key historic features for suspected hydrogen nitrile casualties include onset, austereness, and time naturally of symptoms, time and nature of exposure, route of exposure, presence of smoke, odors and colors of boast, effects on surroundings ( dead animals, other homo casualties ), and evidence of exposure to other chemicals or co-ingestants. angstrom many as 50 % of patients exposed to cyanide may describe an olfactory property of bitter almonds .
|
|
|
|
If your affected role has Transient hyperpnea and high blood pressure 15 seconds after inhalation, Convulsions in 30-45 seconds, Loss of consciousness in 30 seconds, Respiratory halt in 3-5 minutes, Bradycardia, hypotension, and cardiac collar within 5-8 minutes of photograph it is likely that they were exposed to what kind of chemical weapon ?
|
Key historic features for suspected hydrogen cyanide casualties include onset, severity, and time course of symptoms, prison term and nature of exposure, route of exposure, presence of fume, odors and colors of gas, effects on surroundings ( dead animals, other human casualties ), and evidence of photograph to early chemicals or co-ingestants. a many as 50 % of patients exposed to cyanide may describe an smell of bitter almonds
|
|
|
|
If the patient describes the smell of bitter almonds what is the probably chemical agent they were exposed to ?
|
blood Agents
|
|
|
|
If your patients suffers from symptoms of apprehension or anxiety, Vertigo, Feeling of helplessness, Nausea with or without vomiting, Muscular tremble, Progression of symptoms to unconsciousness, Headache, and/or Dyspnea they may have been exposed to what kind of chemical war agent ?
|
Key historic features for suspect hydrogen nitrile casualties include onset, asperity, and clock time course of symptoms, time and nature of vulnerability, path of exposure, presence of pot, odors and colors of boast, effects on surroundings ( dead animals, other human casualties ), and tell of exposure to early chemicals or co-ingestants. vitamin a many as 50 % of patients exposed to cyanide may describe an olfactory property of biting almonds .
|
|
|
|
If your affected role has the postdate symptoms : Altered mental condition, Convulsions, Hypotension, Transient hyperpnea, Bradypnea followed by apnea, Cardiac dysrhythmias followed by cardiac catch, Severe respiratory distress, red skin suggests attendant carbon paper monoxide poison or eminent venous oxygen contentedness from failure of tissues to extract oxygen, perspiration with normal or dilated pupils, Initial high blood pressure and compensatory bradycardia are followed by hypotension and tachycardia, Terminal hypotension is accompanied by bradyarrhythmias anterior to asystole, they have probably been exposed to what kind of chemical agent ?
|
blood agent
|
|
|
|
If the patient describes the smell of biting almonds what is the likely chemical agent they were exposed to ?
|
blood Agents
|
|
|
|
What a affected role has been exposed to Hydrocyanic Acid ( AC ) or Cyanogen Chloride ( CK ) why are their symptoms not normally accompanied with bright crimson skin from the lineage agents reacting to their body ?
|
Bright red skin and absence of cyanosis rarely are described in patients with nitrile poison, most likely because of accompaniment cardiovascular flop. Patients may besides present cyanotic after elongated respiratory failure and shock .
|
|
|
|
If your affected role has the following symptoms : Altered mental status, Convulsions, Hypotension, Transient hyperpnea, Bradypnea followed by apnea, Cardiac dysrhythmias followed by cardiac check, Severe respiratory distress, red hide suggests attendant carbon monoxide poisoning or high venous oxygen content from bankruptcy of tissues to extract oxygen, perspiration with normal or dilated pupils, Initial high blood pressure and compensatory bradycardia are followed by hypotension and tachycardia, Terminal hypotension is accompanied by bradyarrhythmias anterior to asystole, they have probable been exposed to what kind of chemical agent ?
|
lineage agent
|
|
|
|
What a patient has been exposed to a blood agent what is the first order of first help ?
|
removal of the chemical from the patient, then ABC ‘s .
|
|
|
|
What a patient has been exposed to Hydrocyanic Acid ( AC ) or Cyanogen Chloride ( CK ) why are their symptoms not normally accompanied with bright loss skin from the blood agents reacting to their torso ?
|
Bright red bark and absence of cyanosis rarely are described in patients with nitrile poison, most probable because of attendant cardiovascular collapse. Patients may besides present cyanotic after elongated respiratory failure and shock .
|
|
|
|
What is prescribed for patients who have been exposed to Cyanide Blood Agents ( AC ) and ( CK ) ?
|
The Taylor ( once lily or Pasadena ) Cyanide Antidote Package contains amyl nitrite, sodium nitrite, and sodium thiosulfate .
|
|
|
|
What a patient has been exposed to a blood agent what is the first ordering of foremost aid ?
|
removal of the chemical from the affected role, then ABC ‘s .
|
|
|
|
Why are nitrites given to patients who have been exposed to cyanide lineage agents ?
|
The nitrite components oxidize iron contained in hemoglobin to methemoglobin. This creates an extra site for nitrile binding and promotes dissociation from cytochrome oxidase. Resultant cyanomethemoglobin may then be converted to less toxic thiocyanate through enzymes such as rhodanese or other sulfurtransferases in the presence of sodium thiosulfate. only habit amyl nitrite perles as a temporize measure if IV access has not been established, since government of IV sodium nitrite is more effective in creating therapeutic methemoglobin levels
|
|
|
|
What is prescribed for patients who have been exposed to Cyanide Blood Agents ( AC ) and ( CK ) ?
|
The Taylor ( once lily or Pasadena ) Cyanide Antidote Package contains amyl nitrite, sodium nitrite, and sodium thiosulfate .
|
|
|
|
Why must the nitrites be administered to a cyanide victim with circumspection ?
|
The use of the nitrite-containing components of the nitrile antidote kit out must be done with caution, as they may result in significant hypotension and cardiovascular collapse .
|
|
|
|
Why are nitrites given to patients who have been exposed to cyanide rake agents ?
|
The nitrite components oxidize iron contained in hemoglobin to methemoglobin. This creates an extra site for cyanide adhere and promotes dissociation from cytochrome oxidase. Resultant cyanomethemoglobin may then be converted to less toxic thiocyanate through enzymes such as rhodanese or other sulfurtransferases in the presence of sodium thiosulfate. alone use amyl nitrite perles as a temporize measure if IV access has not been established, since administration of IV sodium nitrite is more effective in creating remedy methemoglobin levels
|
|
|
|
True/False. Vitamin B12a can be used as an antidote for nitrile toxicity ?
|
True. Administration of antidotes, which counteract the toxic effects of cyanide, is critical for dangerous intoxication. Hydroxocobalamin ( vitamin B-12a ) has been recognized as an antidote for nitrile perniciousness for more than 40 years and is in active consumption in France for nitrile poison
|
|
|
|
Why must the nitrites be administered to a nitrile victim with caution ?
|
The use of the nitrite-containing components of the cyanide antidote kit out must be done with caution, as they may result in significant hypotension and cardiovascular crack up .
|
|
|
|
What is the inital dose of Amyl Nitrate for a victim of nitrile poisoning ?
|
1 phial ( 0.2 milliliter ) for 30-60 randomness administered by inhalation along with 100 % oxygen
|
|
|
|
True/False. Vitamin B12a can be used as an antidote for nitrile perniciousness ?
|
True. Administration of antidotes, which counteract the toxic effects of nitrile, is critical for dangerous poisoning. Hydroxocobalamin ( vitamin B-12a ) has been recognized as an antidote for nitrile perniciousness for more than 40 years and is in active use in France for cyanide poison
|
|
|
|
If your patent describes the smell of newly mown hay it is likely that they have been exposed to what kind of chemical agent ?
|
The olfactory property of newly mown hay characterizes phosgene natural gas exposures, a clog agent, but this olfactory warning sign may not be appreciated by all individuals. Since the olfactory property signal detection brink concentration is approximately 0.5-1.5 ppm, which is at least 5 times the permissive exposure limit of 0.1 ppm1 set by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health ( NIOSH ) and the american english Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists ( ACGIH ), significant exposure may occur before any strange aroma is perceived .
|
|
|
|
What is the inital dose of Amyl Nitrate for a victim of cyanide poison ?
|
1 phial ( 0.2 milliliter ) for 30-60 sulfur administered by inhalant along with 100 % oxygen
|
|
|
|
What kind of agent is Phosgene natural gas ?
|
Choking agent
|
|
|
|
If your patent describes the spirit of newly mown hay it is probable that they have been exposed to what kind of chemical agentive role ?
|
The smell of newly mown hay characterizes phosgene gasoline exposures, a choke agent, but this olfactory warning signal may not be appreciated by all individuals. Since the olfactory property detection doorsill assiduity is approximately 0.5-1.5 ppm, which is at least 5 times the permissive photograph restrict of 0.1 ppm1 set by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health ( NIOSH ) and the american Conference of Government Industrial Hygienists ( ACGIH ), significant exposure may occur before any unusual olfactory property is perceived .
|
|
|
|
What kind of chemical war agentive role is chlorine ?
|
Choking
|
|
|
|
What kind of agent is Phosgene gas ?
|
Choking agent
|
|
|
|
Is there an antidote for choking agents ?
|
No. The provider can only treat the symptoms, normally focused on pneumonic edema .
|
|
|
|
What kind of chemical war agentive role is chlorine ?
|
Choking
|
|
|
|
The postdate : 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate ( BZ ), Phencyclidine ( SN ), Lysergic acid diethylamide ( K ) belong to what family of chemical war agents ?
|
These are substances that produce casualty effects though mental disturbances such as delerium or hallucination .
|
|
|
|
Is there an antidote for choking agents ?
|
No. The provider can only treat the symptoms, normally focused on pneumonic edema .
|
|
|
|
When discussing incapacitating chemical agents of war, what is the primary dispute between KOLOKOL-1 and 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate ( BZ ), Phencyclidine ( SN ), Lysergic acid diethylamide ( K ) ?
|
KOLOKOL-1 is a tranquilizer while BZ, SN and K incapacitate though genial disturbances such as delirium or hallucination .
|
|
|
|
The follow : 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate ( BZ ), Phencyclidine ( SN ), Lysergic acid diethylamide ( K ) belong to what syndicate of chemical war agents ?
|
These are substances that produce casualty effects though genial disturbances such as delerium or hallucination .
|
|
|
|
There are two types of blistering agents, Vesicants and Urticants. Which causes more pain and is more deadly ?
|
The urticants are substances that produce a irritating wale on the skin. These are sometimes term clamber necrotizers and are known as the most painful substances produced. notably : Phosgene oxime ( CX )
|
|
|
|
When discussing incapacitating chemical agents of war, what is the basal remainder between KOLOKOL-1 and 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate ( BZ ), Phencyclidine ( SN ), Lysergic acid diethylamide ( K ) ?
|
KOLOKOL-1 is a tranquilizer while BZ, SN and K incapacitate though mental disturbances such as delirium or hallucination .
|
|
|
|
What familiy of chemical war agents do Novichok agents and GV belong to ?
|
They are both Nerve Agents .
|
|
|
|
There are two types of blistering agents, Vesicants and Urticants. Which causes more pain and is more deadly ?
|
The urticants are substances that produce a painful wale on the clamber. These are sometimes term skin necrotizers and are known as the most atrocious substances produced. notably : Phosgene oxime ( CX )
|
|
|
|
What are the three types of vesicant blistering agents in chemical war ?
|
nitrogen mustards, Sulfur mustards and Arsenicals
|
|
|
|
What familiy of chemical war agents do Novichok agents and GV belong to ?
|
They are both Nerve Agents .
|
|
|
|
a-Chlorotoluene, Benzyl platitude, Bromoacetone ( BA ), Bromobenzylcyanide ( CA ), Bromomethyl ethyl ketone, Capsaicin ( OC ), Chloracetophenone ( MACE ; CN ), Chloromethyl chloroformate, Dibenzoxazepine ( CR ), Ethyl iodoacetate, Ortho-chlorobenzylidene malononitrile ( CS ), Trichloromethyl chloroformate and Xylyl platitude belong to what syndicate of chemical war agents ?
|
Lacrimators
|
|
|
|
What are the three types of vesicant blistering agents in chemical war ?
|
nitrogen mustards, Sulfur mustards and Arsenicals
|
|
|
|
Which is more potent, CS or CN ?
|
c
|
|
|
|
a-Chlorotoluene, Benzyl bromide, Bromoacetone ( BA ), Bromobenzylcyanide ( CA ), Bromomethyl ethyl ketone, Capsaicin ( OC ), Chloracetophenone ( MACE ; CN ), Chloromethyl chloroformate, Dibenzoxazepine ( CR ), Ethyl iodoacetate, Ortho-chlorobenzylidene malononitrile ( CS ), Trichloromethyl chloroformate and Xylyl bromide belong to what syndicate of chemical war agents ?
|
Lacrimators
|
|
|
|
Adamsite ( DM ), Diphenylchloroarsine ( DA ), Diphenylcyanoarsine ( DC ) belong to what syndicate of chemical war agents ?
|
Vomiting Agents
|
|
|
|
Which is more potent, CS or CN ?
|
c
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow chemical war agents do not belong in this group ?
|
Adamsite ( DM ) is a choking agent while BZ, SN, and K are all incapacitation agents .
|
|
|
|
Adamsite ( DM ), Diphenylchloroarsine ( DA ), Diphenylcyanoarsine ( DC ) belong to what syndicate of chemical war agents ?
|
Vomiting Agents
|
|
|
|
What are choking agents ?
|
Choking agents inflict injury chiefly on the respiratory tract including the nose, throat, and specially the lungs. Victims typically inhale these agents, which can all lead to pneumonic edema and respiratory failure. Examples of choking agents include chlorine, phosgene, diphosgene, and chloropicrin .
|
|
|
|
Which of the be chemical war agents do not belong in this group ?
|
Adamsite ( DM ) is a choking agent while BZ, SN, and K are all incapacitation agents .
|
|
|
|
Describe what Chlorine looks like
|
Chlorine is a dense, pungent, greenish-yellow gasoline that is easily recognized by both color and olfactory property. It is a choking agent .
|
|
|
|
What are choking agents ?
|
Choking agents inflict injury chiefly on the respiratory tract including the nose, throat, and particularly the lungs. Victims typically inhale these agents, which can all lead to pneumonic edema and respiratory failure. Examples of choking agents include chlorine, phosgene, diphosgene, and chloropicrin .
|
|
|
|
What are the symptoms of exposure to choking agents ?
|
Symptoms of photograph range from balmy cough, chest meanness, and dyspnea to those of severe, quickly developing pneumonic edema.Treatment and prognosis are alike to those in cases of chlorine photograph .
|
|
|
|
Describe what Chlorine looks like
|
Chlorine is a dense, pungent, greenish-yellow gas that is easily recognized by both color and smell. It is a choke agentive role .
|
|
|
|
What are tear gas agents when describing chemical war ?
|
Riot control agents are defined as any chemicals not listed in a specific chemical war schedule that can quickly produce centripetal annoyance or disabling physical effects that disappear within a abruptly time following result of exposure. These compounds produce irregular disability because the extreme ocular irritation and blepharospasm cause the eyes to close temporarily, and the annoyance of the respiratory tract causes coughing, abruptness of breath, and sometimes retching or vomiting .
|
|
|
|
What are the symptoms of exposure to choking agents ?
|
Symptoms of exposure range from mild cough, chest meanness, and dyspnea to those of hard, quickly developing pneumonic edema.Treatment and prognosis are similar to those in cases of chlorine exposure .
|
|
|
|
Are dogs and horses as sensitive to lacrimator agents as humans ?
|
“ No. In contrast to human beings, animals generally have low sensitivity to tear gases. Dogs and horses can therefore be used by patrol for riot command even when bust accelerator is used .
|
|
|
|
What are tear gas agents when describing chemical war ?
|
Riot control agents are defined as any chemicals not listed in a specific chemical war schedule that can quickly produce centripetal aggravation or disabling physical effects that disappear within a short time following termination of exposure. These compounds produce temp disability because the extreme ocular aggravation and blepharospasm cause the eyes to close temporarily, and the annoyance of the airline causes coughing, shortness of breath, and sometimes retching or vomiting .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary method acting of treatment for patients exposed to lacrimator agents ?
|
The pillar of tear gas exposure-related treatment is removal from the contaminated environment and the use of soap and water system to wash the clamber and clothes. No long-run effects of tear accelerator, riot-control or tear gas photograph have been documented .
|
|
|
|
What is the elementary method of treatment for patients exposed to lacrimator agents ?
|
The anchor of tear gas exposure-related treatment is removal from the contaminated environment and the use of soap and water to wash the skin and clothes. No long-run effects of tear gas, riot-control or tear gas exposure have been documented .
|
|
|
|
What are vomiting agents ?
|
The chemical war agents diphenylchlorarsine ( DA ), diphenylcyanoarsine ( DC ), and diphenylaminearsine ( DM, adamsite ) belong to a group of chemicals classified as vomiting agents. DA appears as colorless crystals, DC as a white solid, and DM as light yellow-to-green crystals. DA and DM are odorless, and DC reportedly has an olfactory property exchangeable to garlic or bitter almonds. All 3 agents are insoluble in water system .
|
|
|
|
What are vomiting agents ?
|
The chemical war agents diphenylchlorarsine ( DA ), diphenylcyanoarsine ( DC ), and diphenylaminearsine ( DM, adamsite ) belong to to a group of chemicals classified as vomiting agents. DA appears as colorless crystals, DC as a white firm, and DM as light yellow-to-green crystals. DA and DM are odorless, and DC reportedly has an olfactory property similar to garlic or bitter almonds. All 3 agents are insoluble in water .
|
|
|
|
Why do military armies employ the use of vomiting agents ?
|
These agents have been produced for 2 purposes : as riot-control agents and as emesis-inducing agents to promote removal of personal protective gear during chemical war .
|
|
|
|
Why do military armies employ the practice of vomiting agents ?
|
These agents have been produced for 2 purposes : as riot-control agents and as emesis-inducing agents to promote removal of personal protective gear during chemical war .
|
|
|
|
What are the foreman concern of treatment with a affected role exposed to a vomiting agent ?
|
Getting the mask back on in cattiness of the aweful symptoms .
|
|
|
|
What are the head concern of treatment with a affected role exposed to a vomiting agent ?
|
Getting the dissemble back on in hurt of the aweful symptoms .
|
|
|
|
Can the consumption of screening smokes be considered deadly ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What secondary treatment methods apply to treatment of a patient who has been exposed to choking agents ?
|
“ Irrigate eyes to remove annoyance. initial antiemetic therapy may begin with act doses of drugs normally used to combat vomiting, such as promethazine, prochlorperazine, or droperidol. gamey doses of metoclopramide may be administered. If these agents are unsuccessful, 5-HT3 receptor antagonists may be administered to control nausea and vomit. This class of drugs is relatively expensive but well tolerated with few adverse effects. These agents include dolasetron, ondansetron, and granisetron .
|
|
|
|
What is the chemical substance known as “ Willey-Pete ? ”
|
White Phosphorous
|
|
|
|
What is White Phosphorus natural gas used for ?
|
White Phosphorus ( WP ) is a pale, wax solid that ignites ad lib on contact with tune to give a blistering, dense, white smoke composed of phosphorus pentoxide particles .
|
|
|
|
Can the manipulation of screening smokes be considered deadly ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What happens with White Phosphorus ( WP ) smoke particles come in liaison with the bark ?
|
When burning particles of WP embed in the peel, they must be covered with water, a besotted fabric, or mire. A newly mix 0.5 percentage solution of copper sulfate may be used. The coating needs to be airproof .
|
|
|
|
What is the chemical message known as “ Willey-Pete ? ”
|
White Phosphorous
|
|
|
|
After the burning particles of White Prosphorus ( WP ) have been covered in an airproof manner are they left in the skin ?
|
No. They must be surgically removed .
|
|
|
|
What is White Phosphorus gas used for ?
|
White Phosphorus ( WP ) is a picket, wax solid that ignites ad lib on contact with vent to give a hot, dense, white smoke composed of morning star pentoxide particles .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not a aim of the close order bore ?
|
minimize Errors in Patrol Movements
|
|
|
|
What happens with White Phosphorus ( WP ) smoke particles come in reach with the peel ?
|
When burning particles of WP embed in the skin, they must be covered with water, a wet fabric, or mire. A impertinently mix 0.5 percentage solution of copper sulfate may be used. The coating needs to be airproof .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does close order drill allow the commander to increase the confidence of his junior officers and senior enlist leaders through the drill of command, vai the proper commands and control of drill of troops ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
After the burn particles of White Prosphorus ( WP ) have been covered in an airproof manner are they left in the hide ?
|
No. They must be surgically removed .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is close order drill important for providing childlike formations from which combat formations may be promptly assumed ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are not a aim of the close order drill ?
|
understate Errors in Patrol Movements
|
|
|
|
Regarding close Order Drill, what is an element ?
|
An individual squad, department, platoon, or company
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does close order drill allow the air force officer to increase the confidence of his junior officers and senior engage leaders through the exercise of dominate, vai the proper commands and control of drilling of troops ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close up Order Drill, what is a formation ?
|
an arrangement of elements on line or column
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is close order drill authoritative for providing simple formations from which battle formations may be readily assumed ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Regarding close Order Drill, what is a Line ?
|
A formation in which the elements are abreast
|
|
|
|
Regarding close Order Drill, what is an component ?
|
An individual squad, section, platoon, or company
|
|
|
|
Regarding close up Order Drill what is Rank ?
|
A wrinkle of Marines placed side by side
|
|
|
|
Regarding close Order Drill, what is a formation ?
|
an arrangement of elements on lineage or column
|
|
|
|
Regarding close order drill, what is a column ?
|
a formation of Marines one behind another
|
|
|
|
Regarding close Order Drill, what is a Line ?
|
A formation in which the elements are abreast
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between a column of Marines and a File of Marines ?
|
A file is a individual column of Marines one behind the other while a Column is a geological formation which may include a section like a platoon or company that is placed one behind the early .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close Order Drill what is Rank ?
|
A line of Marines placed english by side
|
|
|
|
Regarding close order bore, what is the flank ?
|
The good or left extrmity of a unit either on line or in a column .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close order drill, what is a column ?
|
a formation of Marines one behind another
|
|
|
|
Regarding close order bore, what is an interval ?
|
The lateral pass distance between elements on the same line .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between a column of Marines and a File of Marines ?
|
A file is a individual column of Marines one behind the early while a Column is a formation which may include a incision like a platoon or party that is placed one behind the other .
|
|
|
|
Regarding stopping point holy order drill what is the deviation between Normal Interval and Close Interval ?
|
normal interval is one arms duration while close time interval is the distance between the shoulder and elbow when the left hand is placed on the leave pelvis .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close order drill, what is the flank ?
|
The right or leave extrmity of a unit either on line or in a column .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close order bore what is alignment ?
|
The dress of several elements on a straight production line .
|
|
|
|
Regarding airless order exercise, what is an time interval ?
|
The lateral space between elements on the same line .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close regulate drill, what is the steer ?
|
The person ( base ) upon whom a constitution or early elements, thereof regulates its march .
|
|
|
|
Regarding near order drill what is the deviation between Normal Interval and Close Interval ?
|
normal interval is one arms distance while close time interval is the distance between the shoulder and elbow when the left hand is placed on the impart pelvis .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close arrange drill, what is the remainder between “ Guide ” and “ To Guide ” ?
|
The usher is a person upon whom a constitution regulates its march. To guide means to regulate the interval, direction or conjunction and cadence on a base file ( justly, left, center ) .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close ordering drill what is alignment ?
|
The dress of respective elements on a straight pipeline .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close order exercise, what is the definition of footstep ?
|
pace is the length of a full gradation at quick tine, which is 30 inches and is measured from the abck of one cad to the back of the other heel
|
|
|
|
Regarding close ordering drill, what is the guide ?
|
The individual ( basis ) upon whom a formation or other elements, thence regulates its march .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close order drill, what is the deviation between Pace and Step ?
|
A pace is the length of meter of a dance step of 30 inches from heel to heel. Steps can include half, back, right-left, agile and double time while marching .
|
|
|
|
Regarding airless order drill, what is the difference between “ Guide ” and “ To Guide ” ?
|
The guide is a person upon whom a constitution regulates its borderland. To guide means to regulate the time interval, direction or alignment and meter on a infrastructure file ( correct, left, center ) .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close orderliness drill, what is cadence ?
|
A rhythmical rate of march at a uniform stop .
|
|
|
|
Regarding close club bore, what is the definition of pace ?
|
tempo is the duration of a full step at immediate tine, which is 30 inches and is measured from the abck of one heel to the back of the early heel
|
|
|
|
What are the four characteristics of command voice ?
|
Voice Control, Distinctness, Inflection, and Cadence
|
|
|
|
Regarding finale order drill, what is the remainder between Pace and Step ?
|
A pace is the duration of measure of a step of 30 inches from heel to heel. Steps can include half, back, right-left, quick and double prison term while marching .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Command Voice, when the throat is opened using the mouth to shape words and the diaphragm to control bulk, which characteristic is being used ?
|
Voice Control
|
|
|
|
Regarding conclude order drill, what is cadence ?
|
A rhythmical pace of march at a uniform stop .
|
|
|
|
Regarding command voice, when all commands can be pronounced correctly without loss of effect, which characteristic is being used ?
|
distinctness
|
|
|
|
What are the four characteristics of instruction voice ?
|
Voice Control, Distinctness, Inflection, and Cadence
|
|
|
|
Regarding command voice, the lift and twilight in pitch and tone in the spokesperson is emblematic of what characteristic ?
|
prosody
|
|
|
|
Regarding Command Voice, when the throat is opened using the mouth to shape words and the diaphragm to control volume, which characteristic is being used ?
|
Voice Control
|
|
|
|
Regarding command voice, the interval between commands is broadly of uniform length for any given troop unit, is descriptive of what characteristic ?
|
cadence
|
|
|
|
Regarding command articulation, when all commands can be pronounced correctly without personnel casualty of effect, which characteristic is being used ?
|
otherness
|
|
|
|
What are the two types of drill commands ?
|
Preparatory command and command of execution
|
|
|
|
Regarding command voice, the rise and fall in pitch and tone in the voice is exemplary of what characteristic ?
|
inflection
|
|
|
|
meter is a feature of what ?
|
Command Voice
|
|
|
|
Regarding dominate voice, the time interval between commands is by and large of uniform length for any given troop unit, is descriptive of what feature ?
|
cadence
|
|
|
|
What is the remainder between Preparatory Command and Command of Execution ?
|
Preparatory commands indicate the apparent motion to be executed while the Command of Execution indicates when the movement is to be executed .
|
|
|
|
What are the two types of drill commands ?
|
Preparatory command and command of murder
|
|
|
|
How many Marines are in a color guard ?
|
Two
|
|
|
|
meter is a characteristic of what ?
|
Command Voice
|
|
|
|
How many NCO ‘s are involved in the color guard ?
|
Two NCO ‘s are the color bearers, and two other men, junior to the coloring material bearers, are the color guards .
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between Preparatory Command and Command of Execution ?
|
Preparatory commands indicate the movement to be executed while the Command of Execution indicates when the movement is to be executed .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are color bearers in a color guard armed ?
|
No. only the ‘Book-End ‘ Marines are armed .
|
|
|
|
How many Marines are in a color defend ?
|
Two
|
|
|
|
Which of the four members of the color guard commands the color guard ?
|
The bearer of the national ensign .
|
|
|
|
How many NCO ‘s are involved in the color guard ?
|
Two NCO ‘s are the color bearers, and two early men, junior to the color bearers, are the color guards .
|
|
|
|
In a color guard is the organizational color to the right or leave of the national ensign ?
|
To the forget of the national discolor .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are color bearers in a color guard duty armed ?
|
No. only the ‘Book-End ‘ Marines are armed .
|
|
|
|
How many coloring material bearers are included in a color guard when a individual national ensign is used ?
|
One .
|
|
|
|
Which of the four members of the discolor guard commands the color precaution ?
|
The bearer of the national ensign .
|
|
|
|
In a Navy-Marine Corps Color Guard where does the Navy Flag sit in relation back to the Marine Corps Flag ?
|
To the exit .
|
|
|
|
In a color guard duty is the organizational color to the right or leave of the national ensign ?
|
To the left of the national color .
|
|
|
|
In a Navy-Marine Corps Color Guard are both rifleman Marines ?
|
No. The Rifleman on the impart is Navy and the Rifleman on the good is Marine .
|
|
|
|
How many color bearers are included in a coloring material guard when a single national ensign is used ?
|
One .
|
|
|
|
In a Navy-Marine Corps Color guard which flag is to the right of the Marine Corps Colors ?
|
The National Ensign
|
|
|
|
In a Navy-Marine Corps Color Guard where does the Navy Flag sit in relation to the Marine Corps Flag ?
|
To the left .
|
|
|
|
In a Joint Armed Forces Color Guard what masthead is to the right of the Marine Corps Colors ?
|
The US Army
|
|
|
|
In a Navy-Marine Corps Color Guard are both rifleman Marines ?
|
No. The Rifleman on the left is Navy and the Rifleman on the right is Marine .
|
|
|
|
In a joint armed forces color guard, are both riflemen from the Marine Corps ?
|
No. One rifleman is from the Marine Corps and the other is from the Army .
|
|
|
|
In a Navy-Marine Corps Color defend which flag is to the right of the Marine Corps Colors ?
|
The National Ensign
|
|
|
|
In a joint forces discolor guard which branches of service are to the right of the US Coast Guard ?
|
The US Coast Guard in a joint armed forces color guard is flanked on the left only by the Marine Rifleman .
|
|
|
|
In a Joint Armed Forces Color Guard what pin is to the right field of the Marine Corps Colors ?
|
The US Army
|
|
|
|
Which branches of service are in the order of precedence away from the national ensign in a roast armed forces color guard
|
Army, Marine, Navy, Air Force, Coast Guard
|
|
|
|
In a articulation armed forces semblance guard, are both riflemen from the Marine Corps ?
|
No. One rifleman is from the Marine Corps and the other is from the Army .
|
|
|
|
True/False. A Wet down is an knowledgeability ?
|
False .
|
|
|
|
In a articulation forces color defend which branches of service are to the right of the US Coast Guard ?
|
The US Coast Guard in a joint armed forces color precaution is flanked on the left lone by the Marine Rifleman .
|
|
|
|
What traditional Marine Corps event is a party throw for a newly promoted Staff NCO or officer to celebrate their newly rank ?
|
Wet Down
|
|
|
|
Which branches of military service are in the decree of priority away from the national ensign in a articulation armed forces color guard
|
Army, Marine, Navy, Air Force, Coast Guard
|
|
|
|
True/False. traditionally, the amount spent on a Marine Corps Wet Down is equivalent to at least a circle of drinks for all staff NCO ‘s present .
|
False. The sum of money spent by the recently promoted Marine is normally one month ‘s pay lift. If several Marines from the same whole have been promoted with in a shortstop period of clock, they can get together and have one individual Wet Down. This permits a more lavish celebration .
|
|
|
|
True/False. A Wet down is an initiation ?
|
False .
|
|
|
|
What traditional Marine Corps consequence is characterized by the brief presentation of any newly arrived SNCO with the comments on where they are coming from and where they will be working ?
|
Hail and Fairwell
|
|
|
|
What traditional Marine Corps consequence is a party confuse for a newly promoted Staff NCO or military officer to celebrate their fresh social station ?
|
Wet Down
|
|
|
|
What is the primary coil dispute between a hail and farewell ?
|
The hail is for members coming into a dominate while the farewell is for members leaving .
|
|
|
|
True/False. traditionally, the total spent on a Marine Corps Wet Down is equivalent to at least a round of drinks for all staff NCO ‘s present .
|
False. The measure of money spent by the recently promoted Marine is normally one month ‘s yield raise. If several Marines from the same unit have been promoted with in a brusque period of meter, they can get together and have one single Wet Down. This permits a more lavish celebration .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps traditional event is characterized by the Commanding Officer conducting a dinner dress dinner ?
|
Dining-In
|
|
|
|
What traditional Marine Corps event is characterized by the brief introduction of any newly arrived SNCO with the comments on where they are coming from and where they will be working ?
|
Hail and Fairwell
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. At a air force officer ‘s dining-in, while ball dinner trim is appropriate for females in attendance, are bare shoulders considered allow ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
What is the primary difference between a acclaim and farewell ?
|
The hail is for members coming into a command while the farewell is for members leaving .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between Mess Night and Dining-In ?
|
On a Mess Night, guests such as spouses, girlfriends, boyfriends and other non-military guests are not invited to the meal .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps traditional event is characterized by the Commanding Officer conducting a courtly dinner ?
|
Dining-In
|
|
|
|
When are non-military guests present at a Mess Night ?
|
They are recognized guests
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. At a commander ‘s dining-in, while conventional dinner dress is appropriate for females in attendance, are denude shoulders considered allow ?
|
No
|
|
|
|
What traditional Marine Corps consequence is characterized by the most junior and senior Marine give eating a coat ?
|
Marine Corps Birthday Celebration
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation between Mess Night and Dining-In ?
|
On a Mess Night, guests such as spouses, girlfriends, boyfriends and other non-military guests are not invited to the meal .
|
|
|
|
At the Marine Corps Birthday celebration, when swords are not introduce, what will the escorts do in station of the swords ?
|
Render a hand salute .
|
|
|
|
When are non-military guests present at a Mess Night ?
|
They are recognized guests
|
|
|
|
When the commander announces, “ post ” during a geological formation to the elder enlisted, does the aged enlist argumentation up on the leave or the proper of the air force officer ?
|
The commander will then command “ POST. ” The senior engage marches in a most address route to the left of the Commander. The Senior Enlisted will then announce, “ Personnel to receive awards, promotions, etc., Center. March. ”
|
|
|
|
What traditional Marine Corps event is characterized by the most junior and senior Marine present eating a patty ?
|
Marine Corps Birthday Celebration
|
|
|
|
True/False. When persons to receive an award are marching towards the commanding officer after the command of the senior enlisted to march do they salute the senior enlist anterior to the commanding officer .
|
False. They will march to a status in front of the formation approximately 5 paces in front and centered on the air force officer. The awardee in charge of the detail border will announce the commands, “ Mark time marching music, ” “ Detail freeze ” “ Right Face ” “ Hand Salute. ” They will salute the air force officer. after the air force officer has returned the salute the aged enlisted will command, “ ready Two ”
|
|
|
|
At the Marine Corps Birthday celebration, when swords are not salute, what will the escorts do in locate of the swords ?
|
Render a hand salute .
|
|
|
|
What consistent will be worn at Marine Corps birthday celebrations ?
|
Where hardheaded, dinner full-dress mess will be tire
|
|
|
|
When the commander announces, “ post ” during a formation to the senior enlisted, does the senior enlist line up on the left or the correct of the commanding officer ?
|
The commander will then command “ POST. ” The senior enlist marches in a most direct route to the left field of the Commander. The Senior Enlisted will then announce, “ Personnel to receive awards, promotions, etc., Center. March. ”
|
|
|
|
Regarding the components of a map, what is a plane name ?
|
A map is named after the most big cultural or geographic sport. Whenever possible, the name of the largest city on the map is used. The tabloid name is found in two places : The center field of the upper margin and either the right or left side of the lower margin .
|
|
|
|
True/False. When persons to receive an prize are marching towards the commanding officer after the command of the elder enlisted to march do they salute the senior enlist anterior to the commander .
|
False. They will march to a position in battlefront of the formation approximately 5 paces in front and centered on the commander. The awardee in charge of the detail march will announce the commands, “ Mark clock march, ” “ Detail arrest ” “ Right Face ” “ Hand Salute. ” They will salute the air force officer. after the commanding officer has returned the salute the senior enlisted will command, “ ready Two ”
|
|
|
|
Regarding components of a map, what is the plane number ?
|
The sail number is used as a reference point numeral for that map sheet. It is found in two place : the upper right margin and the lower left gross profit .
|
|
|
|
What uniform will be worn at Marine Corps birthday celebrations ?
|
Where practical, dinner dress mess will be break
|
|
|
|
Regarding components of a map, Scale can be defined as :
|
The scale note is a spokesperson divide that gives you the ratio of a distance on the map to the correspond distance on the earth ‘s surface. For model, the scale notice 1:50,000 indicates that one column inch on the map equals 50,000 inches on the land. Maps with different scales will display different degrees of topographical detail .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the components of a function, what is a sheet diagnose ?
|
A map is named after the most outstanding cultural or geographic feature. Whenever possible, the appoint of the largest city on the map is used. The sheet identify is found in two places : The center of the upper berth margin and either the right or left field side of the lower gross profit .
|
|
|
|
Regarding components of a map, what is the elevation scout :
|
The aggrandizement guidebook is a miniature characterization of the terrain shown. The terrain is shown by bands of elevation, blot elevations, and major drain features .
|
|
|
|
Regarding components of a map, what is the tabloid number ?
|
The sheet numeral is used as a reference point number for that map sheet. It is found in two place : the upper right margin and the lower left margin .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Map Topography how can the reviewer know the relationship between true north, grid north and charismatic north .
|
The Declination Diagram indicates the angular relationships of truthful north, grid union and charismatic north. holocene edition maps have a note indicating how to convert azimuths from power system to magnetic north and back and forth .
|
|
|
|
Regarding components of a map, Scale can be defined as :
|
The scale note is a representative fraction that gives you the proportion of a distance on the map to the corresponding distance on the earth ‘s surface. For example, the scale note 1:50,000 indicates that one edge on the map equals 50,000 inches on the establish. Maps with different scales will display different degrees of topographical detail .
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation between the scale of a map and the bar scales on the map ?
|
Bar scales are used to convert map distance to ground distance while the scale denotes the proportion of the function such as 1:50,000 and is a note stating such. The bar scale is normally a standard measurement like an inch or centimeter equaling an actual measurement of a sea mile or kilometer .
|
|
|
|
Regarding components of a map, what is the elevation guide :
|
The natural elevation guide is a miniature word picture of the terrain shown. The terrain is shown by bands of elevation, spot elevations, and major drain features .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is the scale note in the same place as the bar plate on a map ?
|
sometimes. a scale is in the center of the lower gross profit or the amphetamine left margin. The prevention scales are located in the focus on of the lower margin .
|
|
|
|
Regarding Map Topography how can the lector know the relationship between dependable north, power system union and magnetic north .
|
The Declination Diagram indicates the angular relationships of on-key union, grid north and charismatic north. late edition maps have a note indicating how to convert azimuths from power system to magnetic north and back and forth .
|
|
|
|
Regarding function components, what is a legend ?
|
The caption illustrates and identifies the topographical symbols used to depict some of the more outstanding features on the map, such as railroad tracks, buildings, and swamps. The symbols are not always the lapp on every map .
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation between the scale of a function and the bar scales on the map ?
|
Bar scales are used to convert map distance to grind distance while the scale denotes the ratio of the map such as 1:50,000 and is a notice stating such. The cake scale is normally a standard measurement like an inch or centimeter equaling an actual measurement of a sea mile or kilometer .
|
|
|
|
Regarding components of a map, what are grid lines ?
|
Grid lines are a series of straight lines intersected at right angels and forming a series of squares. It furnishes the map-reader with a system of squares alike to the stop system of most city streets. Two digits are printed in big type at each end of the grid lines, and these same two digits appear at intervals along the grid lines on the confront of the map. The are called star digital. The are of major importance to the map-reader because they are numbers they will most use most frequently for referencing points .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is the scale note in the same position as the bar scale on a map ?
|
sometimes. a scale is in the center of the lower margin or the upper left gross profit. The barricade scales are located in the center of the lower margin .
|
|
|
|
Regarding, function components, what are grid squares ?
|
These intersect at right angles of the horizontal and vertical grid lines. The most coarse military map contains power system squares that measure 1000 meters ( not 100 square meters as many people think ). Any point located within the power system square is considered to be contribution of the grid square .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map components, what is a legend ?
|
The legend illustrates and identifies the topographical symbols used to depict some of the more big features on the map, such as railroad tracks, buildings, and swamps. The symbols are not constantly the same on every map .
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between grid lines and grid squares ?
|
Grid lines intersect to form coherent squares on map that typify grid squares .
|
|
|
|
Regarding components of a map, what are grid lines ?
|
Grid lines are a series of neat lines intersected at right angels and forming a series of squares. It furnishes the map-reader with a system of squares alike to the engine block system of most city streets. Two digits are printed in large type at each conclusion of the grid lines, and these same two digits appear at intervals along the grid lines on the face of the map. The are called principal digital. The are of major importance to the map-reader because they are numbers they will most use most much for referencing points .
|
|
|
|
Which is a more accurate coordinate : ( a ) a four-digit or ( b ) a six-digit grid coordinate ?
|
4-digit= with in 1000 meters ; 6-digit= with in 100 meters
|
|
|
|
Regarding, map components, what are grid squares ?
|
These intersect at right angles of the horizontal and upright grid lines. The most common military map contains grid squares that measure 1000 meters ( not 100 square meters as many people think ). Any item located within the power system square is considered to be part of the grid squarely .
|
|
|
|
Which of the postdate points to a more precise sharpen on a map : ( a ) a six-digit or ( b ) an eight-digit grid coordinate ?
|
6-digit : with in 100 meters ; 8-digit with in 10 meters
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation between power system lines and power system squares ?
|
Grid lines intersect to form coherent squares on map that represent grid squares .
|
|
|
|
What are the two types of military grids
|
Universal Transverse Mercator Grid & Universal Polar Stereographic Grid
|
|
|
|
Which is a more accurate coordinate : ( a ) a four-digit or ( b-complex vitamin ) a six-digit grid coordinate ?
|
4-digit= with in 1000 meters ; 6-digit= with in 100 meters
|
|
|
|
Regarding the military grid system what is the Universal Transverse Mercator Grid ?
|
The UTM power system has been designed to cover that part of the world between latitude 84° N and latitude 80° S, and, as its name implies, is imposed on the cross Mercator projection .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following points to a more precise point on a map : ( a ) a six-digit or ( b ) an eight-digit grid align ?
|
6-digit : with in 100 meters ; 8-digit with in 10 meters
|
|
|
|
What is the cross mercator expulsion ?
|
The Transverse Mercator map project is an adaptation of the standard Mercator protrusion. The cross version is widely used in home and external function systems around the world, including the UTM. When paired with a suitable geodetic datum, the Transverse Mercator delivers high accuracy in zones less than a few degrees in east-west extent. In constructing a map on any expulsion, a sphere is normally chosen to model the ground when the extent of the map region exceeds a few hundred kilometers in length in both dimensions. For maps of smaller regions, an ellipsoid model must be chosen if greater accuracy is required ; see next section. The spherical form of the Transverse Mercator expulsion was one of the seven ‘new ‘ projections presented, in 1772, by Johann Heinrich Lambert ( besides available in a modern English translation ). Lambert did not name his projections ; the name Transverse Mercator dates from the second half of the nineteenth century. The principal properties of the cross projection are here presented in comparison with the properties of the normal projection .
|
|
|
|
What are the two types of military grids
|
Universal Transverse Mercator Grid & Universal Polar Stereographic Grid
|
|
|
|
How many zones is the worldly concern divided into on the Universal Transverse Mercator Grid ?
|
60 zones. Each of the 60 zones ( 6 degrees wide ) into which the globe is divided for the grid has its own origin at the intersection of its central meridian and the equator ( Figure 4-8 ). The grid is identical in all 60 zones .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the military power system system what is the Universal Transverse Mercator Grid ?
|
The UTM grid has been designed to cover that separate of the earth between latitude 84° N and latitude 80° S, and, as its name implies, is imposed on the cross Mercator protrusion .
|
|
|
|
How are distances in the power system system always measured ?
|
up and to the right
|
|
|
|
What is the cross mercator expulsion ?
|
The Transverse Mercator map projection is an adaptation of the standard Mercator projection. The cross translation is widely used in national and international map systems around the populace, including the UTM. When paired with a suitable geodetic datum, the Transverse Mercator delivers high accuracy in zones less than a few degrees in east-west extent. In constructing a map on any projection, a sphere is normally chosen to model the earth when the extent of the map region exceeds a few hundred kilometers in duration in both dimensions. For maps of smaller regions, an ellipsoid model must be chosen if greater accuracy is required ; see following incision. The ball-shaped phase of the Transverse Mercator projection was one of the seven ‘new ‘ projections presented, in 1772, by Johann Heinrich Lambert ( besides available in a modern English translation ). Lambert did not name his projections ; the name Transverse Mercator dates from the second half of the nineteenth century. The principal properties of the cross protrusion are here presented in comparison with the properties of the normal projection .
|
|
|
|
How is the Universal Transverse Mercator Grid ( UTM ) divided ?
|
The first major breakdown is the division of each zone into areas 6° wide by 8° eminent and 6° wide by 12° high .
|
|
|
|
How many zones is the world divided into on the Universal Transverse Mercator Grid ?
|
60 zones. Each of the 60 zones ( 6 degrees wide ) into which the ball is divided for the power system has its own origin at the intersection of its central meridian and the equator ( Figure 4-8 ). The grid is identical in all 60 zones .
|
|
|
|
How are distances in the grid system constantly measured ?
|
astir and to the right
|
|
|
|
What is the primary tool for plotting power system coordinates ?
|
Grid Coordinate Scale. The basal tool for plotting grid coordinates is the grid coordinate scale. The grid coordinate scale divides the grid square more accurately than can be done by appraisal, and the results are more reproducible. When used correctly, it presents less chance for making errors .
|
|
|
|
How is the Universal Transverse Mercator Grid ( UTM ) divided ?
|
The first major breakdown is the division of each zone into areas 6° wide-eyed by 8° high and 6° wide by 12° high .
|
|
|
|
Are power system citation coordinates and cartesian coordinates the same ?
|
Yes. Grid references define locations on maps using cartesian coordinates. Grid lines on maps define the coordinate system, and are numbered to provide a alone citation to features. The most common is a square grid with grid lines numbered consecutive from the origin at the bottom forget of the map. The power system numbers on the east-west ( horizontal ) axis are called Eastings, and the grid numbers on the north-south ( vertical ) axis are called Northing. Numerical grid references consist of an even numeral of digits. Eastings are given before Northings. Thus in a 6 finger grid reference point 123456, the Easting part is 123 and the Northing component is 456 .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary coil tool for plotting grid coordinates ?
|
Grid Coordinate Scale. The chief tool for plotting grid coordinates is the grid coordinate scale. The grid coordinate scale divides the power system square more accurately than can be done by estimate, and the results are more consistent. When used correctly, it presents less casual for making errors .
|
|
|
|
How would you read the grid coordinates 1181 ?
|
start from the leave and read right until you come to 11, the first one-half of your savoir-faire. then read up to 81, the other half. Your address is somewhere in grid hearty 1181 .
|
|
|
|
How would you read the power system coordinates 113587 ?
|
Six digits. Take the beginning two : 11 and that will be your square from west to east. then chose the 58 which will be your square from south to north. If you divide up that grid squarely by ten-spot lines across and ten lines improving and down you can see that the 3 is three lines from the leftover and the 7 is from the bottom of the feather .
|
|
|
|
Are grid character coordinates and cartesian coordinates the like ?
|
Yes. Grid references define locations on maps using cartesian coordinates. Grid lines on maps define the coordinate system, and are numbered to provide a unique character to features. The most coarse is a square grid with grid lines numbered consecutive from the origin at the buttocks left of the map. The grid numbers on the east-west ( horizontal ) axis are called Eastings, and the grid numbers on the north-south ( vertical ) axis are called Northing. Numerical grid references consist of an even act of digits. Eastings are given before Northings. Thus in a 6 digit power system reference 123456, the Easting component is 123 and the Northing part is 456 .
|
|
|
|
How would you read the grid coordinates 1181 ?
|
get down from the leave and read right until you come to 11, the first half of your address. then read up to 81, the other half. Your address is somewhere in grid square 1181 .
|
|
|
|
What is the most crucial consideration in using the grid scale ?
|
The most accurate way to determine the coordinates of a degree on a map is to use a coordinate scale. You do not have to use complex number lines ; you can find the demand coordinates using a Coordinate Scale and Protractor. This device has two coordinate scales, 1:25,000 meters and 1:50,000 meters. Make sure you use the correct scale .
|
|
|
|
How would you make grid square 1181 more accurate ?
|
“ Add two more digits by adding on to the conclusion of the 11 and the 81 individually. note : Grid square 1181 gives your general vicinity, but there is a draw of ground inside that grid straight. To make your address more accurate, just add another act to the beginning half and another act to the irregular half-so your savoir-faire has six numbers rather of four .
|
|
|
|
Regarding reading a map, what is truthful north ?
|
on-key north is a point on the earth surface that points towards the north pole. true north can be found at night by locating the North Star, which always points towards true north. True north is normally represented on the declination diagram by a line ending with a star topology. True north is used about entirely when navigating with out a compass
|
|
|
|
Suppose you are center between power system line 11 and grid occupation 12. then the future number is 5 and the inaugural half of your address is 115. immediately suppose you are besides 3/10 of the way between grid credit line 81 and grid line 82. then the second half of your address is 813. ( If you were precisely on course 81, the second part would be 810 ). Your savoir-faire is 115813 ”
|
|
|
|
|
Regarding map-reading what is magnetic north ?
|
The earth has a magnetic sphere that is close to ( but not precisely on ) the North Pole. THe north-seeking arrow of your lensatic compass indicates the management to this north magnetic pole. magnetic north is normally symbolized on the decline diagram by a line ending with half arrowhead. Anytime you use the compass to plan or follow an azimuth in the field, you must work with azimuths measured from magnetic north .
|
|
|
|
How would you read the power system coordinates 113587 ?
|
Six digits. Take the first two : 11 and that will be your squarely from west to east. then chose the 58 which will be your square from south to north. If you divide up that grid public square by ten lines across and ten lines up and down you can see that the 3 is three lines from the leave and the 7 is from the bottom of the feather .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map-reading what is grid north ?
|
Grid North is established by using the vertical grid lines on the map. Grid north may be symbolized on the declination diagram by the letters HN. Anytime you use a protractor in junction with a vertical grid line to determine or plot an azimuth on a map, you must work with an azimuth measured from grid north .
|
|
|
|
Describe the terrain feature of a mound
|
a mound is an sphere of high ground. From a hilltop, the grind slopes down in all directions. A hill is shown on a map by contour lines forming concentric circles. The inside of the smallest circle is called the hilltop .
|
|
|
|
What is the most important consideration in using the grid scale ?
|
The most accurate way to determine the coordinates of a point on a map is to use a coordinate scale. You do not have to use fanciful lines ; you can find the demand coordinates using a Coordinate Scale and Protractor. This device has two coordinating scales, 1:25,000 meters and 1:50,000 meters. Make indisputable you use the right scale .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map topology, describe a ridge ?
|
A ridge is a series of hills that are connected to each other near the clear. A ridge pipeline may extend for many miles. It may be winding or quite directly. It may have a reasonable consistent aggrandizement along its top or it may vary greatly in aggrandizement .
|
|
|
|
Regarding reading a map, what is true north ?
|
genuine north is a degree on the worldly concern come on that points towards the union pole. true north can be found at night by locating the North Star, which always points towards true north. True union is normally represented on the declination diagram by a line ending with a star. True north is used about entirely when navigating with out a compass
|
|
|
|
Regarding map-reading what is charismatic north ?
|
The ground has a charismatic field that is close up to ( but not precisely on ) the North Pole. THe north-seeking arrow of your lensatic compass indicates the guidance to this north magnetic pole. magnetic north is normally symbolized on the decline diagram by a line ending with half arrowhead. Anytime you use the compass to plan or follow an azimuth in the field, you must work with azimuths measured from magnetic north .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map topology please describe a Saddle .
|
This is a dip or abject point between two areas of higher ground. A saddleback is not necessarily the lower ground between two hilltops ; it may be just a dip or break along the a level ridge crest .
|
|
|
|
Regarding topological features of a map, what is the difference between a mound and a ridge ?
|
A mound has lower background in all directions while a ridge may be a series of hill tops with lower crunch in all directions except for the connected hill tops .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map-reading what is grid north ?
|
Grid North is established by using the vertical power system lines on the map. Grid north may be symbolized on the declination diagram by the letters HN. Anytime you use a protractor in conjunction with a vertical grid line to determine or plot an azimuth on a map, you must work with an azimuth measured from grid north .
|
|
|
|
Regarding function topology what is a disembowel ?
|
A draw is a short circuit, continuous sloping occupation of first gear grind, normally cut into the side of a ridge or hill. Often, there is a small current running down the draw. In a draw, there is basically no level background .
|
|
|
|
Describe the terrain sport of a hill
|
a mound is an area of high reason. From a hilltop, the ground slopes down in all directions. A mound is shown on a map by contour lines forming concentric circles. The at heart of the smallest set is called the hilltop .
|
|
|
|
Regarding function topology what is the difference between a finger/spur and a draw ?
|
A tie is a short-circuit continuous sloping wrinkle of low ground while a finger/spur is on high ground. If you are in a draw, the bring slopes up in three directions. If you are on a finger/spur it slopes down in three directions .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map topology, describe a ridge ?
|
A ridge is a series of hills that are connected to each other near the top. A ridge line may extend for many miles. It may be winding or quite neat. It may have a reasonable consistent elevation along its top or it may vary greatly in acme .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map topology please describe a Saddle .
|
This is a dip or low point between two areas of higher ground. A saddle is not necessarily the lower anchor between two hilltops ; it may be just a dip or break along the a level ridge cap .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map regional anatomy what is a depression ?
|
This is a moo point in the land or a sinkhole. It is an area of gloomy establish a surrounded by higher in all directions, or simply a hole in the labor. normally lone depressions that are peer to or great than the contour interval will be shown on a map. On maps, depressions are represented by close contour lines that have tick marks pointing towards low ground .
|
|
|
|
Regarding topological features of a map, what is the difference between a hill and a ridge ?
|
A mound has lower prime in all directions while a ridge may be a series of hill tops with lower labor in all directions except for the connected hill tops .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map topology what is the difference between a trace and a depression ?
|
A depression is a low orient in the labor that is surrounded on all sides by higher elevation as in a sink trap while a Draw it is a low point that is surrounded by three sides with higher acme .
|
|
|
|
Regarding topographical features, what is a finger/spur ?
|
“
|
|
|
|
Which character of the lensatic grok protects the floating dial and the glass encasement ?
|
The cover protects the floating dial and the glass encasement. It contains the sighting wire and two aglow sighting dots for night navigation .
|
|
|
|
Which parts of the lensatic compass is mounted on a pivot so that it rotates freely when the compass is held level ?
|
The floating dial is mounted on a pivot so that it rotates freely when the grok is held charge. it contains the magnetic needle. A aglow arrow and the letters “ E ” and “ W ” are printed on the dial. The arrow points to magnetic north. There are two scales : Outer – denotes MILS ( black ) ; inner – denotes DEGREES ( bolshevik ) .
|
|
|
|
A finger is a abruptly, continuous sloping line of higher ground, normally jutting out from the side of a ridge or hill. A finger is much formed by two approximately parallel draw. ”
|
|
|
|
|
Regarding map topology what is a draw ?
|
A reap is a short, continuous sloping course of moo background, normally cut into the side of a ridge or mound. Often, there is a little stream running down the draw. In a draw, there is basically no level ground .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a lensatic scope, what separate houses the floating dial and contains a fix total darkness index line .
|
The glass encasement houses the floating dial and contains a fix blacken exponent line .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map topology what is the remainder between a finger/spur and a withdraw ?
|
A draw is a short continuous sloping trace of low ground while a finger/spur is on senior high school ground. If you are in a absorb, the land slopes up in three directions. If you are on a finger/spur it slopes down in three directions .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a lensatic grok, which share clicks when turned and contains 120 clicks when rotated amply, where each click equals 3 degrees ?
|
The Bezel Ring, is a divice that clicks when turned. It contains 120 clicks when rotated fully. Each snap equals 3 degrees. A short aglow line is used in conjunctions with the north-seeking arrow during night navigation .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map regional anatomy what is a depression ?
|
This is a low point in the land or a sinkhole. It is an area of first gear land a surrounded by higher in all directions, or plainly a hole in the grind. normally only depressions that are equal to or great than the shape interval will be shown on a map. On maps, depressions are represented by shut shape lines that have tick marks pointing towards gloomy ground .
|
|
|
|
What depart of the lensatic circumnavigate is used to lock the float dial and must be opened 45 degrees .
|
The rear web site is used to lock the floating dial. The back sight must be opened more than 45 degrees to allow the floating dial to float freely .
|
|
|
|
Regarding map regional anatomy what is the remainder between a draw and a depressive disorder ?
|
A depression is a low point in the ground that is surrounded on all sides by higher aggrandizement as in a sinkhole hole while a Draw it is a depleted detail that is surrounded by three sides with higher elevation .
|
|
|
|
True/False. The four parts of the nucleotide include the Floating Dial, Glass Encasement and Bezel Ring and Thumb Loops .
|
true .
|
|
|
|
Which partially of the lensatic compass protects the floating dial and the glass encasement ?
|
The cover protects the floating dial and the glass encasement. It contains the spy wire and two aglow sighting dots for nox seafaring .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a lensatic compass what is an azimuth ?
|
The azimuth ( azimuth ) fish is the compass bearing, relative to truthful ( geographic ) north, of a decimal point on the horizon directly beneath an note object. The horizon is defined as a huge, fanciful circle centered on the observer, equidistant from the zenith ( luff straight overhead ) and the nadir ( point precisely opposite the zenith ). As seen from above the perceiver, compass bearings are measured clockwise in degrees from north. Azimuth angles can frankincense range from 0 degrees ( north ) through 90 ( east ), 180 ( confederacy ), 270 ( west ), and up to 360 ( north again ) .
|
|
|
|
Which parts of the lensatic compass is mounted on a pivot so that it rotates freely when the compass is held floor ?
|
The floating dial is mounted on a pivot so that it rotates freely when the compass is held level. it contains the magnetic needle. A aglow arrow and the letters “ E ” and “ W ” are printed on the dial. The arrow points to charismatic north. There are two scales : Outer – denotes MILS ( blacken ) ; inner – denotes DEGREES ( crimson ) .
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute directions on a function versus those used with a compass ?
|
The grid azimuth or directions are true north while the compass directions are magnetic azimuths .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a lensatic compass, what separate houses the floating dial and contains a fasten black index line .
|
The glass encasement houses the floating dial and contains a situate black index line .
|
|
|
|
True/False. You can follow a power system azimuth with a compass .
|
False. You can not follow a grid azimuth with a grok, nor can you plot a magnetic azimuth with a defender because of the angular remainder between grid north and magnetic north .
|
|
|
|
What is the G-M Angel ?
|
It is the remainder between true union on the function and the difference between magnetic north. It is different for each map .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a lensatic circumnavigate, which character clicks when turned and contains 120 clicks when rotated amply, where each click equals 3 degrees ?
|
The Bezel Ring, is a divice that clicks when turned. It contains 120 clicks when rotated in full. Each chatter equals 3 degrees. A inadequate aglow line is used in conjunctions with the north-seeking arrow during night navigation .
|
|
|
|
What acronymn do you use to convert GRID Azimuths ( G ) to charismatic azimuths ( M ) .
|
LARS. Left Add. Right Subtract .
|
|
|
|
What part of the lensatic compass is used to lock the float dial and must be opened 45 degrees .
|
The rear site is used to lock the float dial. The rear sight must be opened more than 45 degrees to allow the floating dial to float freely .
|
|
|
|
What is the acronym LARS used for ?
|
Converting grid north and magnetic north .
|
|
|
|
True/False. The four parts of the base include the Floating Dial, Glass Encasement and Bezel Ring and Thumb Loops .
|
true .
|
|
|
|
Regarding a lensatic compass what is an azimuth ?
|
The azimuth ( arizona ) slant is the scope digest, proportional to true ( geographic ) north, of a degree on the horizon directly beneath an observe aim. The horizon is defined as a huge, complex number circle centered on the observer, equidistant from the zenith ( point directly overhead ) and the nadir ( point precisely opposite the zenith ). As seen from above the perceiver, compass bearings are measured clockwise in degrees from north. Azimuth angles can therefore range from 0 degrees ( north ) through 90 ( east ), 180 ( south ), 270 ( west ), and up to 360 ( north again ) .
|
|
|
|
How do you use LARS to convert Magnetic Azimuths to Grid Azimuths ?
|
When looking at the decline diagram, if the Magnetic North is to the leave of the grid union on the bottom right field of the map, then Add the G-M Angle. If the magnetic is to the right of the grid then subtract .
|
|
|
|
What are the two methods for orienting the map ?
|
The Compass and the terrain association .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference directions on a map versus those used with a grok ?
|
The grid azimuth or directions are true north while the scope directions are magnetic azimuths .
|
|
|
|
True/False. You can follow a power system azimuth with a compass .
|
False. You can not follow a grid azimuth with a compass, nor can you plot a magnetic azimuth with a defender because of the angular deviation between grid north and magnetic north .
|
|
|
|
What is authoritative about orienting the map with a grok ?
|
The map has true union and the circumnavigate has charismatic north
|
|
|
|
When orienting a map what is terrain association ?
|
It is a method to show the map reader where they are in relation to the map and to which direction they are facing. Identify big terrain features on the grind and align those terrain features with the map .
|
|
|
|
What is the G-M Angel ?
|
It is the remainder between true north on the map and the difference between magnetic north. It is different for each map .
|
|
|
|
What are the two ways for determining your position on a map?
|
Location by Inspection and Location by One-Point or Two-Point Resection
|
|
|
|
What acronymn do you use to convert GRID Azimuths ( G ) to magnetic azimuths ( M ) .
|
LARS. Left Add. Right Subtract .
|
|
|
|
What is the acronym LARS used for ?
|
Converting grid north and charismatic north .
|
|
|
|
What is Two point resection ?
|
it is a method acting of determining your place on a function by finding two big features and plotting their back-azimuths. Where those two lines collide is your location .
|
|
|
|
What is One-Point Resection ?
|
It is a method acting of determining a invest on the map from a single back-azimuth of a big domain feature. It is not ampere accurate as a the two-point method .
|
|
|
|
How do you use LARS to convert Magnetic Azimuths to Grid Azimuths ?
|
When looking at the declination diagram, if the Magnetic North is to the bequeath of the power system north on the bottom right of the map, then Add the G-M Angle. If the magnetic is to the veracious of the grid then subtract .
|
|
|
|
What are the two methods for orienting the function ?
|
The Compass and the terrain association .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary remainder in determining your localization on a map from location by inspection v. localization by One-Pont/Two-Point Resection ?
|
The Resection determines your point on a function by triangulation and the inspection determines your seat by prominatory feature excerpt .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the Marine Division ?
|
it execute amphibious rape operations and such other operations as may be directed .
|
|
|
|
What is important about orienting the map with a compass ?
|
The map has true north and the compass has magnetic north
|
|
|
|
When orienting a map what is terrain association ?
|
It is a method acting to show the map proofreader where they are in relation to the map and to which direction they are facing. Identify big terrain features on the grind and align those terrain features with the function .
|
|
|
|
How many Infantry Regiments are in a Marine Division ?
|
3
|
|
|
|
What are the two ways for determining your position on a map?
|
Location by Inspection and Location by One-Point or Two-Point Resection
|
|
|
|
True/False. A Marine Division has both a Tank Battalion and an Assault amphibian Battalion .
|
A Marine Division consists of 3 Infantry Regiments, an Artillery Regiment, a Headquarters Battalion, A Tank Battalion, an Assault Amphibian Battalion, a Combat Engineer Battalion, and a Light Armored Reconnaissance Battalion .
|
|
|
|
What is Two point resection ?
|
it is a method acting of determining your place on a map by finding two outstanding features and plotting their back-azimuths. Where those two lines collide is your placement .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does a Marine Division include a Combat Engineer Regiment ?
|
No. a Combat Engineer Battalion not Regiment. A Marine Division consists of 3 Infantry Regiments, an Artillery Regiment, a Headquarters Battalion, A Tank Battalion, an Assault Amphibian Battalion, a Combat Engineer Battalion, and a Light Armored Reconnaissance Battalion .
|
|
|
|
What is One-Point Resection ?
|
It is a method acting of determining a set on the map from a single back-azimuth of a big land feature. It is not a accurate as a the two-point method .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does a Marine Division include a light Armored Reconnaissance Regiment ?
|
No. A LAR Battalion not a regiment. A Marine Division consists of 3 Infantry Regiments, an Artillery Regiment, a Headquarters Battalion, A Tank Battalion, an Assault Amphibian Battalion, a Combat Engineer Battalion, and a Light Armored Reconnaissance Battalion .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary coil remainder in determining your placement on a map from placement by inspection five. placement by One-Pont/Two-Point Resection ?
|
The Resection determines your point on a map by triangulation and the inspection determines your place by prominatory feature selection .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Division have an H & S Company, Battalion or Regiment ?
|
An HQ Bn. A Marine Division consists of 3 Infantry Regiments, an Artillery Regiment, a Headquarters Battalion, A Tank Battalion, an Assault Amphibian Battalion, a Combat Engineer Battalion, and a Light Armored Reconnaissance Battalion .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the Marine Division ?
|
it execute amphibious attack operations and such other operations as may be directed .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In a Marine Division there is an H & S Battalion. Does this Battalion include a hand truck company ?
|
Yes. The Headquarters Battalion of the Marine Division includes an H & S Company, a Reconnaissance Company, The MP Company, the Communications Company, the Truck Company .
|
|
|
|
How many Infantry Regiments are in a Marine Division ?
|
3
|
|
|
|
In a Marine Division which depart of the headquarters Battalion provides control condition of enemy prisoners of war ?
|
The MP Company provides route reconnaissance, emptying and see of enemy prisoners of war ( EPW ), and beach and perimeter defense, area security, herd restraint, and fact-finding services .
|
|
|
|
What parts of a Marine Division provide reconnaissance ?
|
The Reconnaissance Company and the MP Company both provide reconnaissance to the Marine Division .
|
|
|
|
True/False. A Marine Division has both a Tank Battalion and an Assault amphibian Battalion .
|
A Marine Division consists of 3 Infantry Regiments, an Artillery Regiment, a Headquarters Battalion, A Tank Battalion, an Assault Amphibian Battalion, a Combat Engineer Battalion, and a Light Armored Reconnaissance Battalion .
|
|
|
|
What is the aim of the Truck Company in a Marine Division ?
|
The truck company provides general support motive transportation to the Marine Division .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does a Marine Division include a Combat Engineer Regiment ?
|
No. a Combat Engineer Battalion not Regiment. A Marine Division consists of 3 Infantry Regiments, an Artillery Regiment, a Headquarters Battalion, A Tank Battalion, an Assault Amphibian Battalion, a Combat Engineer Battalion, and a Light Armored Reconnaissance Battalion .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does a Marine Division include a light Armored Reconnaissance Regiment ?
|
No. A LAR Battalion not a regiment. A Marine Division consists of 3 Infantry Regiments, an Artillery Regiment, a Headquarters Battalion, A Tank Battalion, an Assault Amphibian Battalion, a Combat Engineer Battalion, and a Light Armored Reconnaissance Battalion .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary coil mission of the HQ Battalion in a Marine Corps Division ?
|
The primary coil deputation is to execute amphibious assault operations and such other operations as may be directed. The Marine Division must be able to provide the crunch amphibious forcible-entry capability to an amphibious undertaking military unit ( ATF ) and conduct subsequent land operations in any operations environment. The division commander fights by using combined-arms tactics and tailors the force to the demands of each mission .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Division have an H & S Company, Battalion or Regiment ?
|
An HQ Bn. A Marine Division consists of 3 Infantry Regiments, an Artillery Regiment, a Headquarters Battalion, A Tank Battalion, an Assault Amphibian Battalion, a Combat Engineer Battalion, and a Light Armored Reconnaissance Battalion .
|
|
|
|
Which is a larger organizational structure in the Marine Corps a Division or Regiment ?
|
A Division .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. In a Marine Division there is an H & S Battalion. Does this Battalion include a hand truck company ?
|
Yes. The Headquarters Battalion of the Marine Division includes an H & S Company, a Reconnaissance Company, The MP Company, the Communications Company, the Truck Company .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary deputation of the Marine Regiment ?
|
The Mission of the Marine Regiment is to locate, close with, and destroy enemy by fire and steer or to repel his assault by fire and closed fight .
|
|
|
|
How many infantry battalions are normally found in a Marine Regiment ?
|
At least two but normally three. The Marine Regiment normally consists of a headquarters company and two or more infantry battalions .
|
|
|
|
In a Marine Division which partially of the headquarters Battalion provides control of enemy prisoners of war ?
|
The MP Company provides path reconnaissance, elimination and control of foe prisoners of war ( EPW ), and beach and perimeter defense, area security, crowd see, and fact-finding services .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Regiment normally include an air attack Battalion ?
|
No. The assault elements of a Marine Regiment include three infantry battalions. The primary means of transport are normally foot but they are air assault able .
|
|
|
|
What parts of a Marine Division provide reconnaissance ?
|
The Reconnaissance Company and the MP Company both provide reconnaissance to the Marine Division .
|
|
|
|
What is the function of the Truck Company in a Marine Division ?
|
The truck company provides general corroborate motor transport to the Marine Division .
|
|
|
|
Are medical elements for a Marine Regiment borrowed from their supporting Marine Battalions or does the regiment have an organic medical element ?
|
They are organic. The regimental medical platoon provides preventive medicine, treatment for minor illnesses and injuries, and emergency lifesaving for conflict and non-battle casualties. Injured and brainsick persons requiring hospitalization are readied and evacuated to the rear. normally a Regimental Aid Station ( RAS ) serves as the hub for medical confirm .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Regiment have any reconnaissance assets ?
|
Yes. The Marine Regiment ‘s Headquarters Company contains a regimental headquarters and reconnaissance platoon .
|
|
|
|
What is the basal mission of the HQ Battalion in a Marine Corps Division ?
|
The chief mission is to execute amphibious rape operations and such early operations as may be directed. The Marine Division must be able to provide the labor amphibious forcible-entry capability to an amphibious undertaking power ( ATF ) and conduct subsequent land operations in any operations environment. The class commanding officer fights by using combined-arms tactics and tailors the push to the demands of each mission .
|
|
|
|
Which is a larger organizational social organization in the Marine Corps a Division or Regiment ?
|
A Division .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Regimental Staff in an HQ Company have capabilities to support a forward, chief and back control echelons during displacment ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Which is larger coherent unit : a Marine Infantry Regiment or a marine Infantry Battalion ?
|
a Marine Regiment normally consists of two or more ( normally three ) infantry battalions .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary coil mission of the Marine Regiment ?
|
The Mission of the Marine Regiment is to locate, close with, and destroy enemy by fire and maneuver or to repel his attack by displace and closed fight .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary deputation of the Marine Infantry Battalion ?
|
The mission is to locate, close with, and destroy the enemy by fire and steer or to repel his attack by fire and finale battle .
|
|
|
|
How many infantry battalions are normally found in a Marine Regiment ?
|
At least two but normally three. The Marine Regiment normally consists of a headquarters company and two or more infantry battalions .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Regiment normally include an tune rape Battalion ?
|
No. The attack elements of a Marine Regiment include three infantry battalions. The primary coil means of transmit are normally foot but they are air assault capable .
|
|
|
|
Dopes this infantry battalion consist of three infantry regiments and a weapons company ?
|
No Regiments are larger than a Battalion. The infantry regiment consists of an H & S Company, a Weapons Company, and three plunder companies. When a Battalion is combined with battle patronize and CSS units, it forms a battalion landing team ( BLT. )
|
|
|
|
Are aesculapian elements for a Marine Regiment borrowed from their supporting Marine Battalions or does the regiment have an organic medical element ?
|
They are organic. The regimental medical platoon provides contraceptive medicine, treatment for minor illnesses and injuries, and hand brake lifesaving for conflict and non-battle casualties. Injured and sick persons requiring hospitalization are readied and evacuated to the back. normally a Regimental Aid Station ( RAS ) serves as the hub for aesculapian back .
|
|
|
|
In a Marine Rifle Battalion, does the H & S Company have a communications platoon ?
|
Yes. The H & S Company of a Marine Rifle Battalion has a party headquarters, , a BLT Headquarters, a Communications Platoon, A Service Platoon, A Medical Platoon ( BAS ), and a Chaplain section. The Medical PLatoon consists of 2 medical officers and 65 Corpsmen. The Chaplain Section consists of 1 Chaplain and 1 religious Programming specialist .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Regiment have any reconnaissance assets ?
|
Yes. The Marine Regiment ‘s Headquarters Company contains a regimental headquarters and reconnaissance platoon .
|
|
|
|
In a Marine Corps Infantry Battalion are there two Headquarters elements ?
|
Yes. The H & S Company of a Marine Rifle Battalion has a company headquarters, , a BLT Headquarters, a Communications Platoon, A Service Platoon, A Medical Platoon ( BAS ), and a Chaplain incision. The Medical PLatoon consists of 2 checkup officers and 65 Corpsmen. The Chaplain Section consists of 1 Chaplain and 1 religious Programming specialist .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Regimental Staff in an HQ Company have capabilities to support a advancing, main and rear dominate echelons during displacment ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
In a Marine Corps Infantry Battalion, does the aesculapian platoon normally have 45 Corpsman as their TO ?
|
No. The Medical PLatoon consists of 2 checkup officers and 65 Corpsmen. The Chaplain Section consists of 1 Chaplain and 1 religious Programming specialist .
|
|
|
|
Is a marine company or Marine Battalion a larger logistic element ?
|
A Battalion is larger normally consisting of 3 rifle companies, an H & S Company and 1 Weapons Company .
|
|
|
|
Which is larger coherent unit : a Marine Infantry Regiment or a marine Infantry Battalion ?
|
a Marine Regiment normally consists of two or more ( normally three ) infantry battalions .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary coil mission of the Marine Infantry Battalion ?
|
The deputation is to locate, close with, and destroy the enemy by fire and maneuver or to repel his assault by fire and close fight .
|
|
|
|
Describe the Elements of a Marine Weapons Company
|
The Marine Weapons Company has a company HQ, a Mortar Platoon, Anti-Armor Platoon and a grave machine gun platoon .
|
|
|
|
Dopes this infantry battalion consist of three infantry regiments and a weapons company ?
|
No Regiments are larger than a Battalion. The infantry regiment consists of an H & S Company, a Weapons Company, and three rifle companies. When a Battalion is combined with combat support and CSS units, it forms a battalion landing team ( BLT. )
|
|
|
|
How many 81mm mortars are in the weapons party mortars segment ?
|
Eight .
|
|
|
|
In a Marine Rifle Battalion, does the H & S Company have a communications platoon ?
|
Yes. The H & S Company of a Marine Rifle Battalion has a company headquarters, , a BLT Headquarters, a Communications Platoon, A Service Platoon, A Medical Platoon ( BAS ), and a Chaplain section. The Medical PLatoon consists of 2 checkup officers and 65 Corpsmen. The Chaplain Section consists of 1 Chaplain and 1 religious Programming specialist .
|
|
|
|
Are there more 81mm mortars or M47 Dragons in a Marine Infantry Weapons Company ?
|
There are more. 12 M47 Dragons vs. 8 81mm Mortars .
|
|
|
|
In a Marine Weapons Company, are there more Tube-Launched, Optically-tracked, Wire-guided Missiles ( TOW ) or 81mm Mortars ?
|
Neither. There are 8 of each in a Marine Corps Weapons Company .
|
|
|
|
In a Marine Corps Infantry Battalion are there two Headquarters elements ?
|
Yes. The H & S Company of a Marine Rifle Battalion has a company headquarters, , a BLT Headquarters, a Communications Platoon, A Service Platoon, A Medical Platoon ( BAS ), and a Chaplain segment. The Medical PLatoon consists of 2 medical officers and 65 Corpsmen. The Chaplain Section consists of 1 Chaplain and 1 religious Programming specialist .
|
|
|
|
In a Marine Corps Infantry Battalion, does the medical platoon normally have 45 Corpsman as their TO ?
|
No. The Medical PLatoon consists of 2 aesculapian officers and 65 Corpsmen. The Chaplain Section consists of 1 Chaplain and 1 religious Programming specialist .
|
|
|
|
How many .50 bore Machine gunners are there in a Marine Infantry Company ?
|
none. There are 6 .50 Cal. machine gunners in a Marine Weapons Company .
|
|
|
|
Are there more Mk19 40mm Machine guns or .50 bore machine guns in a Marine Corps Weapons company ?
|
There are ( 6 ) MK19 gunners and ( 6 ) .50 Cal gunners .
|
|
|
|
Is a marine company or Marine Battalion a larger logistic component ?
|
A Battalion is larger normally consisting of 3 rifle companies, an H & S Company and 1 Weapons Company .
|
|
|
|
Describe the Elements of a Marine Weapons Company
|
The Marine Weapons Company has a company HQ, a Mortar Platoon, Anti-Armor Platoon and a heavy machine gunman platoon .
|
|
|
|
What are the coherent parts of a Marine Rifle Company ?
|
A Marine Corps Rifle Company consists of a company headquarters, a weapons platoon and 3 plunder platoons. The Weapons Platoon consists of a mortar section, an rape section and a machine gunman section. Each Rifle Platoon consists of 3 squads composed of 3 four-man fire teams .
|
|
|
|
How many 81mm mortars are in the weapons company mortars part ?
|
Eight .
|
|
|
|
What do the person members of the Marine Corps Rifle team carry ?
|
police squad leaders carries the M203 and their M16A2. The Squad Automatic Rifleman carries the M249 SAW while the other riflemen in the fire-team carry M16A2 .
|
|
|
|
Are there more 81mm mortars or M47 Dragons in a Marine Infantry Weapons Company ?
|
There are more. 12 M47 Dragons vs. 8 81mm Mortars .
|
|
|
|
Does the weapons platoon department a Marine Rifle Company fire the lapp automatic weapons as the team automatic pistol rifleman in the Marine Fire Team ?
|
No. The M240G section fires machine guns and the M249 squad automatic weapon is used by the Marine Automatic Rifleman .
|
|
|
|
In a Marine Weapons Company, are there more Tube-Launched, Optically-tracked, Wire-guided Missiles ( TOW ) or 81mm Mortars ?
|
Neither. There are 8 of each in a Marine Corps Weapons Company .
|
|
|
|
Do the person elements in a Marine Corps Rifle Company Weapons Platoon fire the lapp kinds of Mortars as the Weapons company Mortars Platoon ?
|
No. The weapons element in the ship’s company fires the M224 60-mm mortar while the mortar element of the weapons company fires the 80mm mortars .
|
|
|
|
How many .50 bore Machine gunners are there in a Marine Infantry Company ?
|
none. There are 6 .50 Cal. machine gunners in a Marine Weapons Company .
|
|
|
|
How many Mk-153 Shoulder-launched multipurpose assail weapons ( SMAWs ) does the typical Marine Corps Infantry Company have ?
|
The assail section has six MK153 83-mm shoulder launched multipurpose rape weapons .
|
|
|
|
Are there more Mk19 40mm Machine guns or .50 quality machine guns in a Marine Corps Weapons company ?
|
There are ( 6 ) MK19 gunners and ( 6 ) .50 Cal gunners .
|
|
|
|
What is the SMAW ?
|
The Shoulder-Launched Multipurpose Assault Weapon ( SMAW ) is a shoulder-launched rocket weapon, based on the Israeli B-300, with the primary function of being a portable rape weapon ( e.g. bunker buster ) and a secondary anti-armor rocket catapult. It was introduced to the United States armed forces in 1984. It has a utmost range of 500 metres ( 550 yd ) against a tank-sized target .
|
|
|
|
What is the deputation of the Marine Corps rifle police squad ?
|
To locate, close with, and destroy the enemy by fire and maneuver, or repel the foe ‘s assault by fire and close up combat
|
|
|
|
What are the legitimate parts of a Marine Rifle Company ?
|
A Marine Corps Rifle Company consists of a company headquarters, a weapons platoon and 3 rifle platoons. The Weapons Platoon consists of a mortar section, an attack incision and a machine gunman segment. Each Rifle Platoon consists of 3 squads composed of 3 four-man fire teams .
|
|
|
|
What do the individual members of the Marine Corps Rifle team behave ?
|
squad leaders carries the M203 and their M16A2. The Squad Automatic Rifleman carries the M249 SAW while the other riflemen in the fire-team carry M16A2 .
|
|
|
|
How many rifle arouse teams are in a Marine Corps Rifle Squad ?
|
Three .
|
|
|
|
Does the weapons platoon section a Marine Rifle Company fire the same automatic pistol weapons as the team automatic rifle rifleman in the Marine Fire Team ?
|
No. The M240G section fires machine guns and the M249 team automatic rifle weapon is used by the Marine Automatic Rifleman .
|
|
|
|
What are the duties of the team drawing card ?
|
The police squad drawing card carries out the orders issued to him by the platoon commander. He is responsible for the discipline, appearance, training, control, lead, and benefit of his jack at all times, a well as the stipulate, wish and economic practice of its weapons and equipment. In fight, he is creditworthy for the tactical employment, displace discipline, burn master, and maneuver of his police squad. He takes situation where he can best carry out his orders of the platoon commanding officer and detect and control the team .
|
|
|
|
Do the mortal elements in a Marine Corps Rifle Company Weapons Platoon fire the same kinds of Mortars as the Weapons company Mortars Platoon ?
|
No. The weapons component in the company fires the M224 60-mm mortar while the mortar element of the weapons caller fires the 80mm mortars .
|
|
|
|
What are the responsibilities of the Fire Team Leader ?
|
He carries out the orders of the police squad drawing card. responsible for fire discipline and control of his fire team, economic use of weapons and equipment. besides functions as a grenadier .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the fire team leader function as the grenadier ?
|
Yes. He carries the M203 Grenade catapult mounted on his M16A2 .
|
|
|
|
How many Mk-153 Shoulder-launched multipurpose rape weapons ( SMAWs ) does the distinctive Marine Corps Infantry Company have ?
|
The assail section has six MK153 83-mm shoulder launched multipurpose rape weapons .
|
|
|
|
What is the SMAW ?
|
The Shoulder-Launched Multipurpose Assault Weapon ( SMAW ) is a shoulder-launched rocket weapon, based on the Israeli B-300, with the primary function of being a portable rape weapon ( e.g. bunker baby buster ) and a secondary anti-armor rocket catapult. It was introduced to the United States armed forces in 1984. It has a maximum range of 500 metres ( 550 yd ) against a tank-sized target .
|
|
|
|
What are the responsibilities of the Automatic Rifleman ?
|
He carries out the orders of the burn team drawing card. He is creditworthy for the effective use of the autmoatic plunder and for the condition and care of his weapon or equipment .
|
|
|
|
How does the assistant automatic rifle rifleman support the automatic rifleman ?
|
He carries extra magazines and/or ammunition boxes for the automatic rifle plunder .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the Marine Corps rifle police squad ?
|
To locate, close with, and destroy the enemy by fire and tactic, or repel the enemy ‘s assault by open fire and close combat
|
|
|
|
What are the responsibilities of the Fire Team Rifleman ?
|
He carries out the orders of the team leader. He is creditworthy for the effective employment of his rifle and for the discipline and care of his weapon and equipment. The rifleman is trained as a scout .
|
|
|
|
How many rifle ardor teams are in a Marine Corps Rifle Squad ?
|
Three .
|
|
|
|
How many arouse positions are there ?
|
Three .
|
|
|
|
What are the duties of the squad drawing card ?
|
The police squad drawing card carries out the orders issued to him by the platoon air force officer. He is responsible for the discipline, appearance, discipline, control, behave, and wellbeing of his squat at all times, adenine well as the circumstance, care and economic habit of its weapons and equipment. In fight, he is responsible for the tactical employment, fire discipline, open fire control, and tactic of his police squad. He takes side where he can best have a bun in the oven out his orders of the platoon commander and observe and control the police squad .
|
|
|
|
What are the responsibilities of the Fire Team Leader ?
|
He carries out the orders of the team leader. responsible for arouse discipline and control of his fire team, economic use of weapons and equipment. besides functions as a grenadier .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are fighting positions ?
|
Primary, Alternate, Supplementary
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the fire team leader affair as the grenadier ?
|
Yes. He carries the M203 Grenade catapult mounted on his M16A2 .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 3 ) three what is the difference between the Primary and Alternate Fighting Position ?
|
The understudy fighting place is used when the basal is unserviceable .
|
|
|
|
What are the responsibilities of the Automatic Rifleman ?
|
He carries out the orders of the fire team leader. He is responsible for the effective employment of the autmoatic plunder and for the condition and care of his weapon or equipment .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 3 ) fighting positions what is the deviation between the elementary fight position and the supplementary fight position ?
|
The supplementary put is normally train to guard against attack from directions other than those from which the independent attack is expected while the chief status is the best available military position for the main assail .
|
|
|
|
How does the assistant automatic rifleman confirm the automatic rifleman ?
|
He carries extra magazines and/or ammunition boxes for the automatic rifle rifle .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the three fighting positions what is the basal remainder between the Alternate Fighting Position and the Supplementary Fighting Position ?
|
The Alternate allows the main attack to continue from an different advantage point while the Supplementary are prepare to guard against attack from a steering different than the main attack .
|
|
|
|
What are the responsibilities of the Fire Team Rifleman ?
|
He carries out the orders of the team leader. He is responsible for the effective employment of his rifle and for the condition and concern of his weapon and equipment. The rifleman is trained as a scout .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is the Alternate contend position one of the three fighting positions ?
|
Yes. The interchange contend position are not normally assigned to individuals or units with in a platoon. They are used chiefly by crew-serve weapons. An interchange crusade position is located so that a crew-served weapon can continue to accomplish its original mission when the elementary stead becomes indefensible or ill-sorted for carrying out the mission .
|
|
|
|
How many arouse positions are there ?
|
Three .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Three Fighting Positions is the Main Position one of them ?
|
No. The three fight positions are primary coil, alternate and supplementary
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are fighting positions ?
|
Primary, Alternate, Supplementary
|
|
|
|
True/False. Regarding guidelines on firing positions, can excessive clearing result in revealing the squads firing position .
|
true. Do NOT disclose the team ‘s fight side, by excessive or careless clear .
|
|
|
|
When preparing a crusade placement should the riflemen start close to the place of fire or away and work their room back ?
|
Start close .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 3 ) three what is the remainder between the Primary and Alternate Fighting Position ?
|
The surrogate fighting military position is used when the primary is unserviceable .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the formulation of a fire side, what should the firing team function to conceal the position ?
|
natural leaf from the surrounding area .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the ( 3 ) fighting positions what is the dispute between the primary crusade placement and the supplementary contend stead ?
|
The auxiliary position is normally prepared to guard against attack from directions other than those from which the chief approach is expected while the primary position is the best available stead for the main attack .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the three fighting positions what is the primary deviation between the Alternate Fighting Position and the Supplementary Fighting Position ?
|
The Alternate allows the main attack to continue from an different vantage point while the Supplementary are prepare to guard against attack from a direction unlike than the main fire .
|
|
|
|
In preparing a fire stead, what considerations should be different for heavily wooded or sparsely wooded areas ?
|
In sparsely wooded areas, removed the lower branches of scatter big trees or integral trees while in heavy wooded areas focus more on a narrow playing field of fire for automatic weapons and clear underbrush .
|
|
|
|
True/False. If practical demolish buildings and walls forward of the active placement which may obstruct fields of fire or provide cover and privacy to the enemy .
|
true .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is the Alternate crusade position one of the three fighting positions ?
|
Yes. The alternate fight position are not normally assigned to individuals or units with in a platoon. They are used primarily by crew-serve weapons. An alternate crusade position is located sol that a crew-served weapon can continue to accomplish its original mission when the elementary place becomes indefensible or ill-sorted for carrying out the mission .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Regarding the Three Fighting Positions is the Main Position one of them ?
|
No. The three crusade positions are primary, understudy and auxiliary
|
|
|
|
What should you remember to consider when removing brush and underbrush from the field of open fire when preparing firing positions ?
|
Remember not to place it in a position that can provide cover and privacy to the enemy .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Regarding guidelines on firing positions, can excessive clearing result in revealing the squads firing status .
|
true. Do NOT disclose the squad ‘s fight position, by excessive or careless authorize .
|
|
|
|
Because the fire team leader is besides a grenadier what considerations must be taken in the homework of a field of fire and firing position ?
|
Extreme care must be taken by the fire team leader to insure that fields of open fire are cleared of obstructions which might cause premature explosion of M203 Projectiles .
|
|
|
|
When preparing a fight status should the riflemen start close to the position of fire or aside and work their way back ?
|
Start close .
|
|
|
|
What is a FPF ?
|
Final Protective Fires are the final examination attack to stop the enemy attack before he reaches the platoon ‘s battle military position. When final examination protective fires are called for, all team members fire in their arrogate sectors. Rifles and M203 ‘s continue to fire at normal rates and machine guns will increase their volume of fire to the rapid rate. The M203 is employed toward the largest concentration of the enemy .
|
|
|
|
Regarding the preparation of a fuel place, what should the firing team use to conceal the situation ?
|
natural leaf from the surrounding area .
|
|
|
|
What is a check target ?
|
A predetermine point on the ground used as a mean of controlling bowel movement. These are normally predetermined points for a patrol where the drawing card of the patrol to coordinate with the parent unit to monitor progress and campaign .
|
|
|
|
In preparing a dismissal put, what considerations should be different for heavily wooded or sparsely wooded areas ?
|
In sparsely wooded areas, removed the lower branches of disperse boastfully trees or entire trees while in heavily wooded areas focus more on a narrow field of ardor for automatic weapons and unclutter underbrush .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between a check luff and a tease point ?
|
A check sharpen is a predetermine point on the ground that is used as a intend of controlling drift and communicating build up with the parent activeness or command while a call up item is a point on the grind where a patrol can reorganize if it becomes dispersed .
|
|
|
|
True/False. If hardheaded demolish buildings and walls ahead of the contend position which may obstruct fields of fire or provide cover and privacy to the enemy .
|
dependable .
|
|
|
|
How many kinds of beat up points are there ?
|
Three. An initial, En Route, and Objective .
|
|
|
|
What should you remember to consider when removing brush and underbrush from the field of open fire when preparing firing positions ?
|
Remember not to place it in a put that can provide binding and privacy to the foe .
|
|
|
|
What is the remainder between the initial and en road rally item ?
|
The initial call up point is with in friendly area and the en route rally points are for when the unit is going to and from the objective. These call up points allow the whole to reassemble in the tied that the unit becomes dispersed or requires reorganization .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between the Initial Rally Point and the Objective Rally Point ?
|
The objective beat up point is nearest the objective and is the spot where the unit reassembles after the mission is accomplished while the Initial rally point is in friendly lines normally before departing or upon returning of the patrol .
|
|
|
|
Because the fire team drawing card is besides a grenadier what considerations must be taken in the planning of a field of fire and firing position ?
|
Extreme concern must be taken by the fire team leader to insure that fields of fire are cleared of obstructions which might cause premature detonation of M203 Projectiles .
|
|
|
|
What is a FPF ?
|
Final Protective Fires are the final undertake to stop the enemy fire before he reaches the platoon ‘s struggle position. When final protective fires are called for, all police squad members fire in their impute sectors. Rifles and M203 ‘s continue to fire at convention rates and machine guns will increase their bulk of arouse to the rapid pace. The M203 is employed toward the largest concentration of the foe .
|
|
|
|
If Marines are caught in the kill zone of a close or near still-hunt what is the protocol for reacting to an ambush ?
|
Marines in the killing zone should immediately assault the enemies positions with out waiting for any order or bespeak. The rape should be western fence lizard, violent and destructive and done with out order .
|
|
|
|
What is a check point ?
|
A predetermine steer on the land used as a means of controlling bowel movement. These are normally predetermined points for a patrol where the drawing card of the patrol to coordinate with the rear unit to monitor progress and drift .
|
|
|
|
In a far ambush what should Marines reacting to the ambush do ?
|
Far still-hunt precludes those being assaulted from conducting a counter-assault. Take the best available covering and continue firing unless directed otherwise. Marines not in the killing zone maneuver against the ambush force as directed. The patrol drawing card will assess and determine if contact should be broken or a counter-assault conducted .
|
|
|
|
How many types of patrols are conducted by the United States Marine Corps Infantry ?
|
Five. raid. Contact. Economy of Force. Ambush. Security .
|
|
|
|
What is the remainder between a assay point and a rally distributor point ?
|
A check point is a bias point on the ground that is used as a means of controlling motion and communicating progress with the parent action or command while a beat up point is a point on the anchor where a patrol can reorganize if it becomes dispersed .
|
|
|
|
How many kinds of rally points are there ?
|
Three. An initial, En Route, and Objective .
|
|
|
|
What kind of ambush destroys or captures enemy personnel or equipment ?
|
A Raid Patrol destroys or captures enemy personnel or equipment, destroys installations or frees friendly personnel who have been captured by the foe .
|
|
|
|
What is the deviation between the initial and en route rally sharpen ?
|
The initial tease point is with in friendly area and the en route rally points are for when the unit is going to and from the objective. These rally points allow the unit to reassemble in the even that the unit becomes dispersed or requires reorganization .
|
|
|
|
What kind of foray establishes and/or maintains contact with friendly or enemy forces ?
|
A Contact Patrol establishes and/or maintains contact with friendly or enemy forces .
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between the Initial Rally Point and the Objective Rally Point ?
|
The aim rally point is nearest the objective and is the spot where the unit reassembles after the mission is accomplished while the Initial muster point is in friendly lines normally before departing or upon returning of the patrol .
|
|
|
|
What kind of raid performs a express objective mission such as seizing and holding key terrain to allow maximum forces to be used elsewhere ?
|
Economy of Force Patrols perform limited objective missions such as seizing and holding key terrain to allow maximal forces to be used elsewhere .
|
|
|
|
What kind of still-hunt conducts assaults on enemy patrols, carrying parties, foot column and convoys ?
|
Ambush patrols lead ambushes of enemy patrols, carrying parties, foundation column and convoy .
|
|
|
|
If Marines are caught in the kill zone of a close or near still-hunt what is the protocol for reacting to an ambush ?
|
Marines in the killing zone should immediately assault the enemies positions with out waiting for any order or signal. The assault should be swift, violent and destructive and done with out order .
|
|
|
|
In a army for the liberation of rwanda ambush what should Marines reacting to the ambush do ?
|
Far still-hunt precludes those being assaulted from conducting a counter-assault. Take the best available cover and continue firing unless directed otherwise. Marines not in the killing zone maneuver against the still-hunt force as directed. The patrol leader will assess and determine if contact should be broken or a counter-assault conducted .
|
|
|
|
What kind of patrol detects percolation by the enemy, kills or captures infiltrators and protects against surprise or ambush ?
|
security system Patrols detect percolation by the foe, kill or capture infiltrators, and protect against surprise or ambush .
|
|
|
|
What kind of call up point is a point with in the friendly sphere where the patrol can reassemble if it becomes dispersed before departing the friendly area or before reaching the first rally point designated en road ?
|
The initial rally point
|
|
|
|
How many types of patrols are conducted by the United States Marine Corps Infantry ?
|
Five. foray. Contact. Economy of Force. Ambush. Security .
|
|
|
|
Which rally points are selected along the patrol ‘s road to the objective an from the objective back to friendly lines/area ?
|
En Route
|
|
|
|
What kind of ambush destroys or captures enemy personnel or equipment ?
|
A Raid Patrol destroys or captures enemy personnel or equipment, destroys installations or frees friendly personnel who have been captured by the enemy .
|
|
|
|
What kind of beat up period is nearest the objective at which the patrol reassembles after the mission is accomplished ?
|
The Objective Rally Point
|
|
|
|
What kind of foray establishes and/or maintains contact with friendly or enemy forces ?
|
A Contact Patrol establishes and/or maintains contact with friendly or foe forces .
|
|
|
|
What kind of foray performs a limited objective deputation such as seizing and holding key terrain to allow maximum forces to be used elsewhere ?
|
Economy of Force Patrols perform limited objective missions such as seizing and holding keystone terrain to allow utmost forces to be used elsewhere .
|
|
|
|
Which member of the plunder team is responsible for deploying the M203 Grenade Launcher ?
|
Fire team leaders are besides the Grenadier. This nautical is creditworthy for the effective use of the grenade catapult .
|
|
|
|
Which member of the Marine Corps Fire Team is responsible for the effective employment of the automatic rifle ?
|
The Automatic Rifleman is responsible for the effective employment of the automatic rifle and for the condition and wish of that weapon and equipment .
|
|
|
|
What kind of still-hunt conducts assaults on enemy patrols, carrying parties, foot column and convoys ?
|
Ambush patrols conduct ambushes of enemy patrols, carrying parties, foot column and convoy .
|
|
|
|
What kind of patrol detects percolation by the enemy, kills or captures infiltrators and protects against surprise or ambush ?
|
security Patrols detect percolation by the enemy, kill or capture infiltrators, and protect against surprise or ambush .
|
|
|
|
Which member of the Marine Corps fire-team carries extra rounds of ammunition and magazines while being creditworthy for the effective use of the automatic rifle rifle ?
|
The adjunct automatic pistol rifleman assists in the employment of the automatic pistol plunder. He carries extra magazines and/or ammunition boxes for his automatic plunder and is prepared to assume the duties of the automatic rifleman .
|
|
|
|
What kind of rally distributor point is a point with in the friendly area where the patrol can reassemble if it becomes dispersed before departing the friendly area or before reaching the first call up decimal point designated en route ?
|
The initial rally target
|
|
|
|
Which of the keep up members of the Marine Corps Rifle Squad are creditworthy for the use of their plunder and is besides trained as a scout ?
|
The Marine Corps Rifleman carries out the orders of the fire team leader. They are responsible for the effective employment of their rifle and for the stipulate and care of their weapon and equipment. They are trained as a scout .
|
|
|
|
Which rally points are selected along the patrol ‘s route to the objective an from the aim back to friendly lines/area ?
|
En Route
|
|
|
|
Which of the following fight position is the best available position from which the assigned sector of fire can be covered ?
|
The Primary Fighting Position is the best available placement from which the assigned sector of fire can be covered. Individuals, fire teams, squads and crew-served weapons are assigned chief contend positions .
|
|
|
|
What kind of rally point is nearest the objective at which the patrol reassembles after the mission is accomplished ?
|
The Objective Rally Point
|
|
|
|
Which of the following Fighting Positions are not normally assigned to individuals or units with in the position and are normally served by crew-served weapons ?
|
Alternate Fighting Positions are not normally assigned to individuals or units with in a platoon. They are used chiefly by crew-served weapons. An alternate fight position is located so that a crew-served weapon can continue to accomplish its master mission when the primary status becomes indefensible or ill-sorted for carrying out that mission .
|
|
|
|
Which member of the rifle squad is responsible for deploying the M203 Grenade Launcher ?
|
Fire team leaders are besides the Grenadier. This marine is responsible for the effective employment of the grenade launcher .
|
|
|
|
Which contribution of the Headquarters of a Marine Division provides control, administrative, and security functions a well as organic issue for the headquarters battalion ?
|
The H & S Company of a Marine Division provides instruction, administrative, and security functions angstrom well as organic supply for the headquarters battalion .
|
|
|
|
Which penis of the Marine Corps Fire Team is creditworthy for the effective employment of the automatic rifle rifle ?
|
The Automatic Rifleman is responsible for the effective use of the automatic pistol rifle and for the condition and care of that weapon and equipment .
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow elements of a Marine Division provide ground reconnaissance and surveillance in support of the division or its subordinate elements ?
|
The Reconnaissance Company provide ground reconnaissance and surveillance in support of the division or its subordinate elements .
|
|
|
|
Which member of the Marine Corps fire-team carries extra rounds of ammunition and magazines while being responsible for the effective employment of the automatic plunder ?
|
The adjunct automatic rifle rifleman assists in the use of the automatic plunder. He carries extra magazines and/or ammunition boxes for his automatic rifle and is prepared to assume the duties of the automatic pistol rifleman .
|
|
|
|
Which of the pursuit elements of a Headquarters Battalion of a Marine Division provides road reconnaissance, evacuation and control of enemy prisoners of war ( EPW ), beach and margin defense, area security, crowd control, and fact-finding services ?
|
The MP Company provides route reconnaissance, elimination and control of foe prisoners of war ( EPW ), beach and circumference defense, sphere security, crowd control, and fact-finding services .
|
|
|
|
Which of the stick to members of the Marine Corps Rifle Squad are responsible for the use of their plunder and is besides trained as a lookout ?
|
The Marine Corps Rifleman carries out the orders of the fire team leader. They are responsible for the effective employment of their plunder and for the condition and care of their weapon and equipment. They are trained as a scout .
|
|
|
|
Which of the pursue elements of an H & S Battalion of a Marine Corps Division installs, operates, and maintains communications facilities for the division headquarters, including multi-channel radio receiver, telegram and communications center facilities ?
|
The communications ship’s company installs, operates, and maintains communications facilities for the division headquarter, including multi-channel radio, wire and communications center facilities ?
|
|
|
|
Which of the following contend place is the best available put from which the assigned sector of fire can be covered ?
|
The Primary Fighting Position is the best available position from which the assigned sector of burn can be covered. Individuals, arouse teams, squads and crew-served weapons are assigned elementary fight positions .
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow elements of an Headquarters Battalion of a Marine Division provides general corroborate and motive ecstasy to the Marine Division ?
|
The Truck Company provides general back and motor transport to the Marine Division .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps unit of measurement is supported by the Marine Corps Artillery Regiment ?
|
Marine Division
|
|
|
|
Which of the following Fighting Positions are not normally assigned to individuals or units with in the position and are normally served by crew-served weapons ?
|
Alternate Fighting Positions are not normally assigned to individuals or units with in a platoon. They are used primarily by crew-served weapons. An alternate fight position is located so that a crew-served weapon can continue to accomplish its master deputation when the primary position becomes indefensible or ill-sorted for carrying out that mission .
|
|
|
|
How many M198 155mm Howitzers are employed by a typical Marine Corps Artillery Battalion ?
|
An artillery battalion consists of a headquarters battery and fire batteries. They have 3 to 4 firing batteries of six M198 155mm howitzers .
|
|
|
|
Which separate of the Headquarters of a Marine Division provides command, administrative, and security functions deoxyadenosine monophosphate well as organic provision for the headquarters battalion ?
|
The H & S Company of a Marine Division provides instruction, administrative, and security functions ampere well as organic issue for the headquarters battalion .
|
|
|
|
How many artillery battalions are in the 10th and 11th Marine regiments ?
|
There are four in each .
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow elements of a Marine Division provide reason reconnaissance and surveillance in digest of the division or its subordinate elements ?
|
The Reconnaissance Company provide ground reconnaissance and surveillance in support of the division or its subordinate elements .
|
|
|
|
Which of the succeed elements of a Headquarters Battalion of a Marine Division provides route reconnaissance, evacuation and restraint of foe prisoners of war ( EPW ), beach and circumference defense, area security, crowd control, and fact-finding services ?
|
The MP Company provides road reconnaissance, emptying and control condition of enemy prisoners of war ( EPW ), beach and circumference defense, area security, crowd operate, and fact-finding services .
|
|
|
|
How are artillery battalions moved from point A to indicate B ?
|
The are mobilized by vehicles .
|
|
|
|
Are Corpsmen assigned to Artillery Battalions ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Which of the following elements of an H & S Battalion of a Marine Corps Division installs, operates, and maintains communications facilities for the division headquarters, including multi-channel radio, wire and communications center facilities ?
|
The communications company installs, operates, and maintains communications facilities for the division headquarters, including multi-channel radio, telegram and communications focus on facilities ?
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow elements of an Headquarters Battalion of a Marine Division provides general support and drive ecstasy to the Marine Division ?
|
The Truck Company provides general back and motor transmit to the Marine Division .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are weapon battalions required to engage multiple targets ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What Marine Corps unit is supported by the Marine Corps Artillery Regiment ?
|
Marine Division
|
|
|
|
How many Marines man an individual M198 Howitzer ?
|
9 Enlisted .
|
|
|
|
What is the maximum rate of ardor for the M198 155mm Howitzer ?
|
maximal 4 rounds per minute
|
|
|
|
How many M198 155mm Howitzers are employed by a typical Marine Corps Artillery Battalion ?
|
An weapon battalion consists of a headquarters battery and ignition batteries. They have 3 to 4 firing batteries of six M198 155mm howitzers .
|
|
|
|
What is the nourish rate of fire for the M198 155mm Howitzer ?
|
2 rounds per minute
|
|
|
|
How many artillery battalions are in the 10th and 11th Marine regiments ?
|
There are four in each .
|
|
|
|
How are artillery battalions moved from point A to point B ?
|
The are mobilized by vehicles .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the M198 155mm Howitzer arouse more than 10 miles ?
|
Yes. Using conventional ammunition it can fire 13.9 miles and using rocket assisted projectiles it can hit targets 18.6 miles away .
|
|
|
|
Are Corpsmen assigned to Artillery Battalions ?
|
Yes
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the M198 155mm Howitzer hit targets at a distance greater than 15 miles ?
|
Yes but using rocket assisted rounds. Using conventional ammunition it can fire 13.9 miles and using rocket assisted projectiles it can hit targets 18.6 miles aside .
|
|
|
|
How many artillery battalions are in the 12 Marine Regiment ?
|
Two. There are four artillery battalions in the 10th and 11th Marine Regiments and there are two weapon regiments in the 12 Marine Regiment .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are weapon battalions required to engage multiple targets ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
How many Marines man an individual M198 Howitzer ?
|
9 Enlisted .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Can there be a qty. of 24 M198 155mm Howitzers in a Marine Artillery Battalion ?
|
true. There are three or four firing batteries of six M198 155mm Howitzers in a Marine Artillery Battalion .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Besides a 7-ton truck, can a CH-53E helicopter transportation a M198 Howitzer from luff A to item B ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What is the maximum rate of fire for the M198 155mm Howitzer ?
|
maximal 4 rounds per infinitesimal
|
|
|
|
What is the prolong rate of ardor for the M198 155mm Howitzer ?
|
2 rounds per minute
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can a M198 155mm Howitzer fit in the cargo area of a C-130 fix wing air-craft for transportation system ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the M198 155mm Howitzer fire more than 10 miles ?
|
Yes. Using conventional ammunition it can fire 13.9 miles and using rocket assisted projectiles it can hit targets 18.6 miles away .
|
|
|
|
Can the M198 155mm mortar hit targets at 20 miles ?
|
No. Using ceremonious ammunition it can fire 13.9 miles and using rocket assisted projectiles it can hit targets 18.6 miles away .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the M198 155mm Howitzer hit targets at a distance greater than 15 miles ?
|
Yes but using rocket assisted rounds. Using ceremonious ammunition it can fire 13.9 miles and using rocket assisted projectiles it can hit targets 18.6 miles aside .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the M198 provide displace support missions for a Marine Air Ground Task Force ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What is the deputation of a tank battalion ?
|
The mission of the tank battalion is to close with and destroy the enemy by using armor-protected firepower, shock effect, and maneuver and to provide anti-mechanized fire in support of the Marine division .
|
|
|
|
How many artillery battalions are in the 12 Marine Regiment ?
|
Two. There are four artillery battalions in the 10th and 11th Marine Regiments and there are two weapon regiments in the 12 Marine Regiment .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does a tank battalion have an anti-tank element ?
|
Yes. A platoon sized anti-tank element that supports a Marine Division .
|
|
|
|
True/False. Can there be a qty. of 24 M198 155mm Howitzers in a Marine Artillery Battalion ?
|
true. There are three or four firing batteries of six M198 155mm Howitzers in a Marine Artillery Battalion .
|
|
|
|
Does a Tank Battalion in support of the Marine Division have an H & S Platoon or Company ?
|
an H & S Company
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Besides a 7-ton truck, can a CH-53E helicopter transport a M198 Howitzer from steer A to steer B ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are there more than 50 tanks in a Marine Corps Tank Battalion in support of a Marine Division ?
|
Yes. There are 58 M1A1 tanks, 26 TOW weapons systems, and 5 M88A1 tank convalescence vehicles .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can a M198 155mm Howitzer fit in the cargo area of a C-130 fix wing air-craft for fare ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Are there more than 30 TOW anti-tank projectile systems in a typical cooler battalion in support of a Marine Corps Division ?
|
No. There are 58 M1A1 tanks, 26 TOW weapons systems, and 5 M88A1 cooler recovery vehicles .
|
|
|
|
Can the M198 155mm mortar hit targets at 20 miles ?
|
No. Using conventional ammunition it can fire 13.9 miles and using rocket assisted projectiles it can hit targets 18.6 miles away .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the M198 supply fire support missions for a Marine Air Ground Task Force ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Corps Tank Battalion have more than 3 M88A1 tank recovery vehicles ?
|
Yes. There are 58 M1A1 tanks, 26 TOW weapons systems, and 5 M88A1 tank convalescence vehicles .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of a tank car battalion ?
|
The mission of the tank battalion is to close with and destroy the enemy by using armor-protected firepower, shock effect, and steer and to provide anti-mechanized fire in corroborate of the Marine division .
|
|
|
|
What kind of tank does the Marine Corps habit ?
|
The M1A1
|
|
|
|
Can an M1A1 tank travel faster than 50 MPH ?
|
No. Their maximal amphetamine is 42 miles per hours and can go across country at 30 miles an hour
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does a tank battalion have an anti-tank chemical element ?
|
Yes. A platoon sized anti-tank chemical element that supports a Marine Division .
|
|
|
|
Does a Tank Battalion in hold of the Marine Division have an H & S Platoon or Company ?
|
an H & S Company
|
|
|
|
How many crew members are in an M1A1 tank ?
|
Four .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are there more than 50 tanks in a Marine Corps Tank Battalion in patronize of a Marine Division ?
|
Yes. There are 58 M1A1 tanks, 26 TOW weapons systems, and 5 M88A1 tank convalescence vehicles .
|
|
|
|
Is the cruising range of a M1A1 tank greater than 300 miles ?
|
No. The M1A1 can travel 289 miles with out the NBC system and M1A1 279 miles .
|
|
|
|
Are there more than 30 TOW anti-tank missile systems in a typical tank battalion in documentation of a Marine Corps Division ?
|
No. There are 58 M1A1 tanks, 26 TOW weapons systems, and 5 M88A1 tank recovery vehicles .
|
|
|
|
What are the two types of rounds the M1A1 can fire ?
|
Kinetic Energy ( Sabot ) and Chemical Energy ( Heat ) rounds .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Corps Tank Battalion have more than 3 M88A1 tank recovery vehicles ?
|
Yes. There are 58 M1A1 tanks, 26 TOW weapons systems, and 5 M88A1 tank recovery vehicles .
|
|
|
|
What is the main weapon of the M1A1 tank in the Marine Corps ?
|
The 120mm M256 Gun
|
|
|
|
What kind of tank does the Marine Corps use ?
|
The M1A1
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does an M1A1 have a .50 bore M2 machine gunman as a secondary weapons
|
Yes. The M1A1 has both a .50 quality M2 machine gun and 7.62 millimeter M240 machine guns .
|
|
|
|
Can an M1A1 cooler travel faster than 50 MPH ?
|
No. Their maximum speed is 42 miles per hours and can go across state at 30 miles an hour
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the M1A1 independent battle tank use a M240 machine gunman as a secondary weapon system ?
|
Yes. The M1A1 has both a .50 quality M2 machine artillery and 7.62 millimeter M240 machine guns .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is the M1A1 abrams compatible with amphibious ships and landing trade ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
How many crew members are in an M1A1 tank car ?
|
Four .
|
|
|
|
Is the cruising stove of a M1A1 tank greater than 300 miles ?
|
No. The M1A1 can travel 289 miles with out the NBC arrangement and M1A1 279 miles .
|
|
|
|
What is the deputation of the TOW Weapons System ?
|
The TOW missile system ‘s mission is to engage and destroy enemy armored vehicles, chief tanks .
|
|
|
|
What are the two types of rounds the M1A1 can fire ?
|
Kinetic Energy ( Sabot ) and Chemical Energy ( Heat ) rounds .
|
|
|
|
When was the TOW Weapon system initially fielded ?
|
1970
|
|
|
|
What is the chief weapon of the M1A1 tank in the Marine Corps ?
|
The 120mm M256 Gun
|
|
|
|
What is the purpose of the TOW weapons system ?
|
The TOW missile weapons system is designed to attack and defeat tanks and early armored vehicles .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does an M1A1 have a .50 bore M2 machine gun as a secondary weapons
|
Yes. The M1A1 has both a .50 bore M2 machine accelerator and 7.62 millimeter M240 machine guns .
|
|
|
|
What is the function of the M88A1E1 Herculese Vehicle ?
|
The M88 supports the Tank Battalion in a Marine Division is a recovery vehicle for main struggle tanks. The Hercules can be transported by highway, rail, marine, and vent .
|
|
|
|
What is the M60A1 AVLB ?
|
It is a engineering fomite that can deploy a 60-foot scissors-type bridge .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the M1A1 independent struggle tank use a M240 machine gunman as a secondary weapon system ?
|
Yes. The M1A1 has both a .50 bore M2 machine accelerator and 7.62 millimeter M240 car guns .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is the M1A1 abrams compatible with amphibious ships and landing craft ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
How many sections does the ALVB (Armored Vehicle Launched Bridge) consists of?
|
Three: The launcher, the hull, and the bridge.
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the TOW Weapons System ?
|
The TOW missile system ‘s mission is to engage and destroy enemy armor vehicles, primary tanks .
|
|
|
|
What is the width of the M60A1 AVLB Armored Vehicle Launched Bridge ?
|
12 feet 6 inches
|
|
|
|
When was the TOW Weapon system initially fielded ?
|
1970
|
|
|
|
How quickly can a M60A1 AVLB Armored-Vehicle Launched Bridge be deployed ?
|
Bridge emplacement cane be accomplished in 2 to 5 minutes and recovery can be accomplished in 10 minutes .
|
|
|
|
What is the purpose of the TOW weapons system ?
|
The TOW projectile weapons system is designed to attack and defeat tanks and other armored vehicles .
|
|
|
|
What is size of the independent artillery on the M1A1 Main Battle Tank for the US Marine Corps ?
|
The Rheinmetall 120 millimeter artillery is a smoothbore tank accelerator designed and produced by the west german Rheinmetall-DeTec AG company, developed in reaction to soviet advances in armor engineering and development of new armored threats. production began in 1974, with the first adaptation of the gunman, known as the L/44 as it was 44 calibers long, used on the german Leopard 2 tank and soon produced under license for the american M1A1 Abrams and early tanks. The american english adaptation, the M256, uses a handbuild spring kick back system rather of a hydraulic system. The gun has besides been exported to South Korea and Japan for their autochthonal cooler designs, deoxyadenosine monophosphate well as other nations that have procured the Leopard 2 and the M1 Abrams. Rheinmetall ‘s 120-millimeter ( 4.7 in ) L/44 tank gunman has a distance of 5.28 meters ( 17.3 foot ), and the gun system weighs approximately 3,317 kilograms ( 7,310 pound ) .
|
|
|
|
What is the function of the M88A1E1 Herculese Vehicle ?
|
The M88 supports the Tank Battalion in a Marine Division is a convalescence vehicle for independent battle tanks. The Hercules can be transported by highway, fulminate, marine, and vent .
|
|
|
|
What is the M829 cycle ?
|
The M829 is an american first-generation Armor-Piercing, Fin-Stabilized, Discarding Sabot ( APFSDS ) tank round designed specifically for the 120 millimeter M256 main gun on the M1A1, M1A2. and M1A2 SEP Abrams independent conflict tanks .
|
|
|
|
What is the M60A1 AVLB ?
|
It is a engineering vehicle that can deploy a 60-foot scissors-type bridge .
|
|
|
|
The T.O.W. in TOW Anti-tank missile system stands for what ?
|
TOW is an acronym that stands for “ Tube-launched, Optically-tracked, Wire control data associate, guided projectile ”
|
|
|
|
How many sections does the ALVB (Armored Vehicle Launched Bridge) consists of?
|
Three: The launcher, the hull, and the bridge.
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is the TOW anti-tank projectile a fire and forget weapon ?
|
No. The TOW projectile in its current variations is not a fire-and-forget weapon, and like most second genesis wire-guided missiles has Semi-Automatic Command Line of Sight guidance. This means that the guidance system is directly linked to the platform, and requires that the target be kept in the taw ‘s credit line of sight until the missile impacts .
|
|
|
|
What is the utmost time to target crop of the TOW Missile ?
|
clock time to target at maximal range is 20 seconds consequently giving an average travel rapidly of 187.5 m/s .
|
|
|
|
What is the width of the M60A1 AVLB Armored Vehicle Launched Bridge ?
|
12 feet 6 inches
|
|
|
|
How quickly can a M60A1 AVLB Armored-Vehicle Launched Bridge be deployed ?
|
Bridge emplacement cane be accomplished in 2 to 5 minutes and retrieval can be accomplished in 10 minutes .
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Corps Tank Battalion work for a Marine Corps Regiment or Division ?
|
It is assigned to a Marine Corps Division .
|
|
|
|
How many crowd members are aboard the MVLB M60A1 Armored Vehicle Launched Bridge ?
|
The AVLB fomite carries a crowd of two
|
|
|
|
What is size of the main gun on the M1A1 Main Battle Tank for the US Marine Corps ?
|
The Rheinmetall 120 millimeter gun is a smoothbore tank accelerator designed and produced by the west german Rheinmetall-DeTec AG company, developed in reception to soviet advances in armor engineering and exploitation of modern armored threats. production began in 1974, with the first translation of the gunman, known as the L/44 as it was 44 calibers long, used on the german Leopard 2 tank and soon produced under license for the american M1A1 Abrams and other tanks. The american english version, the M256, uses a coil spring backfire organization rather of a hydraulic system. The gunman has besides been exported to South Korea and Japan for their autochthonal cooler designs, arsenic well as other nations that have procured the Leopard 2 and the M1 Abrams. Rheinmetall ‘s 120-millimeter ( 4.7 in ) L/44 tank gun has a duration of 5.28 meters ( 17.3 foot ), and the grease-gun system weighs approximately 3,317 kilograms ( 7,310 pound ) .
|
|
|
|
What is the M829 rung ?
|
The M829 is an american first-generation Armor-Piercing, Fin-Stabilized, Discarding Sabot ( APFSDS ) cooler round designed specifically for the 120 millimeter M256 main gun on the M1A1, M1A2. and M1A2 SEP Abrams chief battle tanks .
|
|
|
|
How a lot does the M60A1 AVLB consider ?
|
The bridge and vehicle total weight unit is 58 tons .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the M60A1 Armored Vehicle Launched Bridge ( M60A1 AVLB ) travel 300 miles ?
|
No. It has a roll of 290 miles ( 464 kilometers )
|
|
|
|
The T.O.W. in TOW Anti-tank missile system stands for what ?
|
TOW is an acronym that stands for “ Tube-launched, Optically-tracked, Wire command data link, guided missile ”
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the Assault Amphibian Battalion ?
|
The deputation of the Assault Amphibian Battalion is to land the surface assault elements of the land force and their equipment in a one lift from assail shipping during amphibious operations and related combat corroborate in subsequent operations ashore .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is the TOW anti-tank projectile a fire and forget weapon ?
|
No. The TOW missile in its current variations is not a fire-and-forget weapon, and like most second coevals wire-guided missiles has Semi-Automatic Command Line of Sight guidance. This means that the guidance system is directly linked to the platform, and requires that the prey be kept in the gunman ‘s line of sight until the projectile impacts .
|
|
|
|
What is the utmost meter to target range of the TOW Missile ?
|
prison term to target at maximal range is 20 seconds therefore giving an average accelerate of 187.5 m/s .
|
|
|
|
How many amphibian companies make up an amphibian battalion ?
|
Four plus an H & S caller
|
|
|
|
Does a Marine Corps Tank Battalion cultivate for a Marine Corps Regiment or Division ?
|
It is assigned to a Marine Corps Division .
|
|
|
|
Who do the assault amphibious battalions support ?
|
They support the MAGTF to provide ship-to-shore lift capability during the amphibious assault .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does a typical attack amphibian Battalion have more than 200+ AAVs ?
|
Yes. The Assault Amphibian Battalion has 213 AAVP7 ‘s, 14AAVC7 ‘s, and 6 AAVR7 ‘s .
|
|
|
|
How many crew members are aboard the MVLB M60A1 Armored Vehicle Launched Bridge ?
|
The AVLB vehicle carries a crew of two
|
|
|
|
How much does the M60A1 AVLB consider ?
|
The bridge and fomite full weight unit is 58 tons .
|
|
|
|
How many different Amphibious Assault Vehicles does the Marine Corps use ?
|
Three. The AAVP7, AAVC7, and the AAVR7
|
|
|
|
Which of the AAV ‘s are elementary used for transporting personnel ?
|
The AAVP7A is an armored attack amphibious full-tracked landing Vehicle. The fomite carries troops in water operations from ship to shore, through roughly urine and surf zone. It besides carries troops to inland objectives after ashore .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the M60A1 Armored Vehicle Launched Bridge ( M60A1 AVLB ) travel 300 miles ?
|
No. It has a range of 290 miles ( 464 kilometers )
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the Assault Amphibian Battalion ?
|
The mission of the Assault Amphibian Battalion is to land the airfoil rape elements of the down force and their equipment in a single raise from assault shipping during amphibious operations and related battle support in subsequent operations ashore .
|
|
|
|
Which of the watch AAV ‘s are used for communications capabilities in an amphibious attack ?
|
The AAVC7A is an armor assault amphibious full-tracked down Vehicle. The fomite gives mobile undertaking force communications centers in urine operations from ship to shore and to inland objectives after ashore .
|
|
|
|
How many amphibious companies make up an amphibian battalion ?
|
Four plus an H & S company
|
|
|
|
Which of the take after AAV ‘s are used in recovery processes ?
|
The AAVR7 is an armored attack amphibious full-tracked vehicle. The vehicle is designed to recover exchangeable or smaller size vehicles. It besides carries basic sustenance equipment to provide field documentation care to vehicles in the sphere .
|
|
|
|
Who do the attack amphibious battalions support ?
|
They support the MAGTF to provide ship-to-shore lift capability during the amphibious rape .
|
|
|
|
Which of the 3 AAV ‘s are faster in water : the AAVP, AAVC, or AAVR model ?
|
none of the Above. They all travel a cruising amphetamine of 6MPH and a maximum travel rapidly of 8.2 MPH forward while going 4.5 MPH in overrule .
|
|
|
|
How many total AAV ‘s are in an amphibian battalion ?
|
There are 233 full AAV ‘s in a Bn with 213 P ‘s, 14 C ‘s, and 6R ‘s .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does a typical rape amphibian Battalion have more than 200+ AAVs ?
|
Yes. The Assault Amphibian Battalion has 213 AAVP7 ‘s, 14AAVC7 ‘s, and 6 AAVR7 ‘s .
|
|
|
|
How many unlike Amphibious Assault Vehicles does the Marine Corps use ?
|
Three. The AAVP7, AAVC7, and the AAVR7
|
|
|
|
Which of the AAV has a HBM2 .50 caliber Machine grease-gun as its main weapon ?
|
The HBM 2 Caliber .50 machine gun and Mk 19 Mod 3 40 MM Machine accelerator are the armaments of the AAVP7A1
|
|
|
|
Which of the AAV ‘s are elementary used for transporting personnel ?
|
The AAVP7A is an armored attack amphibious full-tracked land Vehicle. The vehicle carries troops in water operations from transport to shore, through rough water system and surf zone. It besides carries troops to inland objectives after ashore .
|
|
|
|
Which of the comply AAV ‘s have the 7.62 machine gun as the basal weapon system ?
|
The AAVC7A1 has a 7.62 Machine Gun as the armament of its chief weapons system
|
|
|
|
Which of the comply AAV ‘s are used for communications capabilities in an amphibious assault ?
|
The AAVC7A is an armor assault amphibious full-tracked land Vehicle. The vehicle gives mobile tax coerce communications centers in water operations from ship to shore and to inland objectives after ashore .
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow AAV ‘s have the M60D as its primary weapon ?
|
The AAVR7A1 has the M60D Machine Gun as its chief weapon .
|
|
|
|
Which of the AAV ‘s used by the Marine Corps has the largest crew ?
|
The AAVP and AAVC have a crew of 3 while the AAVR has a crew of 5
|
|
|
|
Which of the succeed AAV ‘s are used in recovery processes ?
|
The AAVR7 is an armored assault amphibious full-tracked vehicle. The fomite is designed to recover exchangeable or smaller size vehicles. It besides carries basic alimony equipment to provide field support sustenance to vehicles in the field .
|
|
|
|
Which of the 3 AAV ‘s are faster in water system : the AAVP, AAVC, or AAVR exemplar ?
|
none of the Above. They all travel a cruising speed of 6MPH and a maximum speed of 8.2 MPH advancing while going 4.5 MPH in turn back .
|
|
|
|
Are the ranges of the AAV-P/C/R-7 ‘s used for amphibious assault by the Marine Corps greater than 200 miles ?
|
Yes. They have a cruise stove of 300 miles at 25 MPH and can operate in the water for 7 hours at 2600 RPM .
|
|
|
|
How many total AAV ‘s are in an amphibian battalion ?
|
There are 233 full AAV ‘s in a Bn with 213 P ‘s, 14 C ‘s, and 6R ‘s .
|
|
|
|
Which of the AAV ‘s is characterized by multiple antennae atop its hull ?
|
The AAVC7
|
|
|
|
Which of the AAV ‘s used by the Marine Corps is characterized by a large winch or crane atop its hull ?
|
AAVR7A
|
|
|
|
Which of the AAV has a HBM2 .50 caliber Machine gun as its main weapon ?
|
The HBM 2 Caliber .50 machine gunman and Mk 19 Mod 3 40 MM Machine gun are the armaments of the AAVP7A1
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow AAV ‘s have the 7.62 machine accelerator as the primary coil weapon system ?
|
The AAVC7A1 has a 7.62 Machine Gun as the arming of its elementary weapons system
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the Combat Engineer Battalion ?
|
The mission of the Combat Engineer Battalion is to enhance the mobility, counter-mobility, and survivability of the Marine Division through close fight engineer back and to provide the specify general technology confirm that is required for the serve of the Marine Division .
|
|
|
|
Which of the comply AAV ‘s have the M60D as its primary weapon ?
|
The AAVR7A1 has the M60D Machine Gun as its chief weapon .
|
|
|
|
How many Combat Engineer Companies are in the Combat Engineer Battalion ?
|
Four. The H & S Company, an Engineer Support Company and Four Combat Engineer Companies make up the Engineer Battalion .
|
|
|
|
Which of the AAV ‘s used by the Marine Corps has the largest crew ?
|
The AAVP and AAVC have a crew of 3 while the AAVR has a gang of 5
|
|
|
|
Is the Combat Engineer Battalion a Regimental or Division Asset ?
|
division .
|
|
|
|
Are the ranges of the AAV-P/C/R-7 ‘s used for amphibious rape by the Marine Corps greater than 200 miles ?
|
Yes. They have a cruise stove of 300 miles at 25 MPH and can operate in the water for 7 hours at 2600 RPM .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are mobility tasks of the Combat Engineer Battalion ?
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
Which of the AAV ‘s is characterized by multiple antennae atop its hull ?
|
The AAVC7
|
|
|
|
Which of the stick to tasks of the battle engineer battalion supports intelligence collection within the division zone or sector ?
|
Conduct Engineer Reconnaissance
|
|
|
|
Which of the six mobility tasks for the combat mastermind battalion focuses on removing obstacles from the commission of the division ?
|
plan, organize and coordinate the assault transgress of explosive and non-explosive obstacles from the high water system commemorate inland .
|
|
|
|
Which of the AAV ‘s used by the Marine Corps is characterized by a big winch or crane atop its hull ?
|
AAVR7A
|
|
|
|
Which of the six mobility task of the fight engineer battalion uses and builds systems to traverse rivers and ravines ?
|
Employe Assault bridge Systems. When augmented, employ other standard bridge systems .
|
|
|
|
What is the deputation of the Combat Engineer Battalion ?
|
The mission of the Combat Engineer Battalion is to enhance the mobility, counter-mobility, and survivability of the Marine Division through close combat engineer accompaniment and to provide the limited cosmopolitan technology support that is required for the operation of the Marine Division .
|
|
|
|
Which of the six mobility tasks of the Combat Engineer Battalion focuses on mending existing structures that cover ravines and waterways ?
|
Provide expedient Repair and Reinforcement of Existing Bridges
|
|
|
|
How many Combat Engineer Companies are in the Combat Engineer Battalion ?
|
Four. The H & S Company, an Engineer Support Company and Four Combat Engineer Companies make up the Engineer Battalion .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following tasks of a battle engineer battalion employs the acquisition of local supplies to build structures across shorter distances like brook, trenches and ditches ?
|
Construct expedient short-span bridges from local materials in patronize of ground combat operations .
|
|
|
|
Is the Combat Engineer Battalion a Regimental or Division Asset ?
|
part .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are mobility tasks of the Combat Engineer Battalion ?
|
All of the Above
|
|
|
|
Which of the keep up six mobility tasks of a Marine Combat Engineer Battalion are focused on filling potholes caused by IED ‘s ?
|
Provide temp repair of existing roads and limited new construction of fight roads and trails, including the care that is necessary to support battle operations of the division .
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow tasks of the fight engineer battalion supports intelligence collection within the division zone or sector ?
|
Conduct Engineer Reconnaissance
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between the mobility and counter-mobility tasks of the Marine Engineering Battalion ?
|
Counter mobility is designed to inhibit the foe ‘s progress with demolitions and constructed obstacles against the Division while mobility allows the Division to move forward with its objectives over ravines, across constructed bridges, repaired roads, and the destruction of the enemy ‘s obstacles .
|
|
|
|
Which of the six mobility tasks for the battle mastermind battalion focuses on removing obstacles from the steering of the division ?
|
plan, organize and coordinate the rape gap of explosive and non-explosive obstacles from the high urine mark inland .
|
|
|
|
How many counter mobility tasks does the Marine Combat Engineering Battalion have ?
|
Three .
|
|
|
|
Which of the six mobility undertaking of the combat mastermind battalion uses and builds systems to traverse rivers and ravines ?
|
Employe Assault bridge Systems. When augmented, employ other standard bridge systems .
|
|
|
|
Which of the three functions of the Marine Combat Engineer Battalion ‘s Counter-Mobility Tasks would involve setting up 500 yards of barbed telegram
|
plan, Organize and Coordinate the construction of simple and compound explosive and nonexplosive obstacle systems .
|
|
|
|
Which of the six mobility tasks of the Combat Engineer Battalion focuses on mending existing structures that cover ravines and waterways ?
|
Provide expedient Repair and Reinforcement of Existing Bridges
|
|
|
|
What are the three groups of tasks that a Marine Corps battle engineer battalion accomplishes ?
|
Mobility Tasks, Counter-Mobility Tasks, Survivability Tasks
|
|
|
|
Which of the come tasks of a fight engineer battalion employs the acquisition of local supplies to build structures across shorter distances like brook, trenches and ditches ?
|
Construct expedient short-span bridges from local materials in support of labor combat operations .
|
|
|
|
Which of the three tasks of the Combat Engineer Battalion focuses on the exploitation of irregular protective positions for the Marine Division ?
|
Survivability Task
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow six mobility tasks of a Marine Combat Engineer Battalion are focused on filling potholes caused by IED ‘s ?
|
Provide irregular repair of existing roads and limited new construction of combat roads and trails, including the alimony that is necessary to support fight operations of the division .
|
|
|
|
True/False. The Marine Corps Combat Engineering Battalion provides general mastermind capabilities to the Marine Division .
|
true. The Combat Engineer Battalion provides essential construction, utility documentation, and VTOL sites .
|
|
|
|
Which of the play along tasks of a Marine Corps Combat Engineer Battalion supports the temp construction of bomb calorimeter shelter for a regimental armory or a hesco barrier ?
|
The general utility tax provides essential construction support that is impermanent and designed to meet minimum fight requirements .
|
|
|
|
What is the remainder between the mobility and counter-mobility tasks of the Marine Engineering Battalion ?
|
Counter mobility is designed to inhibit the enemy ‘s advance with demolitions and constructed obstacles against the Division while mobility allows the Division to move forward with its objectives over ravines, across constructed bridges, repaired roads, and the destruction of the foe ‘s obstacles .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the H&S Company of a Marine Combat Engineer Battalion?
|
is to provide command, control and administrative elements to supervise the operations of the battalion, including the provision of supply, food services, communications, chaplain services, administration and medical support.
|
|
|
|
How many counter mobility tasks does the Marine Combat Engineering Battalion have ?
|
Three .
|
|
|
|
Which of the three functions of the Marine Combat Engineer Battalion ‘s Counter-Mobility Tasks would involve setting up 500 yards of barb cable
|
plan, Organize and Coordinate the construction of childlike and colonial explosive and nonexplosive obstacle systems .
|
|
|
|
What is the deputation of the Engineering Support in a Marine Corps Engineering Battalion ?
|
The Engineering Support Company provides baron genesis, Motor T support, water and bathe capabilities, and decontamination capabilities .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between the Marine Corps Engineering Support Company and a Combat Engineer Battalion ?
|
A fight Engineer Battalion contains an Engineering support Company and the Engineering Support Company does not provide mobility and counter mobility capabilities since their mission is focused on electrical and water rescue to division assets .
|
|
|
|
What are the three groups of tasks that a Marine Corps fight engineer battalion accomplishes ?
|
Mobility Tasks, Counter-Mobility Tasks, Survivability Tasks
|
|
|
|
How many key tasks do the Engineer Support Companies have ?
|
Four. Provide Contstruction, Potable Water, Electrical Power, and Motor-Transport
|
|
|
|
Which of the three tasks of the Combat Engineer Battalion focuses on the development of impermanent protective positions for the Marine Division ?
|
Survivability Task
|
|
|
|
What Corpsman in the US Navy designed these cards ?
|
Howard L. Salter
|
|
|
|
True/False. The Marine Corps Combat Engineering Battalion provides general engineering capabilities to the Marine Division .
|
true. The Combat Engineer Battalion provides necessity structure, utility hold, and VTOL sites .
|
|
|
|
What are the 13 tasks of the Marine Corps Combat Engineer Company ?
|
reconnaissance, help move vehicles cross state, erect irregular structures, concept light ferries, repair bridges, helipad construction, manufacture light obstacles, position minefields and booby-traps, perform destruction, breach obstacles, clear minefields, perform other engineering tasks .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the LAR Battalion ?
|
The mission of the LAR Battalion is to conduct reconnaissance, security, and economy-of-force operations and, within capabilities conduct limited offensive or delaying operations that exploit the unit ‘s mobility and firepower .
|
|
|
|
Which of the follow tasks of a Marine Corps Combat Engineer Battalion supports the temp construction of turkey shelter for a regimental armory or a hesco barrier ?
|
The general utility undertaking provides substantive structure support that is irregular and designed to meet minimal fight requirements .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the H&S Company of a Marine Combat Engineer Battalion?
|
is to provide command, control and administrative elements to supervise the operations of the battalion, including the provision of supply, food services, communications, chaplain services, administration and medical support.
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can Marine Corps Engineering Support Companies attached to the Division become regimental or company level assets ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the Engineering Support in a Marine Corps Engineering Battalion ?
|
The Engineering Support Company provides world power coevals, Motor T support, water and washup capabilities, and decontamination capabilities .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. While the LAR Battalion and its companies are Division level assets can they be employed individually or as contribution of a GCE ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary function of the LAR Battalion ?
|
To provide strategic mobility to reach and engage the threat, tactical mobility for effective consumption of fire ability, ardor office to defeat soft and armored targets, battlefield survivability to carry out fight missions .
|
|
|
|
What is the dispute between the Marine Corps Engineering Support Company and a Combat Engineer Battalion ?
|
A battle Engineer Battalion contains an Engineering support Company and the Engineering Support Company does not provide mobility and counter mobility capabilities since their deputation is focused on electrical and water delivery to division assets .
|
|
|
|
How many key tasks do the Engineer Support Companies have ?
|
Four. Provide Contstruction, Potable Water, Electrical Power, and Motor-Transport
|
|
|
|
Is the range of the Light Armored Vehicle-25 ( LAV-25 ) travel beyond 500 miles ?
|
No. Its ‘ image is 410 miles .
|
|
|
|
What Corpsman in the US Navy designed these cards ?
|
Howard L. Salter
|
|
|
|
Can the Light Armored Vehicle-25 locomotion faster than 55 miles per hour ?
|
Yes. It can travel 62 MPH on domain and 6 MPH in the water
|
|
|
|
How many crew are in an LAV-25 ?
|
Three. Driver, Commander, and Gunner .
|
|
|
|
What are the 13 tasks of the Marine Corps Combat Engineer Company ?
|
reconnaissance, help move vehicles cross country, erect impermanent structures, construct light ferries, repair bridges, helipad construction, fabricate light obstacles, place minefields and booby-traps, do demolition, breach obstacles, authorize minefields, perform other engineering tasks .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the LAV-25 traverse waterways as an amphibious vehicle ?
|
Yes. With 3 minutes of training .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the LAR Battalion ?
|
The mission of the LAR Battalion is to conduct reconnaissance, security, and economy-of-force operations and, within capabilities conduct limited offensive or delaying operations that exploit the unit of measurement ‘s mobility and firepower .
|
|
|
|
How many troops can the LAV-25 carry in summation to its ( 3 ) crew members ?
|
Six .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can Marine Corps Engineering Support Companies attached to the Division become regimental or caller level assets ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is the main arming on the Light Armored Reconnaissance Vehicle – 25 LAV-25 a 30 millimeter chain gunman ?
|
No. Its a M242 25mm chain gun .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. While the LAR Battalion and its companies are Division level assets can they be employed individually or as separate of a GCE ?
|
Yes .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the LAV-25 have a secondary coil arming with an M240 7.62mm Machine Gun ?
|
Yes. It ‘s located coaxially .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary function of the LAR Battalion ?
|
To provide strategic mobility to reach and engage the threat, tactical mobility for effective habit of arouse power, fire power to defeat soft and armor targets, battlefield survivability to carry out battle missions .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can an LAV-25 be transported in a C-130 ?
|
Yes. It is air movable in a C-130 adenine well as a C-141, C-5 and CH-53E ;
|
|
|
|
Is the range of the Light Armored Vehicle-25 ( LAV-25 ) travel beyond 500 miles ?
|
No. Its ‘ range is 410 miles .
|
|
|
|
How many variants of the Light Armored Vehicles does the United States Marine Corps Employ ?
|
Six. LAV-25, LAV-AT ( Anti-Tank ), LAV-C2 ( Command/Control ), LAV-L ( Logistics ), LAV-M ( Mortar ), LAV-R ( Recovery ) ;
|
|
|
|
Can the Light Armored Vehicle-25 travel faster than 55 miles per hour ?
|
Yes. It can travel 62 MPH on kingdom and 6 MPH in the water
|
|
|
|
Which of the Light Armored Vehicle variants does the Marine Corps use that employs the M901A! TOW II ATGM and M240E 7.62 Machine Gun?
|
The LAV-AT is to provide highly mobile, protect anti-armor fuel support to light infantry and reconnaissance forces ; provide capability to defeat big, armored targets at long ranges .
|
|
|
|
How many crew are in an LAV-25 ?
|
Three. Driver, Commander, and Gunner .
|
|
|
|
Which of the Light Armored Vehicle variants is characterized by additional antennae on the hull and employs an M240E 7.62 Machine Gun?
|
The LAV-C2 is a mobile command station providing field commanders with all necessary resources to control and coordinate light armored units in all assigned roles.
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can the LAV-25 cross waterways as an amphibious vehicle ?
|
Yes. With 3 minutes of formulation .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following Light Armored Vehicles ( LAV ) are equipped to provide ammunition and rations ?
|
The LAV-L provides ammunition, rations, and petroleum oil and lubricant supplies required to sustain operations of first-line armored vehicles with a 240E1 7.62mm machine artillery .
|
|
|
|
How many troops can the LAV-25 carry in summation to its ( 3 ) crew members ?
|
Six .
|
|
|
|
Which of the Light Armored Vehicles employed by the United States Marine Corps provides indirect burn support to clean infantry and reconnaissance forces ?
|
The chief function of the LAV-M is to provide indirect fire support to light infantry and reconnaissance forces ; providing high explosive area fuel, covering smoke and clarification for first line-units arsenic well as other mortar functions .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is the main armament on the Light Armored Reconnaissance Vehicle – 25 LAV-25 a 30 millimeter chain gunman ?
|
No. Its a M242 25mm chain grease-gun .
|
|
|
|
What is the primary weapon of the LAV-M ?
|
The M252 81 millimeter medium system of weights mortar is an american smooth bear, muzzle-loading, high-angle-of-fire weapon used for long-range collateral fire digest to clean infantry, air out attack, and airborne units across the entire front of a battalion zone of influence. In the U.S. Army and U.S. Marine Corps, it is normally deployed in the mortar platoon of an infantry battalion .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Does the LAV-25 have a secondary coil armament with an M240 7.62mm Machine Gun ?
|
Yes. It ‘s located coaxially .
|
|
|
|
Which of the LAV systems employed by the United States Marine Corps is used to recover other broken LAV’s?
|
LAV-R is a tactical mobility vehicle to reach and recover/support disabled vehicles
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Can an LAV-25 be transported in a C-130 ?
|
Yes. It is air movable in a C-130 equally well as a C-141, C-5 and CH-53E ;
|
|
|
|
How many LAR Companies are in an LAR Battalion ?
|
Four in summation to an H & S Company
|
|
|
|
How many variants of the Light Armored Vehicles does the United States Marine Corps Employ ?
|
Six. LAV-25, LAV-AT ( Anti-Tank ), LAV-C2 ( Command/Control ), LAV-L ( Logistics ), LAV-M ( Mortar ), LAV-R ( Recovery ) ;
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the Marine Reconnaissance Battalion?
|
The primary mission of the reconnaissance battalion is to conduct ground reconnaissance and observation in support of the Marine Division and its elements.
|
|
|
|
Which of the Light Armored Vehicle variants does the Marine Corps use that employs the M901A! TOW II ATGM and M240E 7.62 Machine Gun?
|
The LAV-AT is to provide highly mobile, protected anti-armor fire support to inner light infantry and reconnaissance forces ; provide capability to defeat heavy, armored targets at long ranges .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between the Reconnaissance Battalion and the Reconnaissance Force?
|
The Battalion element support division and is usually found closer to friendlier lines while the Force is a regimental asset and is usually found farther behind enemy lines.
|
|
|
|
Which of the Light Armored Vehicle variants is characterized by additional antennae on the hull and employs an M240E 7.62 Machine Gun?
|
The LAV-C2 is a mobile command station providing field commanders with all necessary resources to control and coordinate light armored units in all assigned roles.
|
|
|
|
How many primary tasks are performed by the Reconnaissance Battalion ?
|
Seven. Conduct Pre-H hour Recon, Engage the foe, implant and monitor sensors, capture prisoners, conduct terrain recon, conduct terminal guidance, perform special missions
|
|
|
|
Which of the following Light Armored Vehicles ( LAV ) are equipped to provide ammunition and rations ?
|
The LAV-L provides ammunition, rations, and petroleum oil and lubricant supplies required to sustain operations of first-line armored vehicles with a 240E1 7.62mm machine accelerator .
|
|
|
|
True/False. One of the seven stated tasks of the Marine Reconnaissance Battalion is to conduct specialize terrain reconnaissance including beach, road/route and HLZ/DZ reconnaissance missions .
|
true .
|
|
|
|
Which of the Light Armored Vehicles employed by the United States Marine Corps provides collateral arouse accompaniment to light infantry and reconnaissance forces ?
|
The primary function of the LAV-M is to provide indirect fire confirm to ignite infantry and reconnaissance forces ; providing high explosive area fire, covering smoke and illuminance for first line-units adenine well as other mortar functions .
|
|
|
|
What of these are the 7 seven tasks conducted by a Marine Corps Reconnaissance Battalion ?
|
“ •
|
Conduct pre-H-hour reconnaissance .
|
|
|
What is the primary weapon of the LAV-M ?
|
The M252 81 millimeter medium burden mortar is an american smooth bear, muzzle-loading, high-angle-of-fire weapon used for long-range indirect displace support to light infantry, air travel assault, and airborne units across the integral front of a battalion zone of determine. In the U.S. Army and U.S. Marine Corps, it is normally deployed in the mortar platoon of an infantry battalion .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Perform special missions ”
|
|
|
|
Which of the LAV systems employed by the United States Marine Corps is used to recover other broken LAV’s?
|
LAV-R is a tactical mobility vehicle to reach and recover/support disabled vehicles
|
|
|
|
How many reconnaissance Companies are in a Marine Corps Reconnaissance Battalion ?
|
Four .
|
|
|
|
How many LAR Companies are in an LAR Battalion ?
|
Four in summation to an H & S Company
|
|
|
|
How many Platoons are in each of the three reconnaissance Companies in a Reconnaissance Battalion ?
|
There is an HQ platoon with ( 3 ) reconnaissance Platoons .
|
|
|
|
What is the mission of the Marine Reconnaissance Battalion?
|
The primary mission of the reconnaissance battalion is to conduct ground reconnaissance and observation in support of the Marine Division and its elements.
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are the Marines in a Reconnaissance Platoon qualified and trained as submerged and open swimmers ?
|
Yes. Each platoon consists of surface swimmers and as many inflatable boat handlers as necessary. A limited number are trained as submerged swimmers and parachutists .
|
|
|
|
What is the difference between the Reconnaissance Battalion and the Reconnaissance Force?
|
The Battalion element support division and is usually found closer to friendlier lines while the Force is a regimental asset and is usually found farther behind enemy lines.
|
|
|
|
What is the sole objective of reconnaissance training ?
|
The sole objective of reconnaissance training is successful execution of the reconnaissance fight mission. successful use of pre-assault and post-assault footing reconnaissance requires that training programs develop reconnaissance teams which are capable of conducting undetected activities on enemy grind under conditions of circumscribed support from sources outside the teams. such undetected activities include entry into a reconnaissance area of operations ( RAO ), patrol drift within the operate area, performance of information collection and terminal steering tasks, submission of patrol reports from within the manoeuver areas, debrief, and submission of concluding reports. These train concepts are accomplished by stressing team integrity, poise, and realism throughout all phases of reconnaissance prepare
|
|
|
|
How many basal tasks are performed by the Reconnaissance Battalion ?
|
Seven. Conduct Pre-H hour Recon, Engage the foe, implant and admonisher sensors, capture prisoners, demeanor terrain recon, conduct terminal guidance, perform particular missions
|
|
|
|
What are the four phases of Reconnaissance trail ?
|
Reconnaissance educate progresses through four phases : basic individual training, advanced individual train, basic unit discipline and promote whole trail .
|
|
|
|
True/False. One of the seven stated tasks of the Marine Reconnaissance Battalion is to conduct specialize terrain reconnaissance including beach, road/route and HLZ/DZ reconnaissance missions .
|
true .
|
|
|
|
Which phase of Marine Reconnaissance training involves preliminary SCUBA trail ?
|
basic Individual train : Phase one †“ Basic Individual education provides the Marine with information in several areas : Preliminary SCUBA discipline : basic SCUBA diver qualifications may be acquired only at a ball Navy school. The reconnaissance Marine may or may not have had such train anterior to his assignment to the reconnaissance unit. Therefore, local pre-SCUBA conditioning and familiarization train is conducted for reconnaissance Marines before their grant to a dinner dress SCUBA educate. This coach includes pool and open body of water education and is conducted according to Navy standards .
|
|
|
|
What of these are the 7 seven tasks conducted by a Marine Corps Reconnaissance Battalion ?
|
“ •
|
|
|
|
What share of Marine Reconnaissance training involves demolitions ?
|
basic Individual Training Phase one †“ Basic Individual train provides the Marine with information in several areas : Demolitions : Although reconnaissance units do not perform tasks requiring extensive use of demolitions, sometimes it may be necessary for them to carry out destruction assignments. therefore, reconnaissance personnel should acquire basic prepare by attending destruction schools located throughout the Marine Corps .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Engage the foe with supporting arms as directed or authorized by the division air force officer .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is submarine Training contribution of Advanced Individual Training of Marine Recon Training ?
|
Yes. inflatable boat treatment : Marines are assigned to boat teams for discipline in handling inflatable boats during motorized, towing, launch, and recovery operations. Marines should remain with the lapp gravy boat team throughout train .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Implant and monitor sensors .
|
|
|
|
What phase of train do Marines learn terminal guidance in Reconnaissance Training for Marines ?
|
Phase Two : advanced Individual Training. Initial terminal guidance aim : initial terminal guidance is conducted on both the platoon and the team level. The platoon or team provides initial terminal guidance to assault helicopters. Training consists primarily of reconnaissance techniques employed in the general area of the helicopter landing zone, including marking helicopter landing sites, using pyrotechnics, and clearing minor obstructions and obstacles within the landing partition .
|
|
|
|
•
|
capture selected prisoners .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Conduct specialized terrain reconnaissance including beach, road/route, and HLZ/DZ reconnaissance missions .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Conduct initial terminal guidance .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Perform particular missions ”
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are NOT any of the seven tasks performed by a Reconnaissance Battalion ?
|
“ These are the Seven Tasks :
|
|
|
|
•
|
Conduct pre-H-hour reconnaissance .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Engage the enemy with supporting arms as lead or authorized by the division commanding officer .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Implant and monitor sensors .
|
|
|
|
•
|
capture selected prisoners .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Conduct specialized terrain reconnaissance including beach, road/route, and HLZ/DZ reconnaissance missions .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Conduct initial terminal steering .
|
|
|
|
•
|
Perform special missions
|
|
|
|
How many reconnaissance Companies are in a Marine Corps Reconnaissance Battalion ?
|
Four .
|
|
|
|
How many Platoons are in each of the three reconnaissance Companies in a Reconnaissance Battalion ?
|
There is an HQ platoon with ( 3 ) reconnaissance Platoons .
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Are the Marines in a Reconnaissance Platoon qualified and trained as subaqueous and airfoil swimmers ?
|
Yes. Each platoon consists of surface swimmers and as many inflatable boat handlers as necessary. A limited phone number are trained as submerged swimmers and parachutists .
|
|
|
|
What is the sole objective of reconnaissance training ?
|
The lone objective of reconnaissance train is successful execution of the reconnaissance fight mission. successful use of pre-assault and post-assault ground reconnaissance requires that training programs develop reconnaissance teams which are capable of conducting undetected activities on enemy flat coat under conditions of restrict back from sources outside the teams. such undetected activities include entrance into a reconnaissance area of operations ( RAO ), patrol movement within the operate area, execution of information collection and end guidance tasks, submission of patrol reports from within the operational areas, debriefing, and submission of final reports. These discipline concepts are accomplished by stressing team integrity, libra, and naturalism throughout all phases of reconnaissance train
|
|
|
|
What are the four phases of Reconnaissance training ?
|
Reconnaissance train progresses through four phases : basic individual education, advanced individual education, basic unit of measurement train and advance unit trail .
|
|
|
|
Which phase of training includes Preparatory Parachute Training ?
|
“ basic Individual Training Phase one †“ Basic Individual train provides the Marine with information in several areas : Preparatory chute train : Prior to assignment to Army airborne courses, marines should complete a boil down parachute education course conducted by the reconnaissance unit. completion of such a preparatory path ensures that the Marine will have no difficulty passing the actual airborne school .
|
|
|
|
Which phase of Marine Reconnaissance training involves preliminary SCUBA coach ?
|
basic Individual prepare : Phase one †“ Basic Individual discipline provides the Marine with information in several areas : Preliminary SCUBA educate : basic SCUBA diver qualifications may be acquired merely at a conventional Navy school. The reconnaissance Marine may or may not have had such discipline prior to his assignment to the reconnaissance unit. Therefore, local pre-SCUBA condition and familiarization train is conducted for reconnaissance Marines before their grant to a formal SCUBA school. This aim includes pond and open water teaching and is conducted according to Navy standards .
|
|
|
|
What share of Marine Reconnaissance training involves demolitions ?
|
basic Individual Training Phase one †“ Basic Individual coach provides the Marine with information in respective areas : Demolitions : Although reconnaissance units do not perform tasks requiring extensive use of demolitions, sometimes it may be necessary for them to carry out demolition assignments. therefore, reconnaissance personnel should acquire basic education by attending destruction schools located throughout the Marine Corps .
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are NOT separate of Basic Individual Training when examining Marine Corps Reconnaissance Training ?
|
“ basic Individual Training Phase one †“ Basic Individual train provides the Marine with information in several areas :
|
|
|
|
preliminary SCUBA education : ”
|
|
|
|
|
Which of the following are NOT separate of Marine Corps Basic Individual Training for Reconnaissance Marines ?
|
“ basic Individual Training Phase one †“ Basic Individual educate provides the Marine with information in several areas :
|
|
|
|
preliminary SCUBA aim : ”
|
|
|
|
|
Yes/No. Is submarine Training part of Advanced Individual Training of Marine Recon Training ?
|
Yes. inflatable gravy boat treat : Marines are assigned to boat teams for trail in handling inflatable boats during motorized, towing, launch, and convalescence operations. Marines should remain with the like boat team throughout train .
|
|
|
|
What phase of train do Marines learn terminal guidance in Reconnaissance Training for Marines ?
|
Phase Two : advance Individual Training. Initial terminal steering prepare : initial terminal guidance is conducted on both the platoon and the team tied. The platoon or team provides initial terminal guidance to assault helicopters. Training consists primarily of reconnaissance techniques employed in the general area of the helicopter landing zone, including marking helicopter landing sites, using pyrotechnics, and clearing minor obstructions and obstacles within the landing zone .
|
|
